CIT GROUP INC
424B5, 1999-02-09
SHORT-TERM BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: CHERRY CORP, SC 13G/A, 1999-02-09
Next: CIT GROUP INC, SC 13G, 1999-02-09




The  information  in this  prospectus  is not  complete  and may be  changed.  A
registration   statement  has  been  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and has been declared  effective.  This prospectus is not an offer to
sell these  securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities
in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

                 Subject to Completion, Dated February 8, 1999

          Prospectus Supplement to Prospectus dated September 29, 1998

                                  $735,162,156

                             CIT Marine Trust 1999-A

                   The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
                                     Seller

                       The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
                                    Servicer

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page S-11 in this prospectus
supplement and on page 22 in the prospectus.

The Securities represent obligations of the Trust only and do not represent
obligations of or interests in The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, The
CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. or any of their affiliates.

This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the Securities only if
accompanied by the prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            The Trust will issue the following classes of Securities:

                                          Interest Rate/Pass-  Final Scheduled
                        Principal Amount     Through Rate      Distribution Date
                        ----------------     ------------      -----------------
Class A-1 Notes ......    $325,000,000            %              August 2006
Class A-2 Notes ......    $179,000,000            %              March 2010
Class A-3 Notes ......    $117,000,000            %              May 2013
Class A-4 Notes ......    $103,134,000            %              November 2019
Certificates .........    $ 11,028,156            %              November 2019

o     The Trust will make distributions on the Securities on the 15th day of
      each month. The first Distribution Date is March 15, 1999.

                                              Underwriting       Proceeds to 
                       Price to Public(1)      Discount(2)      the Seller(3)
                       ------------------      -----------      -------------
Class A-1 Notes ......         %                    %                 %
Class A-2 Notes ......         %                    %                 %
Class A-3 Notes ......         %                    %                 %
Class A-4 Notes ......         %                    %                 %
Certificates .........         %                    %                 %
                                                            
- ----------
(1)   Plus accrued interest, if any, at the respective Interest Rate or the
      Pass-Through Rate, as appropriate, from the Closing Date. A portion of the
      Certificates will be retained by an affiliate of the Seller.

      Total price to public = $____________.

(2)   Total underwriting discount = $______________.

(3)   Total proceeds to the Seller = $__________ (before deduction of expenses
      payable by the Seller estimated at $____).

                                  [LOGO] MBIA

Pursuant to its financial guaranty insurance policies, MBIA Insurance
Corporation will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee:

o     the full and timely payment of interest on the Securities on each
      Distribution Date; and

o     the full and ultimate payment of principal of the Securities on the
      applicable Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved these
Securities or determined that this prospectus supplement or the prospectus is
accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
               Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
                              Chase Securities Inc.
                                             First Union Capital Markets
                                                            Salomon Smith Barney

                                   ----------

          The date of this Prospectus Supplement is February   , 1999

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                             Prospectus Supplement

Summary of Terms ..........................................................  S-4
Risk Factors .............................................................. S-11
Structure of the Transaction .............................................. S-15
The Trust Property ........................................................ S-16
The Contract Pool ......................................................... S-17
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations .................................... S-23
Yield and Prepayment Considerations ....................................... S-29
Pool Factors .............................................................. S-30
Use of Proceeds ........................................................... S-30
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer ............................. S-30
The Insurer ............................................................... S-33
The Notes ................................................................. S-35
The Certificates .......................................................... S-40
Enhancement ............................................................... S-43
The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents ........................... S-47
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ................................... S-52
Certain State Tax Consequences ............................................ S-57
ERISA Considerations ...................................................... S-58
Plan of Distribution ...................................................... S-59
Ratings ................................................................... S-61
Legal Investment .......................................................... S-61
Experts ................................................................... S-61
Legal Matters ............................................................. S-61
Annex I ................................................................... S-62
Index to Defined Terms .................................................... S-65

                                   Prospectus

Available Information .....................................................    3
Prospectus Supplement .....................................................    3
Reports to Securityholders ................................................    3
Documents Incorporated by Reference .......................................    4
Summary ...................................................................    6
Risk Factors ..............................................................   22
The Trusts ................................................................   27
The Trust Property ........................................................   28
The Contract Pool .........................................................   28
Yield and Prepayment Considerations .......................................   30
Pool Factors ..............................................................   31
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   31
The CIT Group, Inc. .......................................................   32
The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, Seller .......................   32
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer .............................   33
The Certificates ..........................................................   37
The Notes .................................................................   39
Enhancement ...............................................................   44
Certain Information Regarding the Securities ..............................   47
The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents ...........................   53
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts ....................................   66
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ...................................   72
Certain State Tax Consequences ............................................   74
ERISA Considerations ......................................................   74
Plan of Distribution ......................................................   75
Financial Information .....................................................   76
Ratings ...................................................................   76
Legal Matters .............................................................   76
Experts ...................................................................   76
Index to Defined Terms ....................................................   77


                                      S-2
<PAGE>

              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
                    PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS

      We describe  the Notes and  Certificates  in two separate  documents  that
progressively  provide more detail:  (a) the prospectus,  which provides general
information,  some of which may not apply to a particular  series of Securities,
including your series; and (b) this prospectus  supplement,  which describes the
specific terms of your series of Securities.

      If the description of the terms of your series of Notes or Certificates in
this prospectus supplement and the prospectus are different,  you should rely on
the information in this prospectus supplement.

      We  include  cross-references  in this  prospectus  supplement  and in the
prospectus  to captions in these  materials  where you can find further  related
discussions. The Table of Contents shows the page reference for each caption.

      You can find a listing of the pages where  capitalized  terms used in this
prospectus  supplement  are defined under the caption  "Index to Defined  Terms"
beginning  on page S-65 in this  prospectus  supplement  and  under the  caption
"Index to Defined Terms" beginning on page 77 in the prospectus.

                                   ----------


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o     This summary highlights selected  information  contained in this document.
      It does not  contain all of the  information  that you need to consider in
      making your  investment  decision.  To  understand  all of the terms of an
      offering of the  Securities,  you must read carefully this entire document
      and the prospectus.

o     This summary provides an overview of certain calculations,  cash flows and
      other information to aid your understanding. For a complete description of
      these  calculations,  cash flows and other information,  you must refer to
      this prospectus supplement and the prospectus.

                               OFFERED SECURITIES

CIT Marine  Trust  1999-A (the  "Trust")  will issue the  following  Securities,
offered to you pursuant to this prospectus supplement and the prospectus:

      o     Class A-1 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class A-1 Notes") in the
            aggregate principal amount of $325,000,000;

      o     Class A-2 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class A-2 Notes") in the
            aggregate principal amount of $179,000,000;

      o     Class A-3 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class A-3 Notes") in the
            aggregate principal amount of $117,000,000;

      o     Class A-4 ____%  Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Class  A-4  Notes"  and,
            together  with the  Class A-1  Notes,  Class A-2 Notes and Class A-3
            Notes,   the  "Notes")  in  the   aggregate   principal   amount  of
            $103,134,000;

      o     ____% Asset-Backed  Certificates (the  "Certificates"  and, together
            with the Notes,  the  "Securities")  in the aggregate face amount of
            $11,028,156.

The Trust is  offering  each class of Notes as  book-entry  securities  clearing
through DTC (in the United States) and Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe). The Trust
is  offering  the  Certificates  in fully  registered,  certificated  form.  See
"Certain  Information  Regarding the  Securities--Book-Entry  Registration"  and
"--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus.

Insurer

MBIA  Insurance  Corporation,  a New  York  stock  insurance  company.  See "The
Insurer" herein.

Insurance

Pursuant  to  its  financial  guaranty  insurance  policies,  the  Insurer  will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee:

      o     the full and timely  payment of interest on the  Securities  on each
            Distribution Date; and

      o     the full and ultimate  payment of principal of the Securities on the
            applicable Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

See "Enhancement--Insurance Policies" herein.

Closing Date

On or about February 23, 1999.

Cut-off Date

February 1, 1999.

Indenture Trustee

Harris Trust and Savings Bank.

Owner Trustee

Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware.

Sellers

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II (the "Company" or the "Seller"). CIT
Marine Trust 1996-A (the "Selling Trust").

Servicer

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc. ("CITSF" or the "Servicer").

Distribution Dates; Record Dates

o     The Trust will make  distributions  on the  Securities  on the 15th day of
      each  calendar  month (or, if it is not a Business  Day, the next Business
      Day), beginning on March 15, 1999 (each, a "Distribution Date").

o     Prior to the time that  Definitive  Notes are issued,  the Trust will make
      payments  on the Notes on each  Distribution  Date to holders of record at
      the close of business on the Business 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Day  preceding the  Distribution  Date and the Trust will make payments on
      the  Certificates  on each  Distribution  Date to holders of record at the
      close of business on the last  Business  Day of the prior  calendar  month
      (each, a "Record Date").

o     If Definitive Notes are issued,  the Record Date for the Notes will be the
      close of business on the last Business Day of the prior calendar month.

Interest Payments

The  interest  rate and  pass-through  rate for each class of  Securities  is as
specified  above.  The Trust will  calculate  interest on the  Securities on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

The Trust will  calculate the amount of interest  accrued on the  Securities and
due on any  Distribution  Date by  reference  to the  one-month  period from and
including the prior Distribution Date to but excluding the current  Distribution
Date.

On each  Distribution  Date, the Trust will distribute  accrued  interest to the
Noteholders at the applicable Interest Rate on the outstanding principal balance
on each class of Notes and to the Certificateholders at the Pass-Through Rate on
the outstanding  Certificate Balance.  Interest payments to all Noteholders will
have  the  same  priority.   The  Trust  will  not  make  interest  payments  to
Certificateholders  on any  Distribution  Date  until  all  interest  due to the
Noteholders on that Distribution Date has been paid in full.

Principal Payments

The Trust will pay principal on each Distribution Date to the Securityholders in
an amount generally equal to the principal  actually  collected on the Contracts
during the related Due Period. In addition, the Trust will pay principal on each
Distribution  Date to the  Noteholders  (and  after the Notes  have been paid in
full, the Certificateholders) from Excess Collections, if any, in an amount such
that the excess of (i) the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related  Due
Period over (ii) the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Securities  on such
Distribution  Date,  after giving  effect to the  principal  distributed  to the
Securityholders as described above, is equal to $9,189,527 (1.25% of the Initial
Pool Balance). "Excess Collections" are generally the amounts that remain in the
Collection  Account on any  Distribution  Date after the Trust has paid  amounts
owing to the Securityholders  (other than additional  principal  distributions),
the  Servicer  and the  Insurer,  paid  interest on the Loan and  deposited  any
amounts  required to be deposited in the Reserve  Account as a result of losses,
repossessions and delinquencies on the Contracts.

Each "Due Period" is the calendar month that ends prior to a Distribution  Date.
The  initial  Due  Period  will be  February  1999.  The "Pool  Balance"  is the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Contracts at any time.  The "Initial Pool
Balance" equals the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off Date.

Initially,  principal  collections  on the Contracts will be distributed on each
Distribution Date 99.0% to the Notes and 1.0% to the Certificates.  On and after
the Stepdown Date, principal collections on the Contracts will be distributed on
each Distribution Date 98.5% to the Notes and 1.5% to the Certificates.  On each
Distribution  Date,  the  Certificates  will  not  receive  their  share  of the
principal  collections  on the  Contracts  until the Notes  receive their share.
"Stepdown  Date"  means the  first  Distribution  Date on which the  Certificate
Balance is equal to or less than the amount by which the Pool  Balance as of the
last day of the related Due Period exceeds the principal amount of the Notes and
the Certificate Balance.

The Notes' share of principal  collections on the Contracts will be allocated as
follows:

      o     first,  to the  Class  A-1 Notes  until  the  outstanding  principal
            balance of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full;

      o     second,  to the  Class A-2 Notes  until  the  outstanding  principal
            balance of the Class A-2 Notes has been paid in full;

      o     third,  to the  Class  A-3 Notes  until  the  outstanding  principal
            balance of the Class A-3 Notes has been paid in full; and

      o     fourth,  to the  Class A-4 Notes  until  the  outstanding  principal
            balance of the Class A-4 Notes has been paid in full.

The  Certificates'  share of  principal  collections  on the  Contracts  will be
allocated to the  Certificates  until the outstanding  principal  balance of the
Certificates has been paid in full.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The additional  principal  distribution from Excess Collections  described above
will be distributed  to the Notes in sequential  order until the Notes have been
paid in full and then to the Certificates  until the Certificates have been paid
in full.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if an Insurer Default has occurred and either is
continuing or if the Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, the Trust will
pay principal on each  Distribution  Date only to the Notes until they have been
paid in full  and  only  after  the  Notes  have  been  paid  in full  will  any
Certificates receive any further principal payments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and either an
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no
longer in effect and the Notes have been accelerated, principal payments will be
made on each  class of Notes  pro rata on the basis of their  respective  unpaid
principal amounts.

See "The  Notes--Payments  of Principal,"  "The  Certificates--Distributions  of
Principal"    herein,    and   "The   Purchase    Agreements   and   the   Trust
Documents--Distributions"  herein and in the Prospectus for additional detail on
some of the  calculations  described  above and for special  priority rules that
would apply in a default situation.

Final Scheduled Distribution Dates

The outstanding  principal  amount,  if any, of each class of Securities will be
payable in full on the date specified for each below:

      o     Class A-1 Notes:  August 2006 (the  "Class A-1 Note Final  Scheduled
            Distribution Date").

      o     Class A-2  Notes:  March 2010 (the  "Class A-2 Note Final  Scheduled
            Distribution Date").

      o     Class A-3  Notes:  May 2013 (the  "Class  A-3 Note  Final  Scheduled
            Distribution Date").

      o     Class A-4 Notes:  November 2019 (the "Class A-4 Note Final Scheduled
            Distribution Date").

      o     Certificates:   November  2019  (the  "Certificate  Final  Scheduled
            Distribution Date").

The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any class
of Notes or of the Certificates is paid may be earlier than the respective Final
Scheduled  Distribution  Dates set forth  herein  based on a variety of factors,
including     those     described     under     "Maturity     and     Prepayment
Considerations--Weighted Average Life of the Securities" herein.

Accelerated Maturity Date

The Notes may be  accelerated  and  subject  to  immediate  payment  at par plus
accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the
Indenture.  So long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and the
Insurance  Policies  are in effect,  only the  Insurer  may  declare an Event of
Default  under  the  Indenture.  In the case of the  declaration  of an Event of
Default and an acceleration of the Notes,  the Notes will be immediately due and
payable.  The Insurance  Policies do not  guarantee  payment of any amounts that
become  due on an  accelerated  basis.  However,  the  Insurance  Policies  will
continue to guarantee payments of interest on and principal of the Securities in
accordance  with their original  terms.  See  "Enhancement--Insurance  Policies"
herein.

Optional Purchase

Under certain circumstances,  CITSF may elect to repurchase all of the remaining
Contracts.  The  repurchase  price will be the aggregate  Purchase Price for the
Contracts  (including defaulted Contracts) plus the appraised value of any other
property held by the Trust (less liquidation expenses) plus all amounts, if any,
due  to the  Insurer.  This  optional  repurchase  is  known  as  the  "Optional
Purchase."

CITSF may exercise the Optional  Purchase  only after the Pool Balance as of the
last day of any Due Period is less than 10% of the  Initial  Pool  Balance.  The
exercise of an Optional  Purchase will effect early retirement of the Securities
at the unpaid  principal  amount of the  Securities  plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon at the applicable  Interest Rate or Pass-Through Rate. See "The
Notes--Redemption" and "The  Certificates--Redemption"  herein and "The Purchase
Agreements and the Trust Documents--Termination" herein and in the Prospectus.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Auction Call

Under certain circumstances,  the Indenture Trustee must solicit bids from third
parties  for the  purchase  of the  Contracts  which  remain in the Trust.  This
mandatory bid process and related sale, if any, is known as the "Auction  Call."
The  Indenture  Trustee may accept  third party bids to purchase  the  Contracts
pursuant  to the  Auction  Call only if the bid price is  sufficient  to pay the
Servicer  Payment and the unpaid  principal  amount of the  Securities  plus any
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  at  the  applicable  Interest  Rate  or
Pass-Through Rate, plus payment of all amounts,  if any, due to the Insurer.  If
the Indenture Trustee does not receive  satisfactory bids, the Indenture Trustee
is not required to solicit  additional  bids, to pursue  negotiations or to sell
the Contracts to any party.

The  Indenture  Trustee  must  solicit  bids for an Auction Call after the first
Distribution  Date that the Pool  Balance  is less than 5% of the  Initial  Pool
Balance.  If the Auction Call results in a sale, the Indenture  Trustee must pay
from the sale proceeds the Servicer Payment,  all amounts,  if any, owing to the
Insurer and all amounts  owing to the holders of Securities in the same order as
collections received on the Contracts.  The expenses of the Auction Call will be
paid   by   the    Servicer.    See    "The    Notes--Redemption"    and    "The
Certificates--Redemption"  herein  and "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust
Documents --Termination" herein and in the Prospectus.

TRUST PROPERTY

The Trust will primarily include the following property:

      o     a pool of marine  installment  sale  contracts and direct loans (the
            "Contracts") secured by the new and used boats, boat motors and boat
            trailers  each of which are  financed  thereby and some of which may
            also be secured by U.S.  preferred  ship  mortgages  (the  "Financed
            Boats");

      o     all monies  received  under the  Contracts  on and after the Cut-off
            Date,  exclusive  of interest  due and payable  prior to the Cut-off
            Date;

      o     an assignment of the security interests in the Financed Boats;

      o     the Collection Account, the Certificate Distribution Account and the
            Note  Distribution  Account in each case  together with the proceeds
            thereof;

      o     the Reserve Account (other than net investment earnings on the funds
            on deposit therein related to the Loan);

      o     the right to proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies
            which insure individual Financed Boats or the related Obligors;

      o     certain  rights  under  the  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Sale  and
            Servicing Agreement; and

      o     certain rights under the Insurance Policies.

The Contracts

On the Closing  Date,  the Trust will  acquire,  from the Seller and the Selling
Trust,   Contracts  with  an  aggregate   principal   balance  of  approximately
$735,162,156.  As of the Cut-off  Date,  the  Contracts  will have the following
characteristics:

Range of Contract Rates                                    7.50% to 21.00%

Weighted Average Contract Rate                             9.50%

Range of Original Principal Balances                       $1,931 to $800,000

Average Original Principal Balance                         $34,164

Range of Remaining Principal Balances                      $1,073 to $785,708

Average Remaining Principal Balance                        $31,914

Range of Original Terms to Maturity                        18 to 245 months

Weighted Average Original Term to                          184 months
Maturity

Range of Remaining Terms to Maturity                       12 to 240 months

Weighted Average Remaining Term to                         168 months
Maturity

Percentage of New/Used Boats at Time                       74.85%/25.15%
of Origination (by number of Contracts)

Percentage of New/Used Boats at Time                       67.16%/32.84%
of Origination (by principal balance)

Persons  obligated to make payments under the Contracts (each, an "Obligor") may
generally prepay their Contracts at any time without premium or penalty.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Insurance Policies

MBIA  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "Insurer")  will  issue  financial  guaranty
insurance  policies  (a "Note  Insurance  Policy" and a  "Certificate  Insurance
Policy" and, together,  the "Insurance  Policies") to the Trust. Under the terms
of the Note Insurance Policy, the Insurer will  unconditionally  and irrevocably
guarantee:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      o     the  full  and  timely  payment  of  interest  on the  Notes on each
            Distribution Date;

      o     the amount of any  collateralization  shortfall on any  Distribution
            Date (after giving effect to the application of funds in the Reserve
            Account to cover such collateralization shortfall); and

      o     the full and  ultimate  payment  of  principal  on the  Notes on the
            respective Note Final Scheduled Distribution Dates.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Certificate   Insurance  Policy,  the  Insurer  will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee:

      o     the full and timely payment of interest on the  Certificates on each
            Distribution Date;

      o     following  the  payment  in full of the  Notes,  the  amount  of any
            collateralization  shortfall on any Distribution  Date (after giving
            effect to the  application of funds in the Reserve  Account to cover
            such collateralization shortfall); and

      o     the full and ultimate  payment of principal on the  Certificates  on
            the Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

See "Enhancement--Insurance Policies" herein.

Reserve Account

On the Closing  Date,  the Company will  establish an account in the name of the
Indenture Trustee (the "Reserve Account") for the benefit of the Securityholders
and the Insurer.  If funds in the Collection  Account are  insufficient  to make
required  payments  of  interest  and,  in  certain   circumstances   (see  "The
Notes--Payments  of Principal,"  "The  Certificates--Payments  of Principal" and
"Enhancement--Reserve  Account")  payments of principal  due on the  Securities,
then the  Indenture  Trustee  will have the  right to use  funds in the  Reserve
Account to make these payments. The Reserve Account will be funded as follows:

      o     On  the  Closing  Date  one  or  more  financial  institutions  (the
            "Lender")  will make a loan (the  "Loan")  to the Trust in an amount
            equal  to  3.75%  of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  or  approximately
            $27,568,581.

      o     Periodically after the Closing Date the Servicer will deposit Excess
            Collections  in the Reserve  Account so that it equals the Specified
            Reserve Amount for the next Distribution Date.

      o     In certain circumstances,  as a result of delinquencies,  losses and
            repossessions  of  Financed  Boats  or  liquidations  of  Contracts,
            additional  amounts  will be required to be deposited in the Reserve
            Account.

Amounts in the Reserve  Account  may exceed the  Specified  Reserve  Amount on a
Distribution  Date. If this occurs, the Trust will use these excess funds to pay
principal  due on the Loan  made by the  Lender.  The  Trust  will  release  the
remaining  amount to the  affiliate  of the Seller who will own a portion of the
Certificates.

The  "Specified  Reserve  Amount"  with  respect  to any  Distribution  Date  is
generally equal to the excess of (x) the greater of:

      o     5.55% of the Pool  Balance  as of the  last day of the  related  Due
            Period; and

      o     $16,541,149  (which is equal to 2.25% of the Initial Pool  Balance);

over (y) the excess, if any, of

      o     the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period; over

      o     the  outstanding   principal   amount  of  the  Securities  on  such
            Distribution  Date (after giving effect to all principal,  including
            any  additional  principal  distributions  from Excess  Collections,
            distributed to the Securityholders on such Distribution Date).

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Specified  Reserve Amount may never be less
than $7,351,622 (1.00% of the Initial Pool Balance);  provided that such minimum
amount  may  never be  greater  than the  outstanding  principal  amount  of the
Securities (the "Minimum Reserve Amount").

Overcollateralization

Overcollateralization  is the  excess,  if any,  of the  Pool  Balance  over the
outstanding  principal amount of the Securities.  On the Closing Date there will
be no overcollateralization. Overcollateralization may develop after the Closing
Date as a result of additional  principal  distributions  on the Securities from
Excess  

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Collections,  if any.  Excess  Collections  will be applied  to the  outstanding
principal amount of the Securities such that the overcollateralization amount is
initially  increased to, and thereafter  maintained at, $9,189,527 (1.25% of the
Initial Pool Balance) (the "Targeted  Overcollateral-ization  Amount"). However,
if there  are not  sufficient  Excess  Collections,  the  overcollateral-ization
amount   will   not   be   increased   to  or   maintained   at   the   Targeted
Overcollateralization Amount. In addition, realized losses on the Contracts will
reduce the  overcollateralization  amount.  If realized  losses on the Contracts
result in a  collateralization  shortfall on a Distribution Date, a draw will be
made on the Note Insurance Policy and/or the Certificate Insurance Policy in the
amount  of any such  collateralization  shortfall  (after  giving  effect to the
application  of funds in the  Reserve  Account to cover such  collateral-ization
shortfall).

Subordination

The Certificates will be subordinated to the Notes as follows:

      o     the  Trust  will  not  pay  interest  on  the  Certificates  on  any
            Distribution  Date until all interest owed on the Notes through that
            Distribution Date has been paid in full;

      o     the  Trust  will  not  pay  principal  on  the  Certificates  on any
            Distribution Date until the Notes have been paid their full share of
            principal  collections on the Contracts for such Distribution  Date;
            and

      o     the  Trust  will not pay  additional  principal  distributions  from
            Excess  Collections to the  Certificates  on any  Distribution  Date
            until all the Notes have been paid in full.

In  addition,  if an Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing  or the
Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, the Trust will not pay principal on
the Certificates on any Distribution  Date until all of the Notes have been paid
in full.

Monthly Advances

The amounts  received under a Contract may not be sufficient to pay interest due
under the terms of the  Contract  (referred to as a "Payment  Shortfall").  If a
Payment  Shortfall  occurs,  the  Servicer  may  advance  funds to the  Trust to
compensate for the Payment Shortfall (referred to as a "Monthly  Advance").  The
Servicer will make a Monthly  Advance only if the Servicer  expects to be repaid
for the Monthly  Advance from future  interest  collections  on the Contract for
which the  Servicer  made  such a Monthly  Advance.  The Trust  will use  future
interest  collections on a Contract to repay a Servicer's Monthly Advance on the
Contract.  If the Servicer  determines  that future  interest  collections  on a
Contract will not be sufficient to repay a Monthly Advance,  then the Trust will
repay the Monthly Advance from collections on all Contracts.

The Servicer will not make a Monthly Advance:

      o     to cover any principal portion of a Contract payment;

      o     on a Contract which the Obligor has prepaid in full; and

      o     on a Contract which is subject to a Relief Act Reduction.

See "The Purchase Agreements and The Trust  Documents--Monthly  Advances" herein
and in the Prospectus.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF 
DISTRIBUTIONS

On the Closing Date,  the Servicer will  establish an account in the name of the
Indenture  Trustee known as the  "Collection  Account." On a monthly basis,  the
Servicer  will  deposit all payments  which the  Servicer  has  collected on the
Contracts  into the  Collection  Account.  See "The Purchase  Agreements and the
Trust Documents--Distributions."

On each  Distribution  Date,  the Indenture  Trustee will withdraw  funds in the
Collection  Account to make the following  transfers and payments (to the extent
sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order of priority:

      (i)   pay the Servicer Payment  (including the servicing fee for the prior
            Due Period and any overdue  servicing  fees owed to the  Servicer if
            the  Servicer  is not an  affiliate  of CIT  and to the  extent  not
            previously retained by the Servicer) to the Servicer;

      (ii)  pay to the  Insurer  any  accrued and unpaid fees of the Insurer (to
            the extent  accrued prior to an Insurer  Default and not  previously
            paid);

      (iii) pay interest on the Notes;

      (iv)  pay interest on the Certificates;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      (v)   pay principal on the Securities  equal to the principal  collections
            on the Contracts:

            o     initially,  principal  collections  on the  Contracts  will be
                  distributed on each  Distribution  Date 99.0% to the Notes and
                  1.0% to the Certificates; and, on and after the Stepdown Date,
                  98.5% to the Notes and 1.5% to the Certificates;

            o     the Trust will pay the Notes' share of  principal  collections
                  on the Contracts  sequentially to the holders of each class of
                  the Notes until paid in full; and

            o     after  the  Notes   receive   their  share  of  the  principal
                  collections  on  the   Contracts,   the  Trust  will  pay  the
                  Certificates' share of principal  collections on the Contracts
                  until the Certificates have been paid in full.

      (vi)  pay the Reimbursement  Obligations to the Insurer (to the extent not
            previously paid);

      (vii) pay interest on the Loan;

      (viii)if CIT or one of its affiliates is the Servicer,  pay (to the extent
            not  previously  paid to the Servicer) the servicing fee  (including
            any  unpaid  servicing  fees  owed to the  Servicer  for  prior  Due
            Periods) to the Servicer;

      (ix)  deposit in the Reserve  Account  additional  amounts  required to be
            deposited  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement as a result
            of  delinquencies,  losses and  repossessions  of Financed  Boats or
            liquidations of Contracts;

      (x)   pay principal from a portion of the Excess Collections to:

            o     the Noteholders,  sequentially to the holders of each class of
                  the Notes until paid in full; and

            o     the  Certificateholders  after the Note-holders have been paid
                  in full; and

      (xi)  the balance to the Reserve Account.

Funds on  deposit in the  Reserve  Account  in excess of the  Specified  Reserve
Amount  for the next  Distribution  Date  shall be  withdrawn  from the  Reserve
Account and used to pay principal due on the Loan and the remaining amount shall
be released to the Affiliated Owner.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if an  Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing or if the Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, the Trust will
not pay  principal  to the  Certificates  until all the Notes  have been paid in
full.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and either an
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no
longer in effect and the Notes have been accelerated, principal payments will be
made on each  class of Notes  pro rata on the basis of their  respective  unpaid
principal amounts.

See "The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents--Distributions"  herein for
additional  details and for special priority rules that would apply in a default
situation.

TAX STATUS

For Federal income tax purposes, the Notes will constitute  indebtedness and the
Certificates  will  constitute  interests  in a  trust  fund  that  will  not be
characterized as an association taxable as a corporation. Each holder of a Note,
by the acceptance of a Note, will agree to treat the Notes as  indebtedness  and
each holder of a Certificate, by the acceptance of a Certificate,  will agree to
treat the Trust as a partnership  in which the holders of the  Certificates  are
partners  for Federal  income tax  purposes.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus for additional information concerning
the application of Federal income tax laws to the Trust and the Securities.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

Subject to the considerations  discussed under "ERISA Considerations," the Notes
are eligible for purchase by employee  benefit plans.  The  Certificates are not
eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans.

RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES

The Trust will not issue the  Securities  unless the Notes and the  Certificates
are rated in the highest  long-term  rating  category by at least two nationally
recognized statistical rating agencies (the "Rating Agencies").  A Rating Agency
may  lower or  withdraw  its  rating  if  circumstances  so  warrant.  See "Risk
Factors--Subsequent  Market  Value of the  Securities  Dependent  on  Ratings of
Securities and Insurer" herein.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-10
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

      You should  consider the  following  risk  factors in deciding  whether to
purchase the Securities:

Subsequent Market Value of          The ratings of the Securities  will be based
  the Securities Dependent on       primarily  on  the  credit   rating  of  the
  Ratings of Securities and         Insurer.  If the Rating Agencies lower their
  Insurer                           ratings of the  Insurer or their  assessment
                                    of the Insurer's ability to pay claims under
                                    the Insurance Policies,  the Rating Agencies
                                    may   also   lower   the   ratings   of  the
                                    Securities.  Since no person or entity  will
                                    provide  additional  credit  enhancement for
                                    the  Securities,  the  market  price  of the
                                    Securities   will  decrease  if  the  Rating
                                    Agencies  lower their ratings of the Insurer
                                    or the Securities.

Prepayment of Contracts May         The  actual  length  of time  each  class of
  Affect Yield                      Securities is outstanding will depend on the
                                    rate of principal  payments and  prepayments
                                    and losses on the Contracts. The life of any
                                    Contract  will  depend on factors  including
                                    prepayments,   repurchases,   defaults   and
                                    extensions  of maturity.  These  factors may
                                    result  in  payment  of   principal  on  the
                                    Securities earlier or later than anticipated
                                    in calculating the weighted  average life of
                                    the  Securities.  You will  bear the risk of
                                    reinvesting   principal   returned   to  you
                                    resulting  from   prepayments  of  principal
                                    received  sooner  than  expected or required
                                    under  the   Contracts.   If  you   purchase
                                    Securities  at a discount  and the  Obligors
                                    repay their  Contracts at a slower rate than
                                    you  anticipated,  the actual  yield on your
                                    investment   will   be   lower   than   your
                                    anticipated    yield.    If   you   purchase
                                    Securities  at a  premium  and the  Obligors
                                    repay their  Contracts at a faster rate than
                                    you  anticipated,  the actual  yield on your
                                    investment   will   be   lower   than   your
                                    anticipated   yield.   See   "The   Purchase
                                    Agreements        and       the        Trust
                                    Documents--Termination,"  "--Modification of
                                    Contracts,"    "Maturity   and    Prepayment
                                    Considerations,"  and "Yield and  Prepayment
                                    Considerations"  herein  and  "The  Purchase
                                    Agreements and the Trust Documents--Sale and
                                    Assignment   of   the   Contracts"   in  the
                                    Prospectus.

Events of Default Under the         So long as no Insurer  Default has  occurred
  Indenture may Accelerate          and is continuing and the Insurance Policies
  Liquidation of the                are in  effect,  the  Insurer  will have the
  Contracts; Rights of Insurer      sole  right to  declare  an Event of Default
                                    under the Indenture.  The  Noteholders  will
                                    not be able to  declare  an Event of Default
                                    under   the    Indenture    and   cause   an
                                    acceleration  of the Notes.  After declaring
                                    an Event of Default, the Insurer will remain
                                    obligated  to  make  the  payments  required
                                    under the Insurance  Policies.  The Insurer,
                                    upon declaring an Event of Default under the
                                    Indenture,    may   elect   to   cause   the
                                    liquidation,  in whole  or in  part,  of the
                                    Contracts,  which will result in redemption,
                                    in  whole  or in  part,  of the  Securities.
                                    Insurer  decisions  with respect to defaults
                                    may  have  a   significant   impact  on  the
                                    weighted  average  lives of the  Securities.
                                    See  "The   Notes--Rights   of  Insurer  and
                                    Noteholders;   Indenture--Control   of   the
                                    Insurer" herein.

Possible Effects of Insurer         In the event that the  Insurer  defaults  on
  Default                           its obligations under the Insurance Policies
                                    or the  Insurance  Policies are no longer in
                                    effect, you may suffer additional  decreases
                                    in the market  price of the  Securities  and
                                    delays in payment or losses of principal and
                                    interest  caused by  numerous  circumstances
                                    beyond  the  control  of  the  Trust  or the
                                    Servicer.  Important  factors that may arise
                                    following an Insurer Default include:


                                      S-11
<PAGE>

                                    Economic Factors

                                    Changes in economic  conditions may limit or
                                    prevent the Servicer from collecting amounts
                                    due  under  the  Contracts.   These  adverse
                                    economic  developments  may result in losses
                                    on your investment due to other risks in the
                                    portfolio including:

                                    o        payment defaults on Contracts;

                                    o        inability   to  realize   value  of
                                             collateral    which   secures   the
                                             Contracts  since  the Trust may not
                                             have first  priority  rights or any
                                             rights  to obtain  the  collateral;
                                             and

                                    o        depreciation   in  the   value   of
                                             collateral    which   secures   the
                                             Contracts.

                                    See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts"
                                    in the Prospectus.

                                    Assets of Trust are Limited

                                    The  Trust  will  rely   solely  on  current
                                    collections  on the Contracts and amounts in
                                    the   Reserve   Account  to  make   required
                                    payments to you, which may not be sufficient
                                    to make all required payments.

                                    The  Trust is only  required  to repay  your
                                    principal  to  the  extent  that  there  are
                                    sufficient  funds in the Collection  Account
                                    to make payments of principal. Nonpayment of
                                    principal to you will only become a default,
                                    creating  potential legal rights,  after the
                                    Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date which is
                                    applicable  to  your  class  of  Securities.
                                    Therefore, you may have no current remedy or
                                    any remedy at all in the event of nonpayment
                                    of principal amounts on your investment.

                                    Source  of  Funding  for   Reserve   Account
                                    Limited

                                    The Reserve Account will initially be funded
                                    by  a  loan  from  one  or  more   financial
                                    institutions. Any additional deposits to the
                                    Reserve  Account  will  generally  be funded
                                    from  the  Excess  Collections.  The  Excess
                                    Collections  may not be  sufficient  to fund
                                    the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date
                                    up to the  Specified  Reserve  Amount  or to
                                    replenish  the Reserve  Account  after funds
                                    are   withdrawn  to  make  payments  on  the
                                    Securities.  If  payments to you exhaust the
                                    Reserve  Account  and  there  are no  Excess
                                    Collections,   you  will  receive   payments
                                    solely from receipts on the Contracts.

                                    Excess  Collections  may decline for several
                                    reasons,  including, but not limited to, the
                                    following:

                                    o        liquidation    of   Contracts   may
                                             reduce, or eliminate, the amount of
                                             Excess   Collections   that   would
                                             otherwise have been available;

                                    o        any  event  or  circumstance  which
                                             causes  the Trust to  receive  less
                                             than a full  month of  interest  at
                                             the  Contract  Rate will reduce the
                                             amount of Excess  Collections.  For
                                             example,  prepayment  in  full or a
                                             Relief Act  Reduction of a Contract
                                             may  result in  collection  of less
                                             than a full  month of  interest  at
                                             the Contract Rate;

                                    o        delinquencies on the Contracts will
                                             reduce    or    eliminate    Excess
                                             Collections  if the  Servicer  does
                                             not make a  Monthly  Advance  or if
                                             the Servicer  reimburses itself for
                                             a Monthly Advance from  collections
                                             on other Contracts; and

                                    o        disproportionate   prepayments   of
                                             Contracts   with  higher   Contract
                                             Rates.


                                      S-12
<PAGE>

                                    Subordination; Priority of Payment

                                    Payments of  principal  and  interest on the
                                    Certificates   will   be   subordinated   in
                                    priority  to  payments  of   principal   and
                                    interest on the Notes, as described  herein.
                                    Actions  taken by the  holders  of the Notes
                                    upon an Event of Default may increase losses
                                    to holders of the Certificates. In addition,
                                    if an Event of Default has  occurred and the
                                    Notes  have been  accelerated,  payments  of
                                    principal  and interest on the  Certificates
                                    will not be made  until the Notes  have been
                                    paid in full.

                                    Events of Default  Under the  Indenture  May
                                    Accelerate Liquidation

                                    The  Noteholders  will have  certain  powers
                                    over the Trust and its  property,  including
                                    the power to declare an Event of Default and
                                    to accelerate payment of the Securities. See
                                    "The  Notes--Redemption;  Acceleration"  and
                                    "--Rights   of  Insurer   and   Noteholders;
                                    Indenture"  herein.  The  Certificateholders
                                    will not have any rights to direct the Trust
                                    with  respect to any  actions so long as the
                                    Notes    are    outstanding.     See    "The
                                    Certificates--Limited Rights" herein.

                                    Geographic Concentration of Obligors

                                    Lack of geographically  diverse Obligors may
                                    cause losses on the related  Contracts to be
                                    higher  than they  would be if the  Obligors
                                    were more geographically  diverse. As of the
                                    Cut-off  Date,  the  following  states  have
                                    concentrations,  based on Obligors'  mailing
                                    addresses, of 5% or more of the Initial Pool
                                    Balance:

                                    State              % of Initial Pool Balance
                                    -----              -------------------------
                                    o California                16.06%
                                    o Texas                     12.10%
                                    o Florida                    7.31%
                                    o Missouri                   5.20%

                                    Structure of Payments to Securityholders

                                    Because  Certificateholders  are entitled to
                                    receive certain  distributions  of principal
                                    at  the  same   time  as  the   Noteholders,
                                    Noteholders   may  suffer   greater   losses
                                    following  an  Insurer  Default  than  if no
                                    principal  were  paid to  Certificateholders
                                    until  all  principal  had been  paid to the
                                    Noteholders.   In   the   event   that   the
                                    Certificateholders  receive any  payments of
                                    principal prior to an Insurer Default and to
                                    the extent that  losses to the Trust  exceed
                                    the then  outstanding  principal  balance of
                                    the   Certificates,   the  Noteholders  will
                                    suffer  losses of principal  that  otherwise
                                    may have  resulted in  additional  losses to
                                    Certificateholders.

Year 2000                           Institutions  around the world are reviewing
                                    and  modifying  their  computer  systems  to
                                    ensure  they are Year  2000  compliant.  The
                                    issue,   in  general  terms,  is  that  many
                                    existing      computer      systems      and
                                    microprocessors  with  date-based  functions
                                    (including    those    in    non-information
                                    technology  equipment  and systems) use only
                                    two  digits to  identify  a year in the date
                                    field with the assumption that the first two
                                    digits   of  the  year  are   always   "19."
                                    Consequently,  on January 1, 2000, computers
                                    that are not Year  2000  compliant  may read
                                    the year as 1900.  Systems  that  calculate,
                                    compare or sort using the incorrect date may
                                    malfunction.


                                      S-13
<PAGE>

                                    Because the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee,
                                    the  Owner   Trustee  and  the  Insurer  are
                                    dependent  upon the  proper  functioning  of
                                    computer  systems,  failure of their systems
                                    or vendor  systems to be Year 2000 compliant
                                    could have a material adverse effect on you.
                                    Failure  of this kind  could,  for  example,
                                    result in:

                                    o        problems    with    collecting   or
                                             processing    payments    on    the
                                             Contracts and payments to you;

                                    o        incomplete or inaccurate accounting
                                             or reporting; and

                                    o        generation of erroneous results.

                                    If these  risks  are not  remedied,  you may
                                    experience  delays in payment  of  principal
                                    and  interest  on  your  Securities  and the
                                    Trust  may  need to  replace  the  Servicer,
                                    which may also cause losses on the Contracts
                                    to increase.

                                    In addition,  the  Servicer,  the  Indenture
                                    Trustee  and the Owner  Trustee  depend upon
                                    the  proper   functioning   of  third  party
                                    computer  and   non-information   technology
                                    systems.  CITSF has been  communicating with
                                    those  parties  with  whom it has  important
                                    financial,     supplier    or    operational
                                    relationships  to  determine  the  extent to
                                    which those  parties are  vulnerable  to the
                                    Year 2000  issue.  As part of the process of
                                    evaluating  its  options and  attempting  to
                                    mitigate   third  party   risks,   CITSF  is
                                    collecting  and analyzing  information  from
                                    third parties.

                                    If third parties with whom the Servicer, the
                                    Indenture  Trustee  and  the  Owner  Trustee
                                    interact  have  material  Year 2000 problems
                                    that are not remedied, they could experience
                                    serious problems, including the following:

                                    o        inability  to  obtain  or  exchange
                                             information  necessary  to  compute
                                             amounts due from existing  obligors
                                             or payments due on the Securities;

                                    o        inability to access or  effectively
                                             use facilities;

                                    o        failure of  equipment  to  function
                                             properly; and

                                    o        disruption of important services on
                                             which   they   depend,    such   as
                                             telecommunications     and    other
                                             utilities.

                                    CITSF has implemented a Year 2000 project to
                                    prepare its computer systems to be Year 2000
                                    compliant.   CITSF   expects   to   complete
                                    substantially  all Year 2000 remediation and
                                    testing  by the end of March  1999.  CITSF's
                                    Year 2000  project may not be  effective  or
                                    its  estimates  about the timing and cost of
                                    completing its project may not be accurate.

Special Note Regarding              Certain statements contained or incorporated
  Forward-Looking                   in   this    Prospectus    Supplement    are
  Statements                        forward-looking     statements    concerning
                                    operations,    economic    performance   and
                                    financial    condition    of   the    Trust.
                                    Forward-looking statements are included, for
                                    example,  in the discussions  under the Risk
                                    Factors headings:

                                    o        Prepayment  of Contracts May Affect
                                             Yield;

                                    o        Possible Effects of Insurer Default
                                             -- Economic Factors; and

                                    o        Year 2000.

                                    These    statements    involve   risks   and
                                    uncertainties  and actual results may differ
                                    materially  from those  expressed or implied
                                    in those statements.


                                      S-14
<PAGE>

Risks Associated With Structure     Certain  features of the  structure may pose
                                    additional   risks  to  you.  Based  on  the
                                    structure      of     this      transaction,
                                    Certificateholders     will,     in     most
                                    circumstances, receive their specified share
                                    of principal  collections  on the  Contracts
                                    concurrently   with  the   Noteholders.   In
                                    addition,  Certificateholders  will  receive
                                    payments of  principal  prior to the receipt
                                    of payments of principal by certain  classes
                                    of the Notes.  The weighted  average life of
                                    the  Certificates  will be  shorter  and the
                                    weighted  average  life of the Notes will be
                                    longer than if  Certificateholders  received
                                    principal    payments    only    after   the
                                    Noteholders  have  been  paid  in  full.  In
                                    addition,  based  on the  structure  of this
                                    transaction,  on each Distribution Date, the
                                    Noteholders  (and  after the Notes have been
                                    paid in  full  the  Certificateholders)  may
                                    receive an additional principal distribution
                                    from Excess Collections, if any. As a result
                                    of these additional principal  distributions
                                    from  Excess   Collections,   if  any,   the
                                    weighted  average  life  of  the  Notes  and
                                    Certificates   may  be   shorter   than   if
                                    Noteholders and Certificateholders  received
                                    only current  interest  payments and payment
                                    of principal  solely on the basis of current
                                    principal   payments   and   losses  on  the
                                    Contracts.

                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION

      The Issuer,  CIT Marine Trust 1999-A (the "Issuer" or the  "Trust"),  is a
business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  pursuant to a
Trust  Agreement  (as amended  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Trust
Agreement"),  to be dated as of the  Cut-off  Date  between the Seller and Chase
Manhattan Bank Delaware,  acting  thereunder not in its individual  capacity but
solely as  trustee  of the Trust (the  "Owner  Trustee").  Prior to the sale and
assignment of the Contracts  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
Trust will have no assets or  obligations.  After its formation,  the Trust will
not engage in any activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the
Contracts and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing
the Notes  and the  Certificates,  (iii)  making  payments  on the Notes and the
Certificates and (iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,  suitable
or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected
therewith.

      Each  Certificate will represent a fractional  undivided  interest in, and
each Note will represent an obligation of, the Trust.

      The Trust will initially be  capitalized  with equity equal to $11,028,156
(the "Original  Certificate  Balance").  Certificates with an aggregate original
face amount of $128,156 will be owned by the Affiliated  Owner and  Certificates
representing the remainder of the Original  Certificate  Balance will be sold to
third party investors that are expected to be  unaffiliated  with the Affiliated
Owner, the Seller,  the Servicer or their  affiliates.  The equity in the Trust,
together with the proceeds of the initial sale of the Notes, will be used by the
Trust to purchase the Contracts from the Seller and CIT Marine Trust 1996-A (the
"Selling Trust") pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

      The Servicer will service the Contracts held by the Trust and will receive
fees for such  services.  CITSF will be  appointed as custodian on behalf of the
Trust, and will hold the original marine installment sale contract or promissory
note as well as the originals or copies of documents and instruments relating to
each Contract and evidencing the security interest in the Financed Boat securing
each Contract (the "Contract Files").

      The Trust's principal offices are in Wilmington, Delaware in care of Chase
Manhattan Bank Delaware, as Owner Trustee, at the address listed in "--The Owner
Trustee" below.


                                      S-15
<PAGE>

Capitalization of the Trust

      The following table  illustrates the expected  capitalization of the Trust
as of the Statistical Cut-off Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and
the Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:

Class A-1 ____% Asset-Backed Notes .........................  $325,000,000
Class A-2 ____% Asset-Backed Notes .........................  $179,000,000
Class A-3 ____% Asset-Backed Notes .........................  $117,000,000
Class A-4 ____% Asset-Backed Notes .........................  $103,134,000
____% Asset-Backed Certificates ............................  $ 11,028,156
                                                              ------------
Total ......................................................  $735,162,156
                                                              ============

The Owner Trustee

      Chase  Manhattan  Bank  Delaware  is the  Owner  Trustee  under  the Trust
Agreement. Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware is a Delaware banking corporation.  The
principal  offices of Chase  Manhattan  Bank Delaware are located at 1201 Market
Street, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801, Attn.: Corporate Trust Administration.  The
Owner  Trustee will perform  limited  administrative  functions  under the Trust
Agreement,  including  making  distributions  from the Certificate  Distribution
Account.  The Owner Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the Certificates  and the Notes is limited solely to the express  obligations
of the  Owner  Trustee  as set  forth in the  Trust  Agreement  and the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  The Owner  Trustee  may  appoint a  co-trustee  to act as
co-trustee pursuant to a co-trustee agreement with the Owner Trustee.

      The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Servicer will
be  obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the
Owner  Trustee if the Owner  Trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as Owner
Trustee under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or if the Owner Trustee  becomes
insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a
successor  trustee.  Any  resignation  or  removal  of  the  Owner  Trustee  and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor trustee.

      The Sale and Servicing  Agreement  will provide that the Servicer will pay
the Owner Trustee's fees. The Sale and Servicing  Agreement will further provide
that the Owner Trustee will be entitled to  indemnification by the Servicer for,
and will be held harmless  against,  any loss,  liability or expense incurred by
the Owner Trustee not resulting from its own willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence  (other than by reason of a breach of any of its  representations  or
warranties set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement).

                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

      The Notes are an  obligation of the Trust and will be secured by assets of
the Trust (other than the Certificate  Distribution  Account).  Each Certificate
represents a fractional undivided interest in the Trust. The Trust property will
include, among other things:

      (i)   a pool (the "Contract  Pool") of marine  installment  sale contracts
            and  direct  loans  (the  "Contracts")  secured  by the new and used
            boats,  boat  motors and boat  trailers  each of which are  financed
            thereby and some of which may also be secured by U.S. preferred ship
            mortgages (the "Financed Boats");

      (ii)  all monies  received  under the  Contracts  on and after the Cut-off
            Date,  exclusive  of interest  due and payable  prior to the Cut-off
            Date;

      (iii) an  assignment of the security  interests in the Financed  Boats and
            any accessions thereto;

      (iv)  the Collection Account, the Certificate Distribution Account and the
            Note  Distribution   Account  (including  all  investments  in  such
            accounts  and all income  from the funds  therein  and all  proceeds
            thereof);

      (v)   all  monies  on  deposit  in the  Reserve  Account  (other  than net
            investment  earnings on the funds on deposit  therein related to the
            Loan);

      (vi)  the  right  to  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life  and
            disability  insurance  policies,  if any,  which  insure  individual
            Financed Boats or the related Obligors;


                                      S-16
<PAGE>

      (vii) the rights of the Trust under the  Purchase  Agreement  and the Sale
            and Servicing Agreement;

      (viii) the rights of the Trust under the Insurance Policies; and

      (ix)  any and all proceeds of the foregoing.

                               THE CONTRACT POOL

General

      CITSF will sell certain  contracts  to the Company  pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement to be dated as of the Cut-off  Date (the  "Purchase  Agreement").  The
Company and the Selling Trust will sell the  Contracts to the Trust  pursuant to
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement to be dated as of the Cut-off Date (the "Sale
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Seller, the Selling Trust, the Servicer and
the  Trust.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust  Documents--Sale  and
Assignment of the Contracts" in the Prospectus.

      CITSF or one of its affiliates  purchased the Contracts  from Dealers,  or
originated the Contracts  directly,  using the underwriting  standards described
under  "The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.,  Servicer--CITSF's  Underwriting
Guidelines" in the Prospectus, or acquired the Contracts from unaffiliated third
parties (in which event  CITSF  reviewed  such  Contracts  to confirm  that they
conformed to such underwriting standards).

      The  Contracts  which  the  Selling  Trust  will  sell to the  Trust  were
originated  or  purchased  by CITSF  (or its  affiliates).  CITSF  then sold the
Contracts to an affiliate of the Company  which in turn sold them to the Selling
Trust in 1996 and 1997.  The  Selling  Trust will make no  representations  with
respect  to its  Contracts,  and will have no  obligations  to  repurchase  such
Contracts and no obligations  with respect to the Securities.  However,  CITSF's
representations  and  warranties  (and the remedies  against CITSF for breach of
these  representations and warranties) will cover all of the Contracts including
those sold by the Selling  Trust.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust
Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts" in the Prospectus.

      All of the Contracts are Simple  Interest  Contracts.  A "Simple  Interest
Contract" is a Contract as to which interest  accrues under the simple  interest
method (i.e.,  the interest  portion of each monthly payment equals the interest
on the outstanding  principal  balance of the related Contract for the number of
days since the most recent  payment made on such  Contract  and the balance,  if
any, of such monthly payment is applied to principal).

      The Contracts  were first entered onto CITSF's  servicing  system  (which,
typically, represents the date on which CITSF or one of its affiliates funds the
purchase of such  Contracts  from Dealers)  between  September  1994 and January
1999.  All Contracts  are marine  installment  contracts or direct  loans,  each
secured  by a boat  and  some  of  which  are  secured  by U.S.  preferred  ship
mortgages.  Such  Contracts,  secured by boats,  are  originated by a Dealer and
purchased by CITSF or one of its affiliates, originated directly by CITSF or one
of  its  affiliates,  or  acquired  by  CITSF  or one  of  its  affiliates  from
unaffiliated third parties.

Characteristics of Contracts

      The  Contract  Pool  consists  of  contracts  having an  aggregate  unpaid
principal  balance as of the Cut-off Date of  $735,162,156.  For the purposes of
the  discussion  of the  characteristics  of the  Contracts  on the Cut-off Date
contained herein, the principal balance of each Contract is the unpaid principal
balance as of the Cut-off Date.

      The Contracts were selected from CITSF's  portfolio of marine  installment
sale  contracts  and direct  loans  based on  several  criteria,  including  the
following:

      (i)   each Contract was originated in the United States of America;

      (ii)  each Contract has a Contract Rate not less than 7.50%;

      (iii) each  Contract  provides for level  monthly  payments  which include
            interest at the Contract  Rate and, if paid in  accordance  with its
            schedule,  fully amortizes the amount financed over an original term
            of no greater than 245 months;

      (iv)  as of  the  Cut-off  Date  the  most  recent  scheduled  payment  of
            principal and  interest,  if any, on each Contract was made by or on
            behalf of the  related  Obligor or was not  delinquent  more than 59
            days;


                                      S-17
<PAGE>

      (v)   no Financed Boat has been  repossessed  without  reinstatement as of
            the Cut-off Date;

      (vi)  as of the Cut-off Date no Obligor on any Contract was the subject of
            a bankruptcy proceeding;

      (vii) as of the  Cut-off  Date each  Contract  has a  remaining  principal
            balance of not less than $1,000 and not more than $800,000; and

      (viii)as of the  Cut-off  Date  none of the  Paid  Ahead  Simple  Interest
            Contracts  in the  Contract  Pool were  paid-ahead  more than twelve
            scheduled monthly payments.

      As  of  the  Cut-off   Date,   the   Contract   Pool  had  the   following
characteristics:

Range of Contract Rates                                    7.50% to 21.00%

Weighted Average Contract Rate                             9.50%

Range of Original Principal Balances                       $1,931 to $800,000

Average Original Principal Balance                         $34,164

Range of Remaining Principal Balances                      $1,073 to $785,708

Average Remaining Principal Balance                        $31,914

Range of Original Terms to Maturity                        18 to 245 months

Weighted Average Original Term to Maturity                 184 months

Range of Remaining Terms to Maturity                       12 to 240 months

Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity                168 months

Percentage of New/Used Boats at Time of
Origination (by number of Contracts)                       74.85%/25.15%

Percentage of New/Used Boats at Time of
Origination (by principal balance)                         67.16%/32.84%


                                      S-18
<PAGE>

      Set  forth  below  is a  description  of  certain  characteristics  of the
Contracts.

                   Geographical Distribution of Contracts(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  % of Contract
                                          % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
                         Number of      Pool by Number of       Balance              Balance
                      Contracts As of    Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
      State          the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
      -----          ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                          <C>                <C>            <C>                     <C>  
Alabama ......               89                 0.39%          $  2,667,176            0.36%
Alaska .......               11                 0.05              1,229,093            0.17
Arizona ......              402                 1.75             16,635,498            2.26
Arkansas .....            1,079                 4.68             13,537,649            1.84
California ...            2,699                11.72            118,084,204           16.06
Colorado .....              536                 2.33             10,758,773            1.46
Connecticut ..              424                 1.84             17,280,646            2.35
Delaware .....               85                 0.37              3,904,338            0.53
District of                                                                         
  Columbia ...               19                 0.08              1,048,658            0.14
Florida ......            1,295                 5.62             53,712,248            7.31
Georgia ......              489                 2.12             14,515,382            1.97
Hawaii .......                5                 0.02                610,058            0.08
Idaho ........               40                 0.17                772,772            0.11
Illinois .....              985                 4.28             32,977,650            4.49
Indiana ......              147                 0.64              4,581,592            0.62
Iowa .........               81                 0.35              2,694,505            0.37
Kansas .......              731                 3.17             15,740,307            2.14
Kentucky .....               83                 0.36              2,727,382            0.37
Louisiana ....               77                 0.33              3,752,731            0.51
Maine ........               35                 0.15                962,324            0.13
Maryland .....              714                 3.10             25,370,904            3.45
Massachusetts               751                 3.26             26,449,514            3.60
Michigan .....              192                 0.83              5,503,770            0.75
Minnesota ....              282                 1.22              7,643,590            1.04
Mississippi ..               62                 0.27              1,480,391            0.20
Missouri .....            1,597                 6.93             38,249,740            5.20
Montana ......               81                 0.35              1,185,116            0.16
Nebraska .....               48                 0.21              1,032,821            0.14
Nevada .......              379                 1.65             12,550,989            1.71
New Hampshire               131                 0.57              4,642,605            0.63
New Jersey ...              777                 3.37             31,197,292            4.24
New Mexico ...               99                 0.43              2,826,080            0.38
New York .....              935                 4.06             35,460,094            4.82
North Carolina              268                 1.16              6,314,448            0.86
North Dakota .                5                 0.02                121,715            0.02
Ohio .........              194                 0.84              7,628,487            1.04
Oklahoma .....              680                 2.95             14,934,337            2.03
Oregon .......              269                 1.17             12,088,888            1.64
Pennsylvania .              552                 2.40             21,342,452            2.90
Rhode Island .               94                 0.41              3,880,643            0.53
South Carolina              128                 0.56              4,766,518            0.65
South Dakota .               11                 0.05                223,477            0.03
Tennessee ....              183                 0.79              5,815,701            0.79
Texas ........            3,849                16.71             88,981,440           12.10
Utah .........              168                 0.73              5,433,089            0.74
Vermont ......               16                 0.07                276,718            0.04
Virginia .....              485                 2.11             17,501,360            2.38
Washington ...              554                 2.40             25,362,788            3.45
West Virginia                29                 0.13                653,332            0.09
Wisconsin ....              171                 0.74              7,634,775            1.04
Wyoming ......               20                 0.09                416,096            0.06
                         ------               ------           ------------          ------ 
Total                    23,036               100.00%(2)       $735,162,156          100.00%(2)
                         ======               ======           ============          ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   In most cases,  based on the mailing  addresses  of the Obligors as of the
      Cut-off Date.

(2)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.


                                      S-19
<PAGE>

                   Distribution by Original Principal Balance

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        % of Contract  
                                                % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
                               Number of      Pool by Number of       Balance              Balance
Range of Original           Contracts As of    Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
Principal Balances         the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
- ------------------         ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
  $5,000.00 or Less               386               1.68%           $  1,057,157             0.14%
  $5,000.01 -  $10,000.00       2,911               12.64             17,615,881             2.40
 $10,000.01 -  $15,000.00       5,115               22.20             54,833,532             7.46
 $15,000.01 -  $20,000.00       4,060               17.62             62,774,014             8.54
 $20,000.01 -  $30,000.00       4,524               19.64            102,228,836            13.91
 $30,000.01 -  $40,000.00       1,792                7.78             57,929,751             7.88
 $40,000.01 -  $50,000.00         880                3.82             37,289,697             5.07
 $50,000.01 -  $60,000.00         574                2.49             29,796,109             4.05
 $60,000.01 -  $70,000.00         383                1.66             23,367,607             3.18
 $70,000.01 -  $80,000.00         305                1.32             21,732,668             2.96
 $80,000.01 -  $90,000.00         231                1.00             18,694,091             2.54
 $90,000.01 - $100,000.00         197                0.86             18,095,155             2.46
$100,000.01 - $125,000.00         484                2.10             52,438,717             7.13
$125,000.01 - $150,000.00         358                1.55             47,703,738             6.49
$150,000.01 - $175,000.00         257                1.12             40,099,467             5.45
$175,000.01 - $200,000.00         174                0.76             31,875,885             4.34
$200,000.01 - $250,000.00         159                0.69             34,398,403             4.68
$250,000.01 - $300,000.00          97                0.42             25,648,496             3.49
$300,000.01 - $400,000.00          94                0.41             30,956,338             4.21
$400,000.01 - $500,000.00          36                0.16             15,483,196             2.11
$500,000.01 - $600,000.00          12                0.05              6,335,929             0.86
$600,000.01 - $800,000.00           7                0.03              4,807,489             0.65
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
  Total                        23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.

                 Distribution by Cut-off Date Principal Balance

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        % of Contract  
                                                % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
                               Number of      Pool by Number of       Balance             Balance
Range of Cut-off           Contracts As of    Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
Date Principal Balances    the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
- -----------------------    ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
  $5,000.00 or Less             1,242                5.39%           $ 4,369,738             0.59%
  $5,000.01 -  $10,000.00       3,847               16.70             29,707,276             4.04
 $10,000.01 -  $15,000.00       4,968               21.57             61,665,910             8.39
 $15,000.01 -  $20,000.00       3,475               15.09             59,964,501             8.16
 $20,000.01 -  $30,000.00       3,933               17.07             96,002,685            13.06
 $30,000.01 -  $40,000.00       1,570                6.82             53,994,217             7.34
 $40,000.01 -  $50,000.00         807                3.50             36,159,711             4.92
 $50,000.01 -  $60,000.00         549                2.38             30,080,061             4.09
 $60,000.01 -  $70,000.00         354                1.54             22,940,309             3.12
 $70,000.01 -  $80,000.00         280                1.22             20,908,737             2.84
 $80,000.01 -  $90,000.00         198                0.86             16,771,622             2.28
 $90,000.01 - $100,000.00         223                0.97             21,287,951             2.90
$100,000.01 - $125,000.00         456                1.98             51,234,572             6.97
$125,000.01 - $150,000.00         357                1.55             49,016,635             6.67
$150,000.01 - $175,000.00         229                0.99             36,794,840             5.00
$175,000.01 - $200,000.00         178                0.77             33,439,828             4.55
$200,000.01 - $250,000.00         147                0.64             33,041,488             4.49
$250,000.01 - $300,000.00          91                0.40             24,931,792             3.39
$300,000.01 - $400,000.00          84                0.36             28,807,584             3.92
$400,000.01 - $500,000.00          31                0.13             13,699,199             1.86
$500,000.01 - $600,000.00          10                0.04              5,536,011             0.75
$600,000.01 - $800,000.00           7                0.03              4,807,489             0.65
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
  Total                        23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.


                                      S-20
<PAGE>

                   Distribution by Original Term to Maturity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       % of Contract  
  Range of                                     % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
Original Terms                Number of       Pool by Number of       Balance             Balance
 to Maturity               Contracts As of    Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
 (in Months)               the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
- --------------             ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
  18 -  24                         21                0.09%          $     53,373             0.01%
  25 -  36                        200                0.87                764,481             0.10
  37 -  48                        368                1.60              1,714,850             0.23
  49 -  60                      1,421                6.17             10,111,013             1.38
  61 -  72                        670                2.91              5,671,552             0.77
  73 -  84                      1,136                4.93             11,658,495             1.59
  85 -  96                      1,421                6.17             13,397,618             1.82
  97 - 108                         61                0.26                909,142             0.12
 109 - 120                      5,681               24.66             82,313,858            11.20
 121 - 132                         93                0.40              1,567,335             0.21
 133 - 144                      4,574               19.86             88,066,562            11.98
 145 - 156                         91                0.40              2,007,743             0.27
 157 - 168                          9                0.04                517,928             0.07
 169 - 180                      5,547               24.08            248,418,402            33.79
 181 - 192                        160                0.69              6,595,517             0.90
 193 - 204                          7                0.03                614,654             0.08
 205 - 216                          1                0.00                126,117             0.02
 217 - 228                          3                0.01                484,176             0.07
 229 - 240                      1,530                6.64            253,676,926            34.51
 241 - 245                         42                0.18              6,492,414             0.88
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
  Total                        23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.

                   Distribution by Remaining Term to Maturity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        % of Contract  
   Range of                                     % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
Remaining Terms                Number of      Pool by Number of        Balance             Balance
  to Maturity               Contracts As of    Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
  (in Months)               the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
- --------------              ----------------   ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
  12 -  24                        434                1.89%          $  1,515,060             0.21%
  25 -  36                        644                2.80              3,322,203             0.45
  37 -  48                      1,065                4.62              7,718,068             1.05
  49 -  60                        971                4.22              8,851,426             1.20
  61 -  72                        944                4.10              9,598,516             1.31
  73 -  84                      1,429                6.20             15,747,700             2.14
  85 -  96                      1,779                7.72             22,645,495             3.08
  97 - 108                      2,895               12.57             43,394,503             5.90
 109 - 120                      2,328               10.11             39,348,420             5.35
 121 - 132                      1,862                8.08             37,724,249             5.13
 133 - 144                      1,821                7.91             45,823,525             6.23
 145 - 156                        930                4.04             39,443,905             5.37
 157 - 168                      2,345               10.18            101,202,186            13.77
 169 - 180                      2,006                8.71             97,180,196            13.22
 181 - 192                         11                0.05              1,333,162             0.18
 193 - 204                         60                0.26              6,483,355             0.88
 205 - 216                        170                0.74             25,210,127             3.43
 217 - 228                        532                2.31             90,711,738            12.34
 229 - 240                        810                3.52            137,908,323            18.76
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
   Total                       23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.


                                      S-21
<PAGE>

                        Distribution by Age of Contracts

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      % of Contract  
                                               % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
   Age of                    Number of       Pool by Number of        Balance             Balance
  Contracts               Contracts As of     Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
 (in Months)              the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
 -----------              ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
    5 or Less                     936                4.06%          $ 80,587,057            10.96%
    6 - 11                      5,862               25.45            220,345,000            29.97
   12 - 18                      4,742               20.59            169,222,469            23.02
   19 - 24                      5,209               22.61            125,187,302            17.03
   25 - 30                      1,946                8.45             48,481,628             6.59
   31 - 36                      2,521               10.94             53,127,286             7.23
   37 - 42                        847                3.68             19,902,216             2.71
   43 - 48                        805                3.49             14,310,035             1.95
   49 - 54                        163                0.71              3,971,326             0.54
   55 - 60                          5                0.02                 27,837             0.00
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
   Total                       23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.

                         Distribution by Contract Rate

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      % of Contract  
                                               % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
                             Number of       Pool by Number of        Balance             Balance
  Range of                Contracts As of     Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
  Contracts               the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
 -----------              ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
  7.50 -  7.99%                   588                2.55%          $ 90,603,494            12.32%
  8.00 -  8.99%                 3,643               15.81            244,592,958            33.27
  9.00 -  9.99%                 5,986               25.99            191,640,293            26.07
 10.00 - 10.99%                 6,244               27.11            118,993,376            16.19
 11.00 - 11.99%                 3,272               14.20             52,317,565             7.12
 12.00 - 12.99%                 1,884                8.18             23,485,335             3.19
 13.00 - 13.99%                   864                3.75              8,899,330             1.21
 14.00 - 14.99%                   343                1.49              3,013,917             0.41
 15.00 - 15.99%                   128                0.56                887,916             0.12
 16.00 - 16.99%                    25                0.11                218,798             0.03
 17.00 - 17.99%                     6                0.03                 98,124             0.01
 18.00 - 18.99%                    15                0.07                148,505             0.02
 19.00 - 19.99%                    33                0.14                235,404             0.03
 20.00 - 21.00%                     5                0.02                 27,141             0.00
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
   Total                       23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.

                         Distribution by Year Originated

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      % of Contract  
                                               % of Contract    Aggregate Principal  Pool by Principal
                             Number of       Pool by Number of        Balance             Balance
    Year                  Contracts As of     Contracts As of    Outstanding As of   Outstanding As of
Originated(2)             the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date   the Cut-off Date    the Cut-off Date
- -------------             ----------------    ----------------   ----------------    ----------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                     <C>  
    1994                          123                0.53%          $  3,684,755             0.50%
    1995                        1,515                6.58             31,483,055             4.28
    1996                        4,305               18.69             98,775,718            13.44
    1997                        9,210               39.98            267,905,913            36.44
    1998                        7,629               33.12            319,471,737            43.46
    1999                          254                1.10             13,840,978             1.88
                               ------              ------           ------------           ------
   Total                       23,036              100.00%(1)       $735,162,156           100.00%(1)
                               ======              ======           ============           ====== 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   May not equal 100% due to rounding.

(2)   Based on the date the Contracts were first entered onto CITSF's servicing
      system.


                                      S-22
<PAGE>

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

      Each of the Contracts is  prepayable  at any time without any penalty.  If
prepayments are received on the Contracts,  the actual weighted  average life of
the Contracts will be shorter than the scheduled weighted average life, which is
based on the  assumption  that  payments  will be made as scheduled  and that no
prepayments  will be made.  For this  purpose the term  "prepayments"  includes,
among other  items,  voluntary  prepayments  by  Obligors,  regular  installment
payments  made in advance of their  scheduled  due  dates,  liquidations  due to
default,  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life and credit  disability
insurance  policies,  if any, and  purchases by CITSF or the Servicer of certain
Contracts as described herein. Weighted average life means the average amount of
time during  which each dollar of principal  on a Contract is  outstanding.  Any
reinvestment risk resulting from the rate of prepayment of the Contracts and the
distribution of such  prepayments to  Securityholders  will be borne entirely by
the  Securityholders.  In addition,  early  retirement of the  Securities may be
effected  by (i) the  exercise  of the  option of CITSF to  purchase  all of the
Contracts  remaining  in the Trust  when the Pool  Balance is 10% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance,  (ii) the sale by the Indenture  Trustee (or, if the Notes
have been paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged in accordance with
its terms,  the Owner  Trustee) of all of the  Contracts  remaining in the Trust
when the Pool  Balance  is 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance or (iii) an
Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes. See "The Purchase Agreements and
the Trust Documents--Termination" herein and in the Prospectus.

      The rate of principal payments (including  prepayments) on pools of marine
installment  sale  contracts  and direct loans may be influenced by a variety of
economic,  geographic,  social and other  factors.  In  general,  if  prevailing
interest  rates  were to fall  significantly  below  the  Contract  Rates on the
Contracts,  the Contracts  could be subject to higher  prepayment  rates than if
prevailing  interest  rates were to remain at or above the Contract Rates on the
Contracts.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly,
the  rate of  prepayments  on the  Contracts  would  generally  be  expected  to
decrease.  No assurance can be given as to the influence of these factors on the
actual prepayment experience of the Contracts.

      CITSF is not aware of any publicly available industry  statistics that set
forth principal prepayment  experience for marine installment sale contracts and
direct loans similar to the Contracts  over an extended  period of time, and its
experience  with  respect  to marine  contracts  included  in its  portfolio  is
insufficient  to draw any  specific  conclusions  with  respect to the  expected
prepayment rates on the Contracts.

Certain Payment Data

      Certain statistical information relating to the payment behavior of marine
installment  sale  contracts and direct loans  originated  by CITSF  directly or
through Dealers is set forth below.  In evaluating the information  contained in
this table and its  relationship  to the  expected  prepayment  behavior  of the
Contracts,  you should  consider that the  information set forth below reflects,
with respect to contracts  originated in a given year,  all  principal  payments
made in respect of such contracts in a given year, including regularly scheduled
payments,  liquidation  or  insurance  proceeds  applied  to  principal  of such
contracts, as well as principal prepayments made by or on behalf of the obligors
on the  contracts  in advance of the date on which such  principal  payment  was
scheduled to be made. The information set forth below also reflects  charge-offs
of the contracts during a given year. In addition, the Company has not performed
any statistical  analysis to determine  whether the contracts to which the table
relates constitute a statistically significant sample of marine installment sale
contracts  and  direct  loans  for  purposes  of  determining  expected  payment
behavior. Payment rates on the contracts are influenced by a number of economic,
social  and  other  factors.  Furthermore,  the  prepayment  experience  of  the
Contracts may not exhibit payment behavior similar to the behavior summarized in
the following table. In addition to the foregoing,  you should consider that the
table set forth below is limited to the period  covered  therein and thus cannot
reflect  the  effects,  if any,  of  aging on the  payment  behavior  of  marine
installment  sale  contracts and direct loans beyond such periods.  As a result,
you  should  not draw  any  conclusions  regarding  the  prepayment  rate of the
Contracts from the information  presented in the table below. You must make your
own assumptions regarding the prepayment rate of the Contracts.


                                      S-23
<PAGE>

      The  following  table  sets  forth,  with  respect  to all  of the  marine
installment  sale  contracts and direct loans  originated  by CITSF  directly or
through  Dealers  (excluding  contracts  purchased in bulk) in each period since
1994, the aggregate  initial  principal  balance of the contracts  originated in
such period,  the approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding on the
contracts  originated  in such  period as of the last day of such period and the
approximate  aggregate principal balance outstanding on the contracts originated
in such period as of the end of each subsequent period.

              Information Regarding Principal Reduction on Marine
        Installment Sale Contracts and Direct Loans Originated by CITSF
                             (Dollars in Millions)

                                                                    Nine Months
                                                                      Ended
                                                                   September 30,
                              1994     1995     1996(3)    1997(3)    1998(3)
                              ----     ----     -------    ------- -------------
Approximate Volume(1) .....   $42.7   $106.3    $223.0     $432.5     $429.6
Approximate Aggregate 
  Principal Balance(2):
    December 31, 1994 .....    38.6
    December 31, 1995 .....    31.5     96.6
    December 31, 1996 .....    24.7     77.8     206.8
    December 31, 1997 .....    18.9     59.8     165.8      403.8
    September 30, 1998 ....    13.9     44.8     131.2      338.2      409.4

- ----------
(1)   Volume  represents  aggregate  initial  principal balance of each contract
      originated in a particular year or nine-month period.

(2)   Approximate  aggregate  principal  balance as of any date  represents  the
      approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  at the end of the
      indicated  year or  nine-month  period on each  contract  originated  in a
      particular year.

(3)   Includes contracts sold by CITSF in a previous  securitization which CITSF
      is servicing.

Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contracts

      If an  Obligor,  in addition to making his  regularly  scheduled  payment,
makes one or more additional  scheduled payments in any Due Period (for example,
because  the  Obligor  intends  to be on  vacation  the  following  month),  the
additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due  Period  will be  treated as a
principal  prepayment and applied to reduce the principal balance of the related
Contract in such Due Period and, unless otherwise requested by the Obligor,  the
Obligor  will not be required to make any  scheduled  payment in respect of such
Contract (a "Paid-Ahead  Simple Interest  Contract") for the number of due dates
corresponding  to  the  number  of  such  additional   scheduled  payments  (the
"Paid-Ahead  Period").  During the Paid-Ahead Period,  interest will continue to
accrue on the principal  balance of the Contract,  as reduced by the application
of the  additional  scheduled  payments  made in the Due  Period  in which  such
Contract became a Paid-Ahead Simple Interest  Contract.  The Obligor's  Contract
would not be  considered  delinquent  during the  Paid-Ahead  Period.  A Payment
Shortfall  with  respect  to such  Contract  will exist  during  each Due Period
occurring during the Paid-Ahead  Period and the Servicer may be required to make
a Monthly Advance in respect of such Payment Shortfall,  as described under "The
Purchase Agreements and The Trust Documents--Monthly Advances" herein and in the
Prospectus; however, no Monthly Advances will be made in respect of principal in
respect of a Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract.  See "Yield and  Prepayment
Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.

      When the Obligor  resumes his required  payments  following the Paid-Ahead
Period,  the payments so paid may be insufficient to cover the interest that has
accrued   since  the  last   payment  by  the  Obligor.   Notwithstanding   such
insufficiency,   the  Obligor's  Contract  would  be  considered  current.  This
situation  will continue until the regularly  scheduled  payments are once again
sufficient to cover all accrued interest and to reduce the principal  balance of
the  Contract.  Depending  on the  principal  balance and  Contract  Rate of the
related Contract,  and on the number of payments that were paid ahead, there may
be extended  periods of time  during  which  Contracts  that are current are not
amortizing.  During such periods,  no distributions in respect of principal will
be made to the Securityholders with respect to such Contracts.


                                      S-24
<PAGE>

      Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contracts will affect the weighted average life
of the Securities. The distribution of the paid-ahead amount on the Distribution
Date  following the Due Period in which such amount was received will  generally
shorten the weighted average life of the Securities.  However,  depending on the
length  of time  during  which a  Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract  is not
amortizing as described  above,  the weighted average life of the Securities may
be extended. In addition, to the extent the Servicer makes Monthly Advances with
respect to a Paid-Ahead  Simple Interest  Contract which  subsequently goes into
default,  because  Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to such  Contract will be
applied first to reimburse the Servicer for such Monthly Advances, the loss with
respect to such  Contract  may be larger  than would have been the case had such
Monthly Advances not been made.

      As of the Cut-off Date, approximately 17.62% of the number of Contracts in
the Contract Pool were Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contracts,  with at least one,
but not  more  than  twelve,  paid-ahead  scheduled  monthly  payments.  CITSF's
portfolio of marine installment sale contracts and direct loans has historically
included  contracts which have been paid ahead by one or more scheduled  monthly
payments.  There can be no  assurance  as to the number of  Contracts  which may
become  Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contracts  or the number or the  principal
amount of the scheduled payments which may be paid ahead.

Weighted Average Life of the Securities

      Prepayments on marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans can be
measured  relative  to a  prepayment  model.  The model used in this  Prospectus
Supplement is the prepayment  assumption  (the  "Prepayment  Assumption")  which
represents  an  assumed  rate of  prepayment  each  month  relative  to the then
outstanding  principal  balance of a pool of marine  contracts,  for the life of
such contracts.  A 100% Prepayment  Assumption assumes prepayment rates of 0.25%
per annum of the then  outstanding  principal  balance of the  Contracts  in the
first month of the life of the contracts  and an  additional  0.25% per annum in
each month thereafter until the twenty-fourth  month (for example,  0.50% in the
second month). Beginning in the twenty-fourth month and in each month thereafter
during  the  life of the  contracts,  a 100%  Prepayment  Assumption  assumes  a
constant  prepayment  rate of 6% per annum  each  month.  As used in each of the
Prepayment Tables below, 0% Prepayment Assumption assumes prepayment rates equal
to 0% of the Prepayment Assumption, i.e., no prepayments.  Correspondingly, 100%
of the  Prepayment  Assumption  assumes  prepayment  rates  equal to 100% of the
Prepayment Assumption,  and so forth. The Prepayment Assumption does not purport
to be a historical  description of prepayment  experience or a prediction of the
anticipated  rate of prepayment of any pool of marine  contracts,  including the
Contracts.

      As the rate of  payments of  principal  of the Notes and in respect of the
Certificate  Balance will depend on the rate of payment (including  prepayments)
of the principal balance of the Contracts and the rate at which Contracts become
Liquidated  Contracts,  final  payment  of each class of the Notes  could  occur
significantly  earlier than their  respective Note Final Scheduled  Distribution
Dates. The final  distribution in respect of the  Certificates  also could occur
prior to the Certificate Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date.  Reinvestment risk
associated with early payment of the Securities will be borne exclusively by the
Securityholders.

      The tables  captioned  "Percentage  of Initial Note  Principal  Balance at
Various  Percentages of the Prepayment  Assumption"  and  "Percentage of Initial
Certificate Balance at Various Percentages of the Prepayment Assumption" (each a
"Prepayment  Table") have been prepared on the basis of certain  characteristics
of the  Contracts.  Each  Prepayment  Table was prepared  assuming  that (i) the
Contracts  prepay  in  full  at  the  specified  percentage  of  the  Prepayment
Assumption, with no defaults, losses or repurchases, (ii) each scheduled monthly
payment on the Contracts is made on the last day of each month and each Contract
accrues to 30 days each month,  (iii) payments on the Notes and distributions on
the  Certificates  are made on each  Distribution  Date  (and  each such date is
assumed to be the fifteenth day of each applicable  month),  (iv) the balance in
the Reserve Account on each  Distribution Date is equal to the Specified Reserve
Amount for the related Due Period,  (v) the Closing  Date occurs on February 23,
1999 and (vi) CITSF  exercises its option to purchase the Contracts as specified
under "The Purchase Agreements and The Trust Documents--Termination"  herein and
in the Prospectus. The Prepayment Tables indicate the projected weighted average
life of  each  class  of the  Notes  and the  Certificates  and  set  forth  the
percentage  of the initial  principal  amount of each class of the Notes and the
percentage  of  the  Original  Certificate  Balance  that  is  projected  to  be
outstanding  after each of the  Distribution  Dates shown at various  Prepayment
Assumption percentages.


                                      S-25
<PAGE>

      The Prepayment  Tables also assume that the Contracts have been aggregated
into six  hypothetical  pools with all of the  Contracts  within  each such pool
having  the  following  characteristics  and that the  level  scheduled  monthly
payment  for  each of the  pools  (which  is based  on its  aggregate  principal
balance,  weighted  average  Contract Rate,  weighted  average  original term to
maturity,  weighted  average  remaining  term to maturity and  weighted  average
seasoning  as of the  Cut-off  Date)  will be such  that each pool will be fully
amortized by the end of its remaining term to maturity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Weighted        Weighted
                                                    Average        Average      Weighted
                     Aggregate       Weighted    Original Term  Remaining Term   Average
                     Principal       Average      to Maturity     to Maturity   Seasoning
                      Balance     Contract Rate    (Months)        (Months)      (Months)
                     ---------    -------------  -------------  --------------  ---------
<S>               <C>                <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
Pool 1 ........   $ 95,742,923.27    11.011%          108             86            22
Pool 2 ........   $155,967,186.09    10.232%          149            131            18
Pool 3 ........   $120,233,988.91     9.671%          176            159            17
Pool 4 ........   $133,143,191.41     8.657%          204            188            16
Pool 5 ........   $119,251,303.59     8.388%          230            217            13
Pool 6 ........   $110,823,562.42     8.388%          233            220            13
</TABLE>
                                                                            
      The   information   included  in  the  following   tables  may  constitute
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 7A of the  Securities
Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and as such may  involve  known and  unknown  risks,
uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results,  performance
or  achievements  of the  Contracts to be materially  different  from any future
results,   performance   or   achievements   expressed   or   implied   by  such
forward-looking  statements.  The actual  characteristics and performance of the
Contracts will differ from the assumptions  used in constructing  the Prepayment
Tables.  The assumptions  used are  hypothetical  and have been provided only to
give a general sense of how the principal  cash flows might behave under varying
prepayment  scenarios.  For example, it is very unlikely that the Contracts will
prepay at a constant level of the Prepayment  Assumption  until maturity or that
all of the Contracts will prepay at the same level of the Prepayment Assumption.
Moreover,  the diverse terms of Contracts within each of the hypothetical  pools
could produce slower or faster  principal  distributions  than indicated in each
Prepayment  Table  at  the  various  constant   percentages  of  the  Prepayment
Assumption  specified,  even if the original and remaining  terms to maturity of
the Contracts are as assumed. Any difference between such assumptions and actual
characteristics and performance of the Contracts or actual prepayment experience
will  affect the  percentages  of  initial  balances  outstanding  over time and
weighted average lives of each class of the Notes and the Certificates.


                                      S-26
<PAGE>

      Percentage of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various Percentages
                        of the Prepayment Assumption (1)

                                   Class A-1
                                   ---------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Distribution Date          0%       200%      250%      300%      350%      400%      450%      500%
- -----------------          --       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Initial 
  Percentage .....      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/00 ..........       87.43%    64.33%    58.55%    52.77%    46.98%    41.19%    35.42%    29.65%
2/15/01 ..........       76.68%    33.03%    22.98%    13.24%     3.84%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/02 ..........       64.82%     5.84%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/03 ..........       51.74%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/04 ..........       37.32%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/05 ..........       21.48%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/06 ..........        3.98%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/07 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/08 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/09 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/10 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/11 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/12 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/13 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/14 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/15 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average
  Life (years)(2):        3.94      1.52      1.29      1.13      1.00      0.89      0.80      0.73
</TABLE>

                                   Class A-2
                                   ---------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Distribution Date          0%       200%      250%      300%      350%      400%      450%      500%
- -----------------          --       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Initial Percentage      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/00 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/01 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    90.47%    74.60%    59.30%
2/15/02 ..........      100.00%   100.00%    87.85%    66.57%    46.74%    28.27%    11.18%     0.00%
2/15/03 ..........      100.00%    67.59%    42.89%    20.58%     0.53%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/04 ..........      100.00%    30.16%     5.45%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/05 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/06 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/07 ..........       81.44%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/08 ..........       55.04%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/09 ..........       26.04%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/10 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/11 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/12 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/13 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/14 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/15 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average
  Life (years)(2):        9.15      4.51      3.89      3.40      3.00      2.67      2.40      2.17
</TABLE>


                                      S-27
<PAGE>

                                   Class A-3
                                   ---------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Distribution Date          0%       200%      250%      300%      350%      400%      450%      500%
- -----------------          --       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Initial Percentage      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/00 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/01 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/02 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    92.90%
2/15/03 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    73.30%    48.83%    27.05%
2/15/04 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    75.38%    46.81%    22.13%     1.03%     0.00%
2/15/05 ..........      100.00%    96.35%    60.76%    30.80%     5.76%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/06 ..........      100.00%    53.13%    21.37%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/07 ..........      100.00%    20.78%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/08 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/09 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/10 ..........       92.78%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/11 ..........       60.40%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/12 ..........       25.02%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/13 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/14 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/15 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average
  Life (years)(2):       12.31      7.20      6.33      5.61      5.00      4.49      4.05      3.67
</TABLE>

                                   Class A-4
                                   ---------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Distribution Date          0%       200%      250%      300%      350%      400%      450%      500%
- -----------------          --       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Initial Percentage      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/00 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/01 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/02 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/03 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/04 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    80.71%
2/15/05 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    82.88%    63.46%     0.00%
2/15/06 ..........      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%    94.94%    71.32%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/07 ..........      100.00%   100.00%    91.74%    66.75%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/08 ..........      100.00%    92.88%    65.72%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/09 ..........      100.00%    66.35%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/10 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/11 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/12 ..........      100.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/13 ..........       96.45%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/14 ..........       65.81%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/15 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average
  Life (years)(2):       14.96      9.94      8.92      8.00      7.14      6.48      5.91      5.36
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
      Contracts  on the  Distribution  Date on which the Pool  Balance as of the
      last day of the  related  Due  Period is 10% or less of the  Initial  Pool
      Balance.

(2)   The weighted  average life of a Note is determined by (i)  multiplying the
      amount of each  principal  payment of the Note by the number of years from
      the date of the  issuance  of the Note to the related  Distribution  Date,
      (ii) adding the results and (iii) dividing the sum by the related  initial
      principal amount of the Note.

      The Company has  prepared  the  foregoing  Prepayment  Tables based on the
assumptions   described   above   (including  the   assumptions   regarding  the
characteristics  and  performance  of the  Contracts  which will differ from the
actual  characteristics  and  performance).  Remember these assumptions when you
review the Prepayment Tables.


                                      S-28
<PAGE>

       Percentage of Original Certificate Balance at Various Percentages
                        of the Prepayment Assumption (1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Distribution Date          0%       200%      250%      300%      350%      400%      450%      500%
- -----------------          --       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Initial Percentage      100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
2/15/00 ..........       97.10%    90.22%    88.50%    86.78%    85.06%    83.34%    80.87%    78.27%
2/15/01 ..........       93.90%    79.79%    75.35%    71.19%    66.91%    63.17%    58.70%    54.90%
2/15/02 ..........       90.37%    67.59%    62.04%    56.98%    52.02%    47.79%    43.02%    39.09%
2/15/03 ..........       86.48%    56.95%    50.92%    45.61%    40.60%    36.49%    31.99%    28.46%
2/15/04 ..........       81.62%    47.70%    41.67%    36.55%    31.88%    28.22%    24.27%    21.34%
2/15/05 ..........       74.51%    39.66%    33.98%    29.35%    25.24%    22.21%    18.90%     0.00%
2/15/06 ..........       66.66%    32.67%    27.62%    23.65%    20.23%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/07 ..........       60.28%    27.45%    22.99%    19.64%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/08 ..........       53.76%    23.08%    19.28%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/09 ..........       46.59%    19.30%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/10 ..........       38.99%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/11 ..........       33.76%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/12 ..........       28.04%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/13 ..........       23.49%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/14 ..........       19.13%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
2/15/15 ..........        0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%     0.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average
  Life (years)(2):        9.41      5.30      4.68      4.17      3.70      3.35      3.01      2.73
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
      Contracts  on the  Distribution  Date on which the Pool  Balance as of the
      last day of the  related  Due  Period is 10% or less of the  Initial  Pool
      Balance.

(2)   The  weighted   average  life  of  a  Certificate  is  determined  by  (i)
      multiplying in the amount of each principal  payment on the Certificate by
      the number of years from the date of the  issuance of the  Certificate  to
      the related  Distribution Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii) dividing
      the sum by the related initial face amount of the Certificate.

      The Company  has  prepared  the  foregoing  Prepayment  Table based on the
assumptions   described   above   (including  the   assumptions   regarding  the
characteristics  and  performance  of the  Contracts  which will differ from the
actual  characteristics  and  performance  of  the  Contracts).  Remember  these
assumptions when you review the Prepayment Table.

                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

      Thirty  days  of  interest  will  be  paid  to  the  Noteholders  on  each
Distribution  Date  (except  the first  Distribution  Date) to the extent of the
remaining  Available Amount and the remaining  Available  Reserve Amount,  in an
amount equal to one-twelfth  of the product of the applicable  Interest Rate and
the outstanding  principal amount of each class of the Notes as of the preceding
Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to any  distributions  of  principal,
including  the  Additional  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  to be made on such
Distribution  Date).  See "The  Notes--Payments  of  Principal."  Thirty days of
interest will be passed through to  Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
(except the first  Distribution  Date) to the extent of the remaining  Available
Amount  and the  remaining  Available  Reserve  Amount,  in an  amount  equal to
one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance
immediately  preceding such Distribution  Date. The "Certificate  Balance" means
the  Original  Certificate  Balance  reduced by all  distributions  allocable to
principal     actually     made     to     Certificateholders.      See     "The
Certificates--Distributions of Principal."

      Generally,  the excess of the amount of interest paid at the Contract Rate
over such Contract's allocable share of the interest due on the Securities,  the
Servicer  Payment and accrued and unpaid fees of the Insurer  would be available
to pay the  Additional  Principal  Distribution  Amount  or to fund the  Reserve
Account. The Trust will not receive a full month's interest at the Contract Rate
on any  Contract  which is  prepaid  in full or which is subject to a Relief Act
Reduction, nor will the Servicer make Monthly Advances for any Payment Shortfall
which results from a prepayment in full of a Contract or a Relief Act Reduction.
The Servicer will not make Non-Reimbursable Payments. As a result, there will be
less interest  available to the Trust to pay interest on the Securities,  to pay
the Additional Principal Distribution Amount and to fund the Reserve Account.


                                      S-29
<PAGE>

      If the  remaining  Available  Amount and the remaining  Available  Reserve
Amount is  insufficient  to pay interest on the  Securities,  the Note Insurance
Policy will be the source of payment  for the  Noteholders  and the  Certificate
Insurance Policy will be the source of payment for the Certificateholders.

                                  POOL FACTORS

      The "Certificate Pool Factor" is an eight-digit decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining  Certificate  Balance as of the
Distribution  Date,  as a fraction  of the  Original  Certificate  Balance.  The
Certificate  Pool  Factor  will  be  1.00000000  as of  the  Cut-off  Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance of the  Certificates.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the  aggregate
outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

      The "Note Pool Factor" with respect to a class of Notes, is an eight-digit
decimal  which the Servicer  will compute each month  indicating  the  remaining
outstanding  principal  balance  of each  class of Notes as of the  Distribution
Date, as a fraction of the initial  outstanding  principal balance of such class
of Notes.  The Note Pool Factor will be 1.00000000  as of the Cut-off Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance  of the  applicable  class  of  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion  of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the related  class of Notes is the
product of (i) the original  denomination of the Noteholder's  Note and (ii) the
applicable Note Pool Factor.

      On each  Distribution  Date,  the  Securityholders  will  receive  monthly
reports concerning the payments received on the Contracts, the Pool Balance, the
Note Pool  Factor,  the  Certificate  Pool  Factor and  various  other  items of
information.  Securityholders  of record (which in the case of the Notes in most
cases will be Cede & Co.) during any calendar year will be furnished information
for tax  reporting  purposes  not later than the latest date  permitted  by law.
Certificateholders  and Note  Owners may  receive  such  reports,  upon  written
request,  together with a certification that they are Certificateholders or Note
Owners,  as the case may be, and  payment of any  expenses  associated  with the
distribution  of such  reports,  from the  Trustee  (at the  address  listed  in
"Structure of the Transaction--The  Owner Trustee") and the Indenture Trustee at
311 West Monroe Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60606,  Attention:  Indenture Trust
Administration. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Statements to
Securityholders" in the Prospectus.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

      The Company will sell approximately $438,114,527 of Contracts to the Trust
and the Selling Trust will sell the remaining  $297,047,629  of Contracts to the
Trust  concurrently  with the sale of the Securities,  and the net proceeds from
the sale of the  Securities  will be applied by the Trust to the purchase of the
Contracts  and to the payment of certain  expenses  connected  with  pooling the
Contracts and issuing the Securities. Such net proceeds less the payment of such
expenses  represent the aggregate  cash purchase  price paid by the Trust to the
Company and the Selling Trust for the sale of the  Contracts to the Trust.  Such
amount will be determined as a result of the pricing of the Securities,  through
the offering described in this Prospectus Supplement. The purchase price paid to
CITSF by the Company for the Contracts it sells will be added to CITSF's general
funds and will be available for general  corporate  purposes.  The Selling Trust
will apply the purchase  price paid by the Company to the Selling  Trust for the
Contracts to repay indebtedness of the Selling Trust.

                 THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

      As  of  September  30,  1998,   CITSF   serviced  for  itself  and  others
approximately  286,000 contracts  (consisting  primarily of recreation  vehicle,
home equity, recreational boat and manufactured housing contracts), representing
an  outstanding  balance  of  approximately  $8.5  billion.  Of this  portfolio,
approximately   41,000  contracts   (representing   approximately  $1.2  billion
outstanding  balance)  consisted of marine installment sale contracts and direct
loans.  CITSF  entered into  agreements  in 1996 and 1997 to service  additional
manufactured  housing,  recreation  vehicle and recreational  boat contracts for
third  parties,  which  increased  substantially  the total  number of contracts
serviced by CITSF.

Servicing

      The following table shows the composition of CITSF's servicing  portfolio,
including  marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans serviced by CITSF
on the dates indicated:


                                      S-30
<PAGE>

                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

                    Contracts Being Serviced by Product Line

                          (Dollar amounts in millions)
                       (Number of accounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          As of December 31,                                      As of Sept. 30,
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
                               1994                  1995                  1996                  1997                  1998
                        (Number) (Dollars)    (Number) (Dollars)    (Number) (Dollars)    (Number) (Dollars)    (Number) (Dollars)
                        -------- ---------    -------- ---------    -------- ---------    -------- ---------    -------- ---------
<S>                        <C>   <C>             <C>   <C>             <C>    <C>             <C>  <C>             <C>   <C>     
RB-- Owned ............    1.1   $   62.0        5.8   $  152.1        1.5    $   45.9        3.5  $  172.9        14.1  $  562.3
RB--  Bulk Purchases ..    0.2        9.6        0.2        4.8        0.2         3.7        0.7      18.6         1.1      21.4
RB-- Servicing(1) .....     --         --         --         --       11.6       278.5       31.5     757.4        26.0     599.4
                         -----   --------      -----   --------      -----    --------      -----  --------       -----  --------
Total RB ..............    1.3       71.6        6.0      156.9       13.3       328.1       35.7     948.9        41.2   1,183.1
Total RV ..............   47.8    1,016.3       52.1    1,144.3       57.5     1,256.8       94.7   2,408.9        97.0   2,409.6
Total MH ..............   39.6      878.1       69.3    1,368.5       96.0     1,748.4       89.2   1,836.4        82.0   1,884.5
Home Equity ...........   13.5      570.8       27.1    1,039.0       52.6     2,005.5       57.3   2,446.2        57.8   2,784.9
Other(2) ..............    0.1        3.2        0.2        2.1        0.2         3.1        5.1     121.5         7.5     225.1
                         -----   --------      -----   --------      -----    --------      -----  --------       -----  --------
Total Contracts 
  Serviced ............  102.3   $2,540.0      154.7   $3,710.8      219.6    $5,341.9      282.0  $7,761.9       285.5  $8,487.2
</TABLE>

- ----------
RB    --Recreational Boat

RV    --Recreation Vehicle

MH    --Manufactured Housing

(1)   Includes contracts sold by CITSF in a previous  securitization which CITSF
      is  servicing.  The 1997 and  1998  amounts  also  include  a third  party
      servicing arrangement entered into in 1997.

(2)   Includes inventory financing receivables.

Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience for Marine Loan Portfolio

      The following Delinquency Experience and Loan Loss/Liquidation  Experience
tables set forth data for CITSF's  marine loan  portfolio.  The following  table
sets forth the delinquency  experience at December 31 for years 1994 to 1997 and
at September  30, 1997 and 1998,  of the  portfolio of marine  installment  sale
contracts and direct loans originated and serviced by CITSF, excluding contracts
acquired by CITSF through  portfolio  purchases,  contracts in repossession  and
contracts serviced but not originated by CITSF.

                             Delinquency Experience
                          (Dollar amounts in millions)

                                      December 31,             At September 30,
                           ---------------------------------   ----------------
                            1994    1995    1996(3)  1997(3)   1997(3)  1998(3)
                           ------  ------  --------  -------   -------  -------
Number of Contracts                                           
  (in thousands)             1.1      5.8     13.1     24.8      23.4    32.4
Principal Balance of                                          
  Contracts Serviced       $62.0   $152.1   $324.5   $663.6    $595.8   $957.4
Principal Balance of                                          
  Delinquent                                                  
  Contracts(1)                                                
    30-59 Days             $ 0.4   $  1.3   $  5.7   $ 11.0    $  9.7   $ 10.1
    60-89 Days               0.1      0.5      2.0      4.2       3.9      3.1
    90 Days or More          0.1      0.7      3.5      9.4       5.1     10.4
Total Principal Balance                                       
  of Delinquent                                               
  Contracts                $ 0.6   $  2.5   $ 11.2   $ 24.6    $ 18.7   $ 23.6
Delinquencies as a                                            
  Percent of Principal                                        
  Balances(2)                0.97%    1.62%    3.45%    3.70%     3.15%    2.47%
                                                              
- ----------
(1)   The  period of  delinquency  is based on the number of days  payments  are
      contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently, a contract
      due on the first day of a month is not 30 days delinquent  until the first
      day of the next month.  A Contract is deemed  delinquent  only if payments
      exceeding $65 are contractually past due 30 days or more.

(2)   Based on dollar percent delinquent  calculated by dividing Total Principal
      Balance  of  Delinquent   Contracts  by  Principal  Balance  of  Contracts
      Serviced.

(3)   Includes marine installment  contracts and direct loans sold by CITSF in a
      previous securitization which CITSF is servicing.


                                      S-31
<PAGE>

      The following table sets forth the loan loss experience for the four years
ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 of
the portfolio of marine  installment  sale contracts and direct loans originated
and serviced by CITSF,  excluding  contracts acquired by CITSF through portfolio
purchases,  contracts in repossession and contracts  serviced but not originated
by CITSF.  "Net Losses" are equal to the excess of (x) the  aggregate  principal
balance of all defaulted contracts that the Servicer has liquidated, disposed of
the related  financed  boat or deemed all amounts due under such  contract to be
uncollectible  during the period over (y) any liquidation proceeds or recoveries
received during the period. Net Losses include the costs of outside  collection,
repossession and liquidation expenses.

                        Loan Loss/Liquidation Experience
                          (Dollar amounts in millions)

                                                         Nine Months Ended
                           Year Ended December 31,          September 30,
                     ----------------------------------  -------------------
                     1994     1995     1996(2)  1997(2)  1997(2)     1998(2)
                     ----     ----     -------  -------  -------     -------
Average Principal
  Balance of
  Contracts 
  Serviced(1) .....  $47.0   $107.4    $240.5   $491.2   $446.2      $806.8
Net Losses:
  Dollars(3) ......  $0.02   $  0.10     $0.74  $  2.43  $  1.34     $  5.40
  Percentage(4) ...   0.05%     0.09%     0.31%    0.50%    0.40%(5)    0.89%(5)

- ----------
(1)   Excludes contracts in repossession.

(2)   Includes marine  installment sale contracts and direct  outstanding  loans
      sold by CITSF in a previous securitization which CITSF is servicing.

(3)   Represents  actual  losses  (including  the costs of  outside  collection,
      repossession and liquidation but not including accrued interest)  recorded
      at the time of liquidation net of recoveries.

(4)   As a percentage of the Average Principal Balance of Contracts Serviced.

(5)   This  percentage  has been  annualized,  and as such,  may not reflect the
      actual loss experience for the entire year.

      Certain of the  matters  discussed  below may  constitute  forward-looking
statements  within the meaning of Section 7A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended,  and as such may involve  known and unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and
other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of
the  recreational  boat  portfolio of CITSF to be materially  different from any
future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by such
forward-looking statements.

      The data presented in the preceding tables are for  illustrative  purposes
only. Such data relate to the performance of CITSF's entire  portfolio of marine
loans originated and serviced by CITSF and are not historical data regarding the
Contracts  alone,  since the  Contracts  constitute  only a portion  of  CITSF's
portfolio.

      The loss and  delinquency  information  presented in these tables is based
upon the method of  recording a loss when all  amounts,  if any,  expected to be
recovered  by the sale or  disposition  of the related  Financed  Boat have been
received or when CITSF has deemed,  in accordance  with its customary  practices
and  procedures,  any further  collections,  other than  recovery of  deficiency
judgments,  to be unlikely  (such  method  referred to herein as a  "Liquidation
Basis").  The Trust will use the Liquidation Basis method of computing losses in
its monthly reports.  CITSF also uses the Liquidation Basis for reporting losses
on its owned portfolios.  However,  CITSF may record losses prior to the sale or
disposition of the related financed boat due to valuation adjustments at various
stages of  delinquency  or at the point of  repossession.  As a result,  CITSF's
reports of the timing and amount of losses and the Trust's reports of the timing
and amount of losses may differ.

      Historically, several factors have influenced CITSF's delinquency and loss
experience on its marine  portfolio.  These  factors  include the seasoning of a
growing  portfolio,  varying economic  conditions and other trends including the
increasing  propensity of consumers to fail to make timely  payments on consumer
credit   obligations  and  their  increasing   willingness  to  seek  bankruptcy
protection.  Accordingly,  the data presented in the preceding tables should not
necessarily  be considered as a basis for  assessing the  likelihood,  amount or
severity of  delinquencies  or losses on the  Contracts  and no assurance can be
given that the delinquency  and loan loss experience  presented in the preceding
tables will be indicative of the experience on the Contracts.


                                      S-32
<PAGE>

      As  described  in the  Prospectus,  in August  1994,  CITSF  initiated  an
underwriting  program to provide for the  approval of a broader  range of credit
scores  with  the  appropriate  pricing  intended  to  compensate  for the  risk
associated  with lending to customers  with lower credit  scores.  The increased
loss rate for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 is  attributable  to the
seasoning of contracts  originated under the underwriting  guidelines adopted in
1994.

      CITSF has not  significantly  changed its marine  underwriting  guidelines
since 1994. However, starting in early 1997, marketing efforts have been shifted
toward  larger  ticket  vessels  with  higher  credit  quality   obligors.   The
originations in this target market have resulted in decreased  delinquencies  on
the overall portfolio as of September 30, 1998.

      In August 1997,  CITSF entered into an agreement to provide  servicing for
approximately  42,000  additional   recreation  vehicle  and  recreational  boat
consumer contracts for another financial  institution.  CITSF is servicing these
contracts at its Asset Service  Center,  but these contracts are not included in
the preceding  delinquency  and loan  loss/liquidation  tables.  The addition of
these contracts to its servicing  portfolio  required CITSF to increase staffing
levels and reallocate the existing staff at the Asset Service Center in order to
service these  contracts.  The  integration of these accounts was a contributing
factor to the increase in delinquencies experienced during the fourth quarter of
1997.

                                  THE INSURER

      The MBIA Insurance  Corporation (the "Insurer") is the principal operating
subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New York Stock Exchange listed company.  MBIA Inc. is
not obligated to pay the debts of or claims against the Insurer.  The Insurer is
domiciled in the State of New York and licensed to do business in and subject to
regulation  under the laws of all 50  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the  Commonwealth of the Northern  Mariana Islands,
the Virgin  Islands of the United States and the Territory of Guam.  The Insurer
has two  European  branches,  one in the Republic of France and the other in the
Kingdom of Spain.  New York has laws prescribing  minimum capital  requirements,
limiting classes and concentrations of investments and requiring the approval of
policy  rates  and  forms.  State  laws  also  regulate  the  amount of both the
aggregate and individual risks that may be insured,  the payment of dividends by
the Insurer, changes in control and transactions among affiliates. Additionally,
the Insurer is required to maintain  contingency  reserves on its liabilities in
certain amounts and for certain periods of time.

      Effective  February 17, 1998,  MBIA Inc.  acquired all of the  outstanding
stock of Capital Markets  Assurance  Corporation  ("CMAC") through a merger with
its parent CapMAC Holdings Inc.  Pursuant to a reinsurance  agreement,  CMAC has
ceded all of its net insured  risks  (including  any amounts due but unpaid from
third  party  reinsurers),  as well as its  unearned  premiums  and  contingency
reserves,  to the  Insurer.  MBIA Inc. is not  obligated  to pay the debts of or
claims against CMAC.

      The  consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Insurer,  a wholly owned
subsidiary  of MBIA  Inc.  and its  subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1997 and
December 31, 1996 and for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1997, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,
included  in the  Annual  Report on Form 10-K of MBIA  Inc.  for the year  ended
December 31, 1997 and the consolidated  financial  statements of the Insurer and
its  subsidiaries  as of September 30, 1998 and for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 1998 and  September  30, 1997 included in the Quarterly  Report on
Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc.  for the period  ended  September  30,  1998,  are hereby
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be deemed to
be a  part  hereof.  Any  statement  contained  in a  document  incorporated  by
reference herein shall be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus
Supplement  to the  extent  that a  statement  contained  herein or in any other
subsequently  filed  document  which also is  incorporated  by reference  herein
modifies or supersedes such  statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed,  except as so modified or superseded,  to constitute a part
of this Prospectus Supplement.

      All financial  statements of the Insurer and its subsidiaries  included in
documents  filed by MBIA Inc.  pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  subsequent to the date of this
Prospectus  Supplement  and  prior to the  termination  of the  offering  of the
Securities  shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus
Supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the  respective  dates of filing such
documents.


                                      S-33
<PAGE>

      The tables below present  selected  financial  information  of the Insurer
determined in  accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  prescribed or
permitted by insurance  regulatory  authorities  ("SAP") and generally  accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP"):

                                                          SAP
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         December 31, 1997    September 30, 1998
                                         -----------------    ------------------
                                             (Audited)            (Unaudited)
                                                     (In millions)

Admitted Assets ......................        $5,256                 $6,318
Liabilities ..........................         3,496                  4,114
Capital and Surplus ..................         1,760                  2,204

                                                          GAAP
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         December 31, 1997    September 30, 1998
                                         -----------------    ------------------
                                             (Audited)            (Unaudited)
                                                     (In millions)

Assets ...............................        $5,988                 $7,439
Liabilities ..........................         2,624                  3,268
Shareholder's Equity .................         3,364                  4,171

      Copies  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  Insurer  incorporated  by
reference  herein and copies of the Insurer's  1997 year-end  audited  financial
statements  prepared in  accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  are
available,  without charge, from the Insurer.  The address of the Insurer is 113
King Street,  Armonk,  New York 10504.  The  telephone  number of the Insurer is
(914) 273-4545.

      The  Insurer  does not  accept  any  responsibility  for the  accuracy  or
completeness  of this  Prospectus  Supplement or any  information  or disclosure
contained herein,  or omitted herefrom,  other than with respect to the accuracy
of the  information  regarding  the Insurer  set forth  under the  heading  "The
Insurer."  Additionally,  the  Insurer  makes no  representation  regarding  the
Securities or the advisability of investing in the Securities.

      THE INSURANCE POLICIES ARE NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY  INSURANCE
SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

      Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  rates the  financial  strength  of the
Insurer "Aaa."

      Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. rates the
financial strength of the Insurer "AAA."

      Fitch IBCA, Inc. (formerly known as Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P.) rates
the financial strength of the Insurer "AAA."

      Each rating of the Insurer should be evaluated independently.  The ratings
reflect   the   respective   rating   agency's   current   assessment   of   the
creditworthiness of the Insurer and its ability to pay claims on its policies of
insurance.  Any further  explanation as to the significance of the above ratings
may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.

      The  above  ratings  are  not  recommendations  to buy,  sell or hold  the
Securities,  and such  ratings may be subject to revision or  withdrawal  at any
time by the rating agencies.  Any downward  revision or withdrawal of any of the
above ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the  Securities.
The Insurer does not guaranty  the market  price of the  Securities  nor does it
guaranty that the ratings on the Securities will not be revised or withdrawn.

Available Information

      The  consolidated  financial  statements of Insurer are included in, or as
exhibits to, the following  documents  which have been filed with the Commission
by the Insurer's  parent  company MBIA Inc., a Connecticut  corporation  and are
hereby incorporated by reference:

      (a)   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, and

      (b)   Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the period  ended  September  30,
            1998.


                                      S-34
<PAGE>

      You are  encouraged  to review these  documents,  including  the financial
statements,  as well as all  financial  statements  of the  Insurer  included in
documents  filed by MBIA Inc.  pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus  Supplement and prior
to the termination of the offering of the Securities for  information  about the
Insurer.

                                   THE NOTES

General

      The Notes will represent obligations of the Trust secured by assets of the
Trust (other than the Certificate  Distribution  Account).  The Trust will issue
the Notes  pursuant to the terms of an Indenture,  to be dated as of the Cut-off
Date (as amended and supplemented  from time to time, the  "Indenture")  between
Harris Trust and Savings Bank,  as trustee (the  "Indenture  Trustee"),  and the
Trust, a form of which was filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of
which this Prospectus  Supplement  forms a part. A copy of the Indenture will be
available  from the Company,  upon  request,  to the holders of the Notes or the
Certificates and will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the
Notes and  Certificates.  The following  summary  describes certain terms of the
Notes and the  Indenture.  The summary  does not  purport to be complete  and is
subject  to,  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to, all of the
provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.  Where particular provisions or terms
used  in the  Indenture  are  referred  to,  the  actual  provisions  (including
definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference as part of such summary.

      The Notes will be issued in minimum  denominations  of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess  thereof and will be available in book-entry  form
only.  Each class of the Notes will  initially be  represented  by a single Note
registered  in the name of Cede,  the  nominee of DTC.  No person  acquiring  an
interest in the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner") will be
entitled to receive a Note  representing  such  person's  interest in the Notes,
except   as   set   forth   under    "Certain    Information    Regarding    the
Securities--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus, and such persons will hold
their  interests  in the  Notes  through  DTC in the  United  States or Cedel or
Euroclear  in Europe.  Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are issued  under the
limited circumstances described herein, all references to actions by Noteholders
shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants, and
all  references  herein to  distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to
Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to DTC
in  accordance  with DTC  procedures.  See "Certain  Information  Regarding  The
Securities--Definitive Securities" in the Prospectus and Annex I hereto.

      Payments of interest  and  principal on the Notes with respect to each Due
Period  will be made on the  fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"),  commencing March 15, 1999. With respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
"Due Period" will be the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution
Date.  The first Due Period will  commence  on and include  February 1, 1999 and
will  end on and  include  February  28,  1999.  Payments  on the  Notes on each
Distribution  Date will be made to the holders of record of the related Notes on
the related Record Date.

      A "Business  Day" is any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or any day on
which banking institutions, insurance companies or trust companies in the states
of New York,  Illinois,  Delaware or Oklahoma are authorized or required by law,
regulation or executive order to be closed.

Payments of Interest

      Interest on the outstanding  principal  amount of each class of Notes will
accrue  at the  applicable  Interest  Rate  from  and  including  the  preceding
Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date, the Closing
Date) to but  excluding  the  Distribution  Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
Period").  The  Trust  will  calculate  interest  on the Notes on the basis of a
360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months.  The Trust will  distribute to
the Noteholders of each class accrued  interest at the applicable  Interest Rate
on the outstanding principal amount of such class on each Distribution Date.

      Interest  payments on the Notes will  generally be made from the Available
Amount  remaining  after payment of the Servicer  Payment and accrued and unpaid
fees due to the Insurer.  In the event such remaining  amount is insufficient to
pay the Note Interest Distribution Amount in full, such shortfall of interest on
the Notes will be paid,  first, from amounts,  if any,  available in the Reserve
Account and, second, 


                                      S-35
<PAGE>

by the  Insurer  pursuant  to the  Note  Insurance  Policy.  See  "The  Purchase
Agreements  and  the  Trust  Documents--Distributions."  Under  certain  limited
circumstances  and if an Insurer  Default has occurred and is  continuing or the
Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect,  amounts available to make interest
payments on the Notes could be less than the full amount of interest  payable on
the Notes on a  Distribution  Date, in which case the  Noteholders  will receive
their  ratable share of such amount,  based on the aggregate  amount of interest
due on such date on each class of the Notes.  Interest on the Notes of any class
for any Distribution Date due but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due
on the next Distribution Date in addition to an amount equal to interest on such
amount at the applicable Interest Rate (to the extent lawful).

      "Insurer  Default" shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the
following events:

            (a) the Insurer shall have failed to make a payment  required  under
      either of the Insurance Policies in accordance with its terms;

            (b) the  Insurer  shall have (i) filed a petition or  commenced  any
      case or  proceeding  under any  provision or chapter of the United  States
      Bankruptcy  Code,  the New York State  Insurance  Law or any other similar
      federal or state law relating to insolvency,  bankruptcy,  rehabilitation,
      liquidation  or  reorganization,  (ii) made a general  assignment  for the
      benefit of its creditors or (iii) had an order for relief entered  against
      it under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or
      state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation,  liquidation
      or reorganization which is final and nonappealable; or

            (c) a court of competent  jurisdiction,  the New York  Department of
      Insurance or other  competent  regulatory  authority  shall have entered a
      final and  nonappealable  order,  judgment  or  decree  (i)  appointing  a
      custodian,  trustee,  agent or receiver  for the Insurer or for all or any
      material portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking possession
      by a custodian,  trustee,  agent or receiver of the Insurer (or the taking
      of  possession  of all or any  material  portion  of the  property  of the
      Insurer).

Payments of Principal

      Principal  of the Notes will be payable  on each  Distribution  Date in an
amount  equal to the Note  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount and the Note
Additional  Principal  Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date. Principal
payments  will be made to each class of Notes in sequential  order.  Payments of
the Note Primary Principal Distribution Amount on each Distribution Date will be
made from the Available Amount remaining after payment of the Servicer  Payment,
accrued  and unpaid  fees due to the  Insurer,  the Note  Interest  Distribution
Amount and the Certificate Interest  Distribution  Amount.  Payments of the Note
Additional Principal  Distribution Amount on each Distribution Date will be made
from the Available Amount remaining after payment of the Note Primary  Principal
Distribution  Amount (and all other amounts payable prior to the payment of such
Note Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount in  accordance  with the foregoing
sentence) and after payment of the Certificate  Primary  Principal  Distribution
Amount,  the  Reimbursement  Obligations  to the Insurer,  interest on the Loan,
certain  additional amounts required to be deposited in the Reserve Account and,
if CITSF or one of its  affiliates is the Servicer,  the Servicing Fee. See "The
Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents--Distributions."

      On each  Distribution  Date,  the Trust will pay each of the Note  Primary
Principal  Distribution  Amount and the Note Additional  Principal  Distribution
Amount as follows:

      (i)   first,  to the Class A-1 Notes,  until the Class A-1 Notes have been
            paid in full;

      (ii)  second, to the Class A-2 Notes,  until the Class A-2 Notes have been
            paid in full;

      (iii) third,  to the Class A-3 Notes,  until the Class A-3 Notes have been
            paid in full; and

      (iv)  fourth, to the Class A-4 Notes,  until the Class A-4 Notes have been
            paid in full.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if an Event of Default has occurred and an
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no
longer in effect and the Notes have been accelerated, principal payments will be
made on each  class of Notes  pro rata on the basis of their  respective  unpaid
principal amounts.


                                      S-36
<PAGE>

      In the event  that on a  Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to the
distribution  of the Note  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount and the Note
Additional Principal  Distribution Amount to the Noteholders and the Certificate
Primary Principal  Distribution Amount and the Certificate  Additional Principal
Distribution Amount to the  Certificateholders) the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes and the Certificates is greater than the Pool Balance (such excess,
the "Collateralization  Shortfall"),  such  Collateralization  Shortfall will be
paid to the Notes, first, from amounts, if any, available in the Reserve Account
(after  payment of the Note  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and  payment of the
Certificate Interest  Distribution Amount) and, second, from amounts paid by the
Insurer pursuant to the Note Insurance Policy.  Any such amounts will be applied
to the Notes in the sequential order of their class designation.

      "Note Primary Principal  Distribution  Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date, the Primary Note Percentage of the Primary Principal Distribution Amount.

      "Primary Note Percentage"  means, for any Distribution  Date, (x) prior to
the  Stepdown  Date,  99.0%;  and (y) on and after  the  Stepdown  Date,  98.5%;
provided,  however,  after the Notes have been paid in full,  the  Primary  Note
Percentage shall be 0%.

      "Stepdown Date" means the first Distribution Date on which the Certificate
Balance is equal to or less than the Current Overcollateralization Amount.

      The "Primary Principal  Distribution  Amount" on each Distribution Date is
equal to the sum of the  following  amounts  with  respect  to the  related  Due
Period,  in each case calculated in accordance with the method specified in each
Contract:

      (i)   all  payments of  principal  (including  all  Principal  Prepayments
            applied during the related Due Period) made on each Contract  during
            the related Due Period;

      (ii)  the Stated  Principal  Balance  of each  Contract  which,  as of the
            related  Deposit  Date,  was  purchased  by  CITSF  or the  Servicer
            pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

      (iii) the Principal Carryover Shortfall.

provided,  however, that payments of principal (including Principal Prepayments)
with respect to a Repurchased  Contract  received  after the last day of the Due
Period in which the Contract became a Repurchased Contract shall not be included
in the Primary Principal Distribution Amount.

      "Note   Additional   Principal   Distribution   Amount"  means,   for  any
Distribution  Date, the Additional Note  Percentage of the Additional  Principal
Distribution Amount.

      "Additional Note Percentage"  means, for any Distribution Date, (a) on and
prior to the repayment in full of the Notes,  100%;  and (b) after the repayment
in full of the Notes, 0%.

      "Additional  Principal  Distribution  Amount" means,  for any Distribution
Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the Targeted  Overcollateralization  Amount for
such  Distribution  Date over (b) the Current  Overcollateralization  Amount for
such Distribution Date.

      "Targeted  Overcollateralization Amount" means, for any Distribution Date,
$9,189,527 (1.25% of the Initial Pool Balance).

      "Current  Overcollateralization  Amount" means, for any Distribution Date,
the excess,  if any,  of (a) the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related
Due  Period  over  (b)  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates  on  such  Distribution  Date  minus  the  portion  of the  Primary
Principal  Distribution  Amount to be  distributed  to  Securityholders  on such
Distribution Date.

      "Principal  Carryover  Shortfall"  means, for any  Distribution  Date, the
excess,  if any,  of (x)  the  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount  for the
preceding Distribution Date over (y) the amount in respect of principal that was
actually distributed to Securityholders on such Distribution Date.

      On the Note Final Scheduled  Distribution Date of each class of Notes, the
amount  required to be deposited in the Note  Distribution  Account will include
the amount  necessary  (after  giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in
the  Note  Distribution  Account  on such  Distribution  Date and  allocable  to
principal) to reduce the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the related
class of Notes to zero.  The  Indenture  Trustee  will  withdraw (or cause to be
withdrawn) from the Reserve Account (to the extent funds 


                                      S-37
<PAGE>

are  available  therefor in the Reserve  Account),  and will deposit in the Note
Distribution  Account an amount  equal to the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of such class of Notes.  In the event that the amount  withdrawn from the
Reserve Account is insufficient to pay the outstanding  principal amount of such
class  of  Notes,  the  shortfall  will  be  paid,  by  deposit  into  the  Note
Distribution  Account,  by the Insurer  pursuant to the Note Insurance Policy on
the applicable Note Final Scheduled  Distribution Date. The actual date on which
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each class of Notes is paid may be
earlier than the Note Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date of such class of Notes
based on a variety of factors including an Optional Purchase or Auction Call.

Redemption; Acceleration

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase  or Auction  Call,  the  outstanding
Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon at the  applicable  Interest  Rates.  An  Optional  Purchase  of all the
Contracts by CITSF may occur at CITSF's option on any Distribution Date on which
the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period is 10% or less of
the Initial Pool Balance.  An Auction Call may occur, and may result in the sale
of the Contracts  remaining in the Trust,  following the first Distribution Date
on which the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period is 5% or
less of the Initial Pool Balance.  The "Initial  Pool  Balance"  equals the Pool
Balance as of the Cut-off Date.

      The Notes may be accelerated and subject to immediate  payment at par plus
accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the
Indenture.  So long as no Insurer  Default shall have occurred and be continuing
and the  Insurance  Policies  are in  effect,  an Event  of  Default  under  the
Indenture  will occur only if the Insurer  delivers to the  Indenture  Trustee a
notice of the  occurrence  of  certain  events of  default  under the  Insurance
Agreement  specifying  that such event  constitutes an Event of Default.  In the
case of such an Event of Default,  the Notes will  automatically  become due and
payable immediately at par plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The Note Insurance
Policy  does  not  guarantee  payment  of  any  amounts  that  become  due on an
accelerated basis. However, the Note Insurance Policy will continue to guarantee
payments due with respect to the Notes in accordance  with their original terms.
See "Enhancement--Insurance Policies" herein.

Rights of Insurer and Noteholders; Indenture

   Control of the Insurer

      Upon  the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  so long as the  Insurance
Policies  are in effect and an Insurer  Default  shall not have  occurred and be
continuing,  the Insurer will have the right,  but not the obligation,  to cause
the Indenture  Trustee to liquidate  the Trust  Property in whole or in part, on
any date or dates following the acceleration of the Securities due to such Event
of Default as the Insurer,  in its sole discretion,  shall elect, and to deliver
the proceeds of such  liquidation to the Indenture  Trustee for  distribution in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.  The Insurer may not, however, cause
the Indenture Trustee to liquidate the Trust Property in whole or in part if the
proceeds of such  liquidation  would not be  sufficient  to pay all  outstanding
principal  of and  accrued  interest  on the  Securities,  unless  such Event of
Default  resulted in a claim being made on the Insurance  Policies or arose from
certain events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or liquidation of the
Trust.  Following the occurrence of any Event of Default,  the Indenture Trustee
and the Owner  Trustee  will  continue  to  submit  claims  under the  Insurance
Policies for any  shortfalls in the  Guaranteed  Security  Distributions  on the
Securities.  Following any Event of Default under the  Indenture,  the Insurance
Policies will continue to guarantee  payments due with respect to the Securities
in accordance with their original terms;  however,  the Insurer may elect to pay
all or any portion of the  outstanding  principal  amount due on the Securities,
plus accrued interest thereon. See "Enhancement--Insurance  Policies" herein. So
long as no Insurer  Default has occurred  and is  continuing  and the  Insurance
Policies are in effect,  an  Insurance  Agreement  Trigger  Event is an Event of
Default under the Indenture.

      Unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Events of
Default under the Indenture  will include those events  defined in the Insurance
Agreement as Insurance Agreement Trigger Events, and will constitute an Event of
Default  under the  Indenture  only if the Insurer  shall have  delivered to the
Indenture Trustee, and not rescinded,  a written notice specifying that any such
Event of Default, including 


                                      S-38
<PAGE>

an Insurance Agreement Trigger Event,  constitutes an Event of Default under the
Indenture.  "Insurance  Agreement Trigger Events" consist of: (i) the failure of
The CIT Group, Inc. ("CIT"), the Servicer or the Company to make any payment due
under the  Insurance  Agreement,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Trust
Agreement,  the Indenture,  the Purchase Agreement,  the Underwriting Agreement,
the Indemnification  Agreement,  dated the Closing Date, among the Insurer, CIT,
the Seller, the Servicer and the Underwriters (the "Indemnification  Agreement")
and the Insurance  Premium Side Letter  Agreement,  dated the Closing Date, from
the Insurer to CIT and the Seller  (collectively,  the "Transaction  Documents")
within  three  Business  Days of  notice  of such  failure;  (ii)  an  Event  of
Termination  occurs under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement;  (iii) an Event of
Default occurs under the Indenture;  (iv) certain covenant breaches with respect
to the Transaction Documents by any of the Company, the Servicer or CIT and such
breach continues for thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by the
Insurer or any other authorized  person pursuant to such  Transaction  Document;
(v) any  representation  or warranty made by CIT, the Servicer or the Company in
the  Transaction  Documents  proving to be incorrect in a material  respect when
made, and which has, in each case, a material  adverse effect on its performance
of  the  Transaction  Documents,  except  in  the  case  of  the  breach  of any
representation or warranty which triggers an obligation to repurchase a Contract
under any such Transaction Document; (vi) an insolvency proceeding to which CIT,
the Company or any material  subsidiary  that is a signatory to any  Transaction
Document is a party; (vii) the security interests of the Indenture Trustee shall
cease to be effective or shall cease to be a first priority  perfected  security
interest and such  condition  shall  continue for 30 days after  written  notice
shall  have been  given to the  Servicer  by the  Insurer  or any  other  person
authorized  to deliver  such  notice  pursuant  to the terms of the  Transaction
Documents;  (viii)  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  any  of  the  Transaction
Documents or any other agreement  contemplated therein shall cease to be in full
force   and   effect;   and  (ix)  a  change  in   control   of  CIT  where  the
acquiring/surviving  entity  does  not have a senior  unsecured  long-term  debt
rating  of at  least  "BBB"  by S&P and  "Baa2"  by  Moody's  and  CITSF  or the
acquiring/surviving  entity does not continue to be in the business of servicing
prime quality  marine loans.  So long as no Insurer  Default has occurred and is
continuing  and the  Insurance  Policies  are in effect,  the  occurrence  of an
Insurance  Agreement  Trigger  Event  is also an  Event  of  Default  under  the
Indenture.

   Control of the Noteholders

      If an Event of Default  occurs under the  Indenture  and for so long as no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and the Insurance Policies are in
effect, the Insurer will control all remedies exercisable by the Noteholders. If
an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, or the Insurance Policies are
no longer in effect,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will have the power to direct the
Owner Trustee to take certain actions in connection with the  administration  of
the Trust  property until the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has
been  discharged in accordance with its terms.  The Indenture will  specifically
prohibit  the Owner  Trustee  from  taking  any  action  that  would  impair the
Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust property and will require the
Owner  Trustee  to obtain  the  consent  of the  Insurer  (so long as no Insurer
Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing  and the  Insurance  Policies  are in
effect),  Indenture Trustee or Noteholders representing not less than a majority
of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then  outstanding  before
modifying, amending, supplementing,  waiving or terminating any provision of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Therefore,  except as described herein, until the
Notes have been paid in full,  only the Insurer  (so long as no Insurer  Default
has occurred and is continuing  and the Insurance  Policies are in effect),  the
Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders have the ability to direct the Trust with
respect to certain  actions  permitted to be taken under the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

      If both an Event of Default  under the  Indenture  and an Insurer  Default
occur and are  continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect and
the Notes are accelerated,  the Indenture Trustee will have the right or will be
required  in certain  circumstances  to exercise  remedies  as a secured  party,
including  selling the Contracts,  in order to pay the principal of, and accrued
interest  on, the Notes.  The proceeds of any sale of the  Contracts  may not be
equal to or greater than the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes
plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon.


                                      S-39
<PAGE>

      If both an Event of Default  under the  Indenture  and an Insurer  Default
occur and are continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, the
assets of the Trust may be sold  which  may  result in early  retirement  of the
Notes. If the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Contracts  (after payment
of the Servicer  Payment and accrued and unpaid fees due to the Insurer  accrued
prior  to  the  Insurer  Default)  and  any  amounts  on  deposit  in  the  Note
Distribution  Account  are not  sufficient  to pay the  principal  amount of and
accrued  interest on the Notes in full,  holders of the Notes will incur a loss.
Such net  proceeds  together  with  amounts on deposit in the Note  Distribution
Account will be distributed to Securityholders (after payment of the accrued and
unpaid fees due to the Insurer  (accrued  prior to the Insurer  Default) and the
Servicer Payment) in the following order of priority: (i) to the Noteholders for
amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due and payable on each class of
the Notes for interest;  (ii) to the  Noteholders  for amounts due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal,  ratably,  without  preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for  principal,  until the
principal   amount   of  the   Notes  is   reduced   to   zero;   (iii)  to  the
Certificateholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for interest,
ratably,  without  preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
due and payable on the Certificates for interest; (iv) to the Certificateholders
for  amounts due and unpaid on the  Certificates  for the  Certificate  Balance,
ratably,  without  preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts
due and payable on the  Certificates  for the  Certificate  Balance;  (v) to the
Insurer for  Reimbursement  Obligations (to the extent not previously paid) plus
interest accrued thereon prior to the Insurer Default; (vi) to pay to the Lender
interest  on the Loan;  (vii) to pay the  Servicing  Fee  (including  any unpaid
Servicing Fees for past Distribution Dates and only to the extent not previously
paid to the Servicer) if CITSF or one of its  affiliates  is the  Servicer;  and
(viii) to pay to the Lender principal on the Loan.

      In the event  that both an Event of  Termination  and an  Insurer  Default
occurs and is continuing or the Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, the
Indenture  Trustee or Noteholders  representing  not less than a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Servicer
or waive such Event of Termination.  So long as no Insurer Default occurs and is
continuing and the Insurance  Policies are in effect, if an Event of Termination
occurs and is  continuing,  the  Insurer  may remove the  Servicer or waive such
Event of Termination.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

      The  Certificates  offered  hereby  will be issued  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  a form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus  Supplement is a part. The following  summary
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety
by reference to, the Trust Agreement.

General

      The  CIT  Marine   Trust   1999-A___%   Asset-Backed   Certificates   (the
"Certificates")  will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The
Trust will issue the Certificates pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be dated as
of the  Cut-off  Date  between  the Seller  and the Owner  Trustee  (the  "Trust
Agreement"),  a form of  which  was  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus  Supplement forms a part. A copy of the Trust
Agreement  will be available from the Company,  upon request,  to holders of the
Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed  with  the  Commission  following  the
issuance  of  the  Notes  and  the  Certificates.  Payments  in  respect  of the
Certificates  will be  subordinated  to  payments  on the  Notes  to the  extent
described  herein.   The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms  of  the
Certificates  and the  Trust  Agreement.  The  summary  does not  purport  to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the  Trust  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred to, the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

      The Certificates will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of
$20,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;  provided,  however,
that one  Certificate  may be issued in a  denomination  other than an  integral
multiple of $1,000 such that The CIT GP Corporation III, a Delaware  corporation
and a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT (the  "Affiliated  Owner") may be issued at
least 1% of the 


                                      S-40
<PAGE>

Original   Certificate  Balance.  The  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  fully
registered,  certificated form ("Definitive Certificates") to Certificateholders
or their nominees. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive
Securities" in the Prospectus.  Purchasers of  Certificates  and their assignees
(i) must confirm  that they are not (a) an employee  benefit plan (as defined in
Section  3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions  of Title I of ERISA,
(b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, (c) a governmental plan,
as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, subject to any federal, state or local law
which is, to a material  extent,  similar to the  provisions  of Section  406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (d) an entity whose underlying assets include
plan assets by reason of a plan's  investment in the entity  (within the meaning
of Department  of Labor  Regulation 29 C.F.R.  ss2510.3-101  or otherwise  under
ERISA) or (e) a person  investing  "plan  assets"  of any such plan  (including,
without  limitation,  an insurance  company general  account,  but excluding any
entity registered under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended) or (ii)
must  confirm  that they are,  and each  account  for which they are  purchasing
Certificates is, a person who is (a) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(b) a corporation  or  partnership  organized in or under the laws of the United
States or any political  subdivision  thereof, (c) an estate the income of which
is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes,  regardless of its
source,  or (d) a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary  supervision
over the  administration  of such  trust  and one or more  persons  meeting  the
conditions  of  clause  (a),  (b)  or (c)  has  the  authority  to  control  all
substantial  decisions of the trust.  The  Certificates may not be owned by more
than 100  persons  (as  determined  pursuant  to  Treasury  Regulations  Section
1.7704-1(h)).

      Payments of interest  and  principal on the  Certificates  with respect to
each Due Period will be made on each  Distribution  Date,  commencing  March 15,
1999. Payments on the Certificates on each Distribution Date will be made to the
holders of record of the Certificates on the related Record Date.

Distribution of Interest

      The  Certificates  will bear  interest at the rate of ____% per annum (the
"Pass-Through  Rate").  The Trust will calculate interest on the Certificates on
the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve  30-day  months.  Interest in
respect of a Distribution  Date will accrue at the Pass-Through  Rate during the
related  Interest  Accrual  Period.  The  Trust  will  distribute  pro  rata  to
Certificateholders  accrued interest at the Pass-Through Rate on the outstanding
Certificate Balance on each Distribution Date.

      Interest  Payments on the  Certificates  will  generally  be made from the
Available  Amount remaining after payment of the Servicer  Payment,  accrued and
unpaid fees due to the Insurer and the Note Interest Distribution Amount. In the
event such remaining  amount is  insufficient  to pay the  Certificate  Interest
Distribution  Amount in full, such shortfall will be paid,  first, from amounts,
if any, available in the Reserve Account and, second, by the Insurer pursuant to
the Certificate  Insurance  Policy.  See "The Purchase  Agreements and the Trust
Documents--Distributions."  Under certain limited  circumstances,  if an Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing  or the Insurance  Policies are no longer
in effect, amounts available to make interest payments on the Certificates could
be less than the full  amount  of  interest  payable  on the  Certificates  on a
Distribution  Date.  Interest on the Certificates for any Distribution  Date due
but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date
in  addition to an amount  equal to interest on such amount at the  Pass-Through
Rate (to the extent lawful).

      If an Insurer  Default has occurred  and is  continuing  or the  Insurance
Policies are no longer in effect,  the rights of  Certificateholders  to receive
distributions  of interest will be subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders
to receive  payment in full of all amounts of interest which the Noteholders are
entitled  to be paid on such  Distribution  Date.  If an  Event of  Default  has
occurred  and the Notes have been  accelerated,  Certificateholders  will not be
entitled to receive any  distributions  of interest or principal until the Notes
have been paid in full.

Distributions of Principal

      Principal of the Certificates will be payable on each Distribution Date in
an amount equal to the Certificate Primary Principal Distribution Amount and the
Certificate Additional Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date.
Payment  of the  Certificate  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount  on  each
Distribution  Date to the  Certificateholders  will be made  from the  Available
Amount remaining after 


                                      S-41
<PAGE>

payment of the Servicer Payment, accrued and unpaid fees due to the Insurer, the
Note Interest  Distribution Amount, the Certificate Interest Distribution Amount
and the Note Primary Principal Distribution Amount.  Payments of the Certificate
Additional Principal  Distribution Amount on each Distribution Date will be made
from the Available  Amount  remaining after payment of the  Certificate  Primary
Principal  Distribution  Amount  (and all  other  amounts  payable  prior to the
payment of such Certificate Primary Principal  Distribution Amount in accordance
with the foregoing sentence) and after payment of the Reimbursement  Obligations
to the Insurer,  interest on the Loan,  the Servicing Fee if CITSF or one of its
affiliates is the Servicer,  the Note Additional  Principal  Distribution Amount
and certain  additional amounts required to be deposited in the Reserve Account.
Payments of the Certificate  Additional Principal  Distribution Amount will only
be made after the Notes have been paid in full. See "The Purchase Agreements and
the Trust Documents--Distributions."

      In the event  that on a  Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to the
distribution  of the Note  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount and the Note
Additional Principal  Distribution Amount to the Noteholders and the Certificate
Primary Principal  Distribution Amount and the Certificate  Additional Principal
Distribution Amount to the  Certificateholders)  a  Collateralization  Shortfall
exists,  such  Collateralization  Shortfall will be paid to the Notes so long as
any  Note  is  outstanding  and  then  to  the  Certificates  on  or  after  the
Distribution Date that the Notes are paid in full, first, from amounts,  if any,
available  in  the  Reserve   Account   (after  payment  of  the  Note  Interest
Distribution  Amount and the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount)  and,
second,  from amounts paid by the Insurer pursuant to the Certificate  Insurance
Policy.

      On the Certificate Final Scheduled  Distribution Date, the amount required
to be  deposited  in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  in  respect of the
Certificate  Balance will include the amount  necessary  (after giving effect to
the other  amounts to be deposited in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account on
such  Distribution  Date and allocable to  principal) to reduce the  Certificate
Balance to zero. The Indenture  Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn)
from the Reserve  Account  (to the extent  funds are  available  therefor in the
Reserve Account),  and will deposit in the Certificate  Distribution  Account an
amount equal to the Certificate  Balance. In the event that the amount withdrawn
from the Reserve Account is  insufficient to pay the Certificate  Balance of the
Certificates,  such  shortfall  will be paid,  by deposit  into the  Certificate
Distribution  Account,  by the  Insurer  pursuant to the  Certificate  Insurance
Policy on the Certificate Final Scheduled  Distribution Date. The actual date on
which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Certificates is paid may
be earlier than the  Certificate  Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date based on a
variety of factors including an Optional Purchase or Auction Call.

      "Certificate  Primary  Principal   Distribution  Amount"  means,  for  any
Distribution Date, the Primary  Certificate  Percentage of the Primary Principal
Distribution Amount.

      "Primary  Certificate  Percentage"  means, for any Distribution  Date, (x)
prior to the Stepdown Date,  1.0%, and (y) on and after the Stepdown Date, 1.5%;
provided,  however,  that  after the Notes have been paid in full,  the  Primary
Certificate Percentage shall be 100%.

      "Certificate  Additional  Principal  Distribution  Amount" means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  the  Additional  Certificate  Percentage of the  Additional
Principal Distribution Amount.

      "Additional  Certificate Percentage" means, for any Distribution Date, (a)
on and  prior to the  repayment  in full of the  Notes,  0%;  and (b)  after the
repayment in full of the Notes, 100%.

Redemption

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction  Call,  the  Certificates
will be redeemed at a  redemption  price equal to the  Certificate  Balance plus
accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon at the  Pass-Through  Rate.  An  Optional
Purchase  of all the  Contracts  by CITSF  may  occur at  CITSF's  option on any
Distribution  Date on which the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related
Due Period is 10% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance.  An  Auction  Call may
occur,  and may  result in the sale of the  Contracts  remaining  in the  Trust,
following the first  Distribution  Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the related Due Period is 5% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.


                                      S-42
<PAGE>

Limited Rights

      If an Event of Default  occurs under the  Indenture  and for so long as no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and the Insurance Policies are in
effect,   the  Insurer   will   control   all   remedies   exercisable   by  the
Certificateholders.  If both an Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture  and an
Insurer  Default have occurred and are continuing or the Insurance  Policies are
no longer in effect, the Certificateholders will not have any right to direct or
to  consent to any  remedies  therefor  exercisable  by the  Indenture  Trustee,
including the sale of the Contracts,  until the Notes have been paid in full. If
an Event of Termination occurs, the  Certificateholders  will not have any right
to direct or consent to removal of the  Servicer  or the waiver of such Event of
Termination  until the Notes  have been paid in full and then only if an Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing  or the Insurance  Policies are no longer
in  effect.  So long as no Insurer  Default  occurs  and is  continuing  and the
Insurance  Policies  are in effect,  in the event  that an Event of  Termination
occurs and is  continuing,  the  Insurer  may remove the  Servicer or waive such
Event of Termination.  See "Risk  Factors--Events of Default under the Indenture
May  Accelerate  Liquidation  of the  Contracts;  Rights  of  Insurer"  and "The
Notes--Rights  of Insurer and  Noteholders;  Indenture--Control  of the Insurer"
herein  and  "The  Purchase   Agreements  and  the  Trust   Documents--Event  of
Termination,"  "--Rights  Upon  Event  of  Termination"  and  "--Waiver  of Past
Defaults" in the Prospectus.

                                  ENHANCEMENT

      Insurance  Policies.  Simultaneously  with the issuance of the Securities,
the Insurer will deliver the Note Insurance Policy to the Indenture  Trustee for
the benefit of each Noteholder and will deliver the Certificate Insurance Policy
to the  Owner  Trustee  for the  benefit  of each  Certificateholder.  Under the
Insurance Policies,  the Insurer will unconditionally and irrevocably  guarantee
the full and complete  payment of (i) Guaranteed  Security  Distributions on the
Securities and (ii) the amount of any  Guaranteed  Security  Distribution  which
subsequently  is  avoided  in whole  or in part as a  preference  payment  under
applicable law. In the event the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee fails to
make a claim under the applicable Insurance Policy,  Securityholders do not have
the right to make a claim directly under the applicable  Insurance  Policy,  but
may sue to compel the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee to do so.

      "Guaranteed Security  Distributions" means payments which are scheduled to
be  made  on the  Securities  during  the  term  of the  Insurance  Policies  in
accordance  with the original  terms of the  Securities  when issued and without
regard to any subsequent  amendment or  modification  of the Securities that has
not been  consented to by the Insurer,  which are (i) the timely  payment of the
Note Interest  Distribution  Amount and the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution
Amount on each Distribution  Date, (ii) the ultimate payment of principal on the
Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date  applicable to each class of Securities and
(iii) the Collateralization Shortfall.  Guaranteed Security Distributions do not
include  payments which are made as a result of an Insurer  Optional  Deposit or
which  become  due on an  accelerated  basis as a result of (a) a default by the
Trust,  (b) an election by the Trust to pay principal on an  accelerated  basis,
(c) the  occurrence  of an Event of Default under the Indenture or (d) any other
cause. In the event the Insurer does not so elect,  the Insurance  Policies will
continue to guarantee Guaranteed Security Distributions due on the Securities in
accordance with their original terms.  Guaranteed  Security  Distributions shall
not  include  (x) any portion of the Note  Interest  Distribution  Amount or the
Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount due to  Securityholders  because the
appropriate  notice and  certificate  for  payment in proper form was not timely
Received by the Insurer,  or (y) any portion of the Note  Interest  Distribution
Amount or the Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount due to Securityholders
representing  interest on any Note Interest  Carryover  Shortfall or Certificate
Interest  Carryover  Shortfall accrued from and including the date of payment of
the  amount of such  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  pursuant  to the  Insurance
Policies.

      "Insurer Optional  Deposit" means, with respect to any Distribution  Date,
an amount delivered by or on behalf of the Insurer,  at its sole option,  to the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, for deposit into the
Note Distribution  Account or Certificate  Distribution  Account, as applicable,
for any of the  following  purposes:  (i) to  provide  funds in  respect  of the
payment  of fees or  expenses  of any  provider  of  services  to the Trust with
respect  to such  Distribution  Date;  (ii) to  provide  funds in respect of the
payment of principal or interest on the  Securities to the extent the amounts to
be distributed to the  Securityholders  exceed the Available Amount or to fund a
Collateralization Shortfall; or (iii) to include such amount as part 


                                      S-43
<PAGE>

of the Note Primary Principal Distribution Amount, the Note Additional Principal
Distribution Amount, the Certificate Primary Principal  Distribution Amount, the
Certificate   Additional  Principal   Distribution  Amount,  the  Note  Interest
Distribution Amount or the Certificate Interest Distribution Amount, as the case
may be, for such Distribution Date to the extent that without such amount a draw
would be required  to be made on the Note  Insurance  Policy or the  Certificate
Insurance Policy, respectively.

      Payment of claims on the Insurance  Policies made in respect of Guaranteed
Security  Distributions  will be made by the Insurer  following  Receipt by 3:00
p.m.,  New York City time on the third  Business  Day prior to the  Distribution
Date by the Insurer of the  appropriate  notice for  payment.  The Insurer  will
deliver amounts payable in respect of claims under the Insurance Policies to the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, for deposit into the
Note Distribution Account or Certificate Distribution Account, as applicable.

      If  payment of any  amount  guaranteed  under the  Insurance  Policies  is
avoided as a preference  payment in connection with any proceeding by or against
the Trust,  the Seller,  the Selling Trust or the Servicer  commenced  under the
U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code or any other  applicable  United States  federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, rehabilitation or similar law, the Insurer
shall make payment no earlier than the first to occur of (a) the third  Business
Day  following  Receipt by the Insurer from the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner
Trustee of (i) a  certified  copy of the final,  nonappealable  order of a court
having competent  jurisdiction to the effect that the Securityholder is required
to return any  principal or interest paid on the  Securities  during the term of
the  Insurance  Policies  because such  payments  were  avoidable as  preference
payments under  applicable law (the "Order");  (ii) an assignment  duly executed
and delivered by the  Securityholder,  in such form as is reasonably required by
the  Insurer and  provided to the  Securityholder  by the  Insurer,  irrevocably
assigning to the Insurer all rights and claims of the Securityholder relating to
or arising under the  Securities  against the Trust or otherwise with respect to
such preference payment;  (iii) a notice for payment by the Indenture Trustee or
Owner Trustee; and (iv) appropriate instruments to effect the appointment of the
Insurer as agent for the  Securityholders  in any legal  proceeding  relating to
such avoided preference  payment, or (b) the date of Receipt by the Insurer from
the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee of the items  referred to in clauses
(i)  through  (iv) above if the  Insurer  shall have  received,  at least  three
Business Days prior to such date of Receipt,  written  notice from the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner  Trustee  that such items were to be delivered on such date
and such date was  specified in such notice.  Such payment  shall be made to the
receiver,  or trustee in bankruptcy  named in the Order and not to the Indenture
Trustee  or  the  Owner  Trustee  or  any  Securityholder   directly  (unless  a
Securityholder  has previously  paid such amount to the receiver,  or trustee in
bankruptcy  in which  case such  payment  shall be  disbursed  to the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee for distribution to such  Securityholder upon proof
of such payment reasonably  satisfactory to the Insurer). In connection with the
foregoing, the Insurer shall have the rights provided in the Indenture.

      In the event the Insurer's claims paying ability ratings have been reduced
by any of the Rating Agencies or if the Insurer fails to make a payment required
under the Insurance  Policies in accordance with their terms,  the Servicer may,
but it is not obligated  to, upon payment of all amounts  required to be paid to
the Insurer pursuant to the Insurance  Agreement  through the date of any change
either (i) replace both  Insurance  Policies with financial  guaranty  insurance
policies  issued  by  another  insurer  provided  that,  in the  event  that the
Insurer's  claims paying ability  ratings have been reduced,  the ratings on the
claims paying ability of such  replacement  insurer are higher than those of the
insurer  sought to be replaced  (after giving effect to such  reduction) or (ii)
terminate   both  Insurance   Policies  and  provide   another  form  of  credit
enhancement; provided that in the case of clause (ii), the Rating Agencies issue
confirmation that, to the extent the ratings of the Securities have been reduced
in connection  with the reduction in the Insurer's  claims paying  ratings,  the
ratings of the  Securities  will be  increased  from their  then-current  levels
(after giving effect to such reduction) as a result of such action.

      The terms "Receipt" and "Received" with respect to the Insurance  Policies
shall mean actual delivery to the Insurer and to its fiscal agent, if any, prior
to 3:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on a Business Day;  delivery  either on a day
that is not a  Business  Day or after 3:00  p.m.,  New York City time,  shall be
deemed to be  Received  on the next  succeeding  Business  Day. If any notice or
certificate  given under the Insurance  Policies by the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner  Trustee is not in proper form or is not properly  completed,  


                                      S-44
<PAGE>

executed or  delivered,  it shall be deemed not to have been  Received,  and the
Insurer or its fiscal agent shall  promptly so advise the  Indenture  Trustee or
the Owner Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee may submit an
amended notice.

      The  Insurer's  obligations  under the  Insurance  Policies  in respect of
Guaranteed  Security  Distributions  shall be discharged to the extent funds are
transferred  to the  Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee as provided in the
related Insurance Policies whether or not such funds are properly applied by the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee .

      The Insurer shall be subrogated  to the rights of each  Securityholder  to
receive  payments of principal  and interest to the extent of any payment by the
Insurer under the Insurance Policies.

      The terms of the Insurance  Policies  cannot be modified or altered by any
other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or dissolution of
the Trust.  The  Insurance  Policies  may not be  canceled  or revoked  prior to
distribution  in full of all Guaranteed  Security  Distributions.  The Insurance
Policies  are not  covered  by the  property/casualty  insurance  security  fund
specified in Article 76 of the New York  Insurance  Law. The Insurance  Policies
are governed by the laws of the State of New York.

      Reserve  Account.  On the Closing  Date,  the Company  will  establish  an
account (the "Reserve  Account")  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.
The Indenture Trustee will have the right to withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn)
payments from the Reserve Account under certain  circumstances  specified below.
The Reserve  Account  will be funded on the Closing  Date by a loan (the "Loan")
made by the Lender in the amount of $27,568,581  (which is equal to 3.75% of the
Initial  Pool  Balance).  After the Closing  Date,  the Reserve  Account will be
funded with the Excess  Collections,  if any, and certain investment earnings on
funds deposited in the Reserve Account related to the Excess Collections.

      On each  Distribution  Date, the amount available to be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account (the "Available  Reserve Amount") will be equal to the lesser of
(i) the Specified  Reserve  Amount and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account,  before giving effect to any deposit to be made to the Reserve  Account
on such Distribution Date.

      On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer will determine the amounts,  if
any,  required and  available to be  withdrawn  from the Reserve  Account on the
related Distribution Date for payment to the  Securityholders.  If the Available
Amount on any Distribution  Date is insufficient  (after payment of the Servicer
Payment  and accrued  and unpaid  fees due to the  Insurer) to pay the  interest
required  to be  distributed  on the  Securities,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will
withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn)  from the Reserve Account an amount equal to
the lesser of the amount of such deficiency or the Available  Reserve Amount. In
the event that on a Distribution  Date (after giving effect to the  distribution
of the Note  Primary  Principal  Distribution  Amount  and the  Note  Additional
Principal  Distribution  Amount to the Noteholders  and the Certificate  Primary
Principal   Distribution  Amount  and  the  Certificate   Additional   Principal
Distribution Amount to the  Certificateholders)  a  Collateralization  Shortfall
exists,  the Indenture Trustee will withdraw (or cause to be withdrawn) from the
Reserve  Account  an  amount  equal  to the  lesser  of  such  Collateralization
Shortfall or the Available  Reserve Amount.  The Indenture Trustee will withdraw
(or cause to be withdrawn) such amount from the Reserve Account and will deposit
(or cause to be deposited) such amount into the Note Distribution Account and/or
Certificate  Distribution  Account on the Business  Day before the  Distribution
Date with respect to which such withdrawal was made. Any amounts  withdrawn from
the Reserve Account will be distributed to the Securityholders in the same order
of priority as distributions of the Available Amount.

      On each Distribution  Date, the Servicer will deposit Excess  Collections,
if any, into the Reserve  Account.  Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account in
excess of the Specified  Reserve Amount for the next  Distribution  Date will be
used to pay principal due on the Loan and the remaining amount shall be released
to the Affiliated Owner.

      "Excess  Collections"  for any  Distribution  Date will equal the  amounts
collected or deposited in respect of the Contracts in the related Due Period and
which remain in the Collection  Account on such  Distribution  Date after taking
into  account  distributions  to be  made  on the  Securities  (other  than  the
Additional  Principal  Distribution  Amount),  the Servicer  Payment made to the
Servicer on such  Distribution  Date,  including  the Servicing Fee paid on such
Distribution Date and any unpaid Servicing Fees for past Distribution Dates, the


                                      S-45
<PAGE>

interest on the Loan,  all amounts owed to the Insurer and any amounts  required
to be deposited in the Reserve Account as a result of losses,  repossessions and
delinquencies on the Contracts.

      Subject  to the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  "Specified  Reserve
Amount" with respect to any Distribution Date will generally equal the excess of
(i) 5.55% of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period,  but
in no event  less than  2.25% of the  Initial  Pool  Balance  (or  approximately
$16,541,149)  over (ii) the excess of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the
related Due Period over the  outstanding  principal  amount of the Securities on
such  Distribution  Date (after  giving effect to all  principal,  including any
additional principal  distributions from Excess Collections,  distributed to the
Securityholders  on such  Distribution  Date);  but in no  event  less  than the
Minimum Reserve Amount.

      Subject to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the "Minimum Reserve Amount"
for each  Distribution  Date is  generally  equal to  $7,351,622  (1.00%  of the
Initial Pool Balance); provided that the Minimum Reserve Amount shall not exceed
the outstanding principal amount of the Securities as of any Distribution Date.

      On each  Distribution  Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw (or cause
to be withdrawn) from the Reserve Account an amount equal to the amount by which
the  Available  Reserve  Amount  (after  taking into account any deposits to and
withdrawals  from  the  Reserve  Account  pursuant  to the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement on such  Distribution  Date) exceeds the Specified  Reserve Amount for
the next  Distribution  Date and apply such amount to pay  principal  due on the
Loan and release the remaining amount to the Affiliated  Owner. Any such amounts
paid  to  the  Lender  or  the  Affiliated  Owner  will  not  be  available  for
distribution to Securityholders.

      Generally,  the sole source of funding for the Reserve Account will be the
Loan and the  Excess  Collections.  In  certain  circumstances,  as a result  of
delinquencies,  losses and  repossessions  of Financed Boats or  liquidations of
Contracts,  additional  amounts  will be required to be deposited in the Reserve
Account. Excess Collections may not be sufficient to fund the Reserve Account in
an amount equal to the  Specified  Reserve  Amount or to  replenish  the Reserve
Account after funds are withdrawn to make  payments on the  Securities.  None of
the Seller, the Insurer,  the Selling Trust or the Servicer will be obligated to
deposit  any of their own funds into the  Reserve  Account in the event that the
Excess  Collections  are not sufficient to fund the Reserve Account in an amount
equal to the Specified Reserve Amount.

      Overcollateralization. Overcollateralization is the excess, if any, of the
Pool Balance over the outstanding  principal  amount of the  Securities.  On the
Closing Date there will be no  overcollateralization.  Overcollateralization may
develop after the Closing Date as a result of additional principal distributions
on the Securities from Excess  Collections,  if any. Excess  Collections will be
applied to the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Securities  such that the
Current  Overcollateralization  Amount is initially increased to, and thereafter
maintained at, the Targeted  Overcollateralization Amount. However, if there are
not sufficient Excess Collections, the Current Overcollateralization Amount will
not be increased to or maintained at the Targeted  Overcollateralization Amount.
In addition, realized losses on the Contracts will reduce overcollateralization.
If realized losses on the Contracts result in a Collateralization Shortfall on a
Distribution  Date, a draw will be made on the Note Insurance  Policy and/or the
Certificate  Insurance  Policy  in  the  amount  of any  such  Collateralization
Shortfall  (after  giving  effect  to the  application  of funds in the  Reserve
Account to cover such Collateralization Shortfall).

      Subordination.   To  the  extent  described  herein,  the  rights  of  the
Certificateholders  to receive  distributions with respect to the Contracts will
be subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders. This subordination is intended
to enhance  the  likelihood  of timely  receipt by the  Noteholders  of the full
amount of interest and principal  required to be paid to them, and to afford the
Noteholders limited protection against losses in respect of the Contracts in the
event that an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing.

      In the event that an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or the
Insurance  Policies are no longer in effect, no distribution will be made to the
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date in respect of (i) interest until the
full amount of interest on the Notes payable on such  Distribution Date has been
distributed to the  Noteholders;  and (ii)  principal  until the Notes have been
paid in full.


                                      S-46
<PAGE>

                THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

Repurchased Contracts

      Under the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and subject to certain
conditions  specified  in the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF  will  be
obligated to  repurchase  from the Trust for the Purchase  Price any Contract (a
"Repurchased  Contract") (i) not later than sixty days after CITSF becomes aware
or after CITSF's receipt of written notice from the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee or the Servicer,  of a breach of any representation or warranty by CITSF
in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement that  materially and adversely  affects the
Trust's  interest in such Contract or with respect to which the interests of the
Insurer are  materially  and  adversely  affected  and which breach has not been
cured or (ii) not later than sixty days after CITSF receives written notice from
either Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee of a failure to make a notation of
a  security  interest  on a title  document  required  to perfect  the  security
interest of the Trust in a Financed Boat subject to a Contract  that  materially
and adversely  affects the Trust's  interest in such Contract or with respect to
which the interests of the Insurer are  materially  and  adversely  affected and
which failure has not been cured.  This  repurchase  obligation  constitutes the
sole remedy  available  to the Trust and the  Securityholders  for a breach of a
representation and warranty under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement with respect
to the  Contracts  (but not with  respect  to any  other  breach by CITSF of its
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement) or for the failure to make a
notation  of a security  interest  in a title  document  required to perfect the
security interest of the Trust in a Financed Boat subject to a Contract,  as the
case may be.

Security Interests in the Financed Boats

      Pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Seller will agree to
cause filings of the assignments to the Trust of all Preferred Mortgages showing
the chain of ownership of each such  Preferred  Mortgage from the last mortgagee
of record of each such  Contract  to the Trust,  within 180 days of the  Closing
Date.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Security  Interests in the
Financed Boats" in the Prospectus.

Distributions

      On a monthly basis,  or no later than two Business Days after receipt,  as
required in certain  circumstances under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
Servicer  will  deposit all payments  which the  Servicer  has  collected on the
Contracts  into the  Collection  Account.  See "The Purchase  Agreements and the
Trust Documents--Collections" in the Prospectus. On each Determination Date, the
Servicer  will  determine  the amount in the  Collection  Account  available for
distribution on the related  Distribution Date and inform the Indenture Trustee,
who shall allocate such amounts between the Notes and the  Certificates and make
distributions to Securityholders, all as described below.

      On each  Distribution  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will  withdraw  the
Available Amount from the Collection Account to make the following transfers and
payments  (to  the  extent  sufficient  funds  are  available  therefor)  in the
following order:

      (a)   pay the Servicer Payment  (including the Servicing Fee for the prior
            Due Period and any overdue  Servicing Fees owed to the Servicer,  if
            the  Servicer  is not an  affiliate  of CIT,  and to the  extent not
            previously retained by the Servicer) to the Servicer;

      (b)   pay the Insurer  any accrued and unpaid fees (to the extent  accrued
            prior to an Insurer Default and not previously paid);

      (c)   deposit  the  Note  Interest   Distribution  Amount  into  the  Note
            Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders for amounts due
            and unpaid on the Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or
            priority  of any kind,  according  to the amounts due and payable on
            each class of the Notes for interest;

      (d)   deposit  the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount  into  the
            Certificate    Distribution    Account,    for    payment   to   the
            Certificateholders for interest on such Distribution Date;


                                      S-47

<PAGE>

      (e)   on and prior to the  Distribution  Date on which the Notes have been
            paid in full, deposit the Note Primary Principal Distribution Amount
            into the Note Distribution  Account, for payment of principal to the
            Noteholders in the following order of priority:

            (i)   to the Class A-1 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;

            (ii)  to the Class A-2 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;

            (iii) to the Class A-3 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; and

            (iv)  to the Class A-4 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero.

      (f)   on and prior to the Distribution Date on which the Certificates have
            been  paid  in  full,  deposit  the  Certificate  Primary  Principal
            Distribution Amount into the Certificate  Distribution  Account, for
            payment of principal to the Certificateholders;

      (g)   pay the Reimbursement  Obligations to the Insurer (to the extent not
            previously paid);

      (h)   pay the Lender interest on the Loan;

      (i)   if  CITSF  or one of its  affiliates  is the  Servicer,  pay (to the
            extent  not  previously  paid to the  Servicer)  the  Servicing  Fee
            (including  any unpaid  Servicing Fees for prior Due Periods) to the
            Servicer;

      (j)   deposit in the Reserve  Account  additional  amounts  required to be
            deposited  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement as a result
            of  delinquencies,  losses and  repossessions  of Financed  Boats or
            liquidations of Contracts;

      (k)   on and prior to the  Distribution  Date on which the Notes have been
            paid in full,  deposit the Note  Additional  Principal  Distribution
            Amount into the Note Distribution  Account, for payment of principal
            to the Noteholders in the following order of priority:

            (i)   to the Class A-1 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;

            (ii)  to the Class A-2 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero;

            (iii) to the Class A-3 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero; and

            (iv)  to the Class A-4 Notes  until  the  principal  balance  of the
                  Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero;

      (l)   on and prior to the Distribution Date on which the Certificates have
            been paid in full,  deposit  the  Certificate  Additional  Principal
            Distribution Amount into the Certificate  Distribution  Account, for
            payment of principal to the Certificateholders; and

      (m)   deposit into the Reserve Account the balance.

      Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account in excess of the Specified Reserve
Amount  for the next  Distribution  Date  shall be  withdrawn  from the  Reserve
Account and used to pay principal due on the Loan and the remaining amount shall
be released to the Affiliated Owner.

      The "Stated  Principal  Balance"  of a Contract  for any Due Period is its
unpaid  principal  balance at the end of the  related  Due  Period,  but without
giving effect to any adjustments due to bankruptcy or similar proceedings.

      "Principal Prepayment" means a payment or other recovery of principal on a
Contract  (including  insurance  proceeds  with respect to such Contract and Net
Liquidation  Proceeds  applied to principal on a Contract)  which is received in
advance of its due date and applied  upon  receipt (or, in the case of a partial
Principal Prepayment,  upon the next scheduled payment date on such Contract) to
reduce the  outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract prior to the date or
dates on which such principal amount is scheduled to be paid.

      "Net  Liquidation  Proceeds"  means the monies  collected  (from  whatever
source) during a Due Period on a Liquidated Contract (except for certain amounts
allocable to forced place  insurance in  accordance  with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement),  net of the sum of (a) Liquidation  Expenses,  plus (b) any payments
required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.


                                      S-48

<PAGE>

      A "Liquidated  Contract" is a defaulted  Contract as to which the Servicer
(A) has recovered all amounts that it expects to recover by sale or  disposition
of the related Financed Boat or (B) has deemed, in accordance with its customary
practices  and  procedures,  any  further  collections,  other than  recovery of
deficiency  judgments,  to be  unlikely,  but in any event a  Contract  shall be
deemed  to  become a  Liquidated  Contract  no later  than the date on which the
Servicer has received  proceeds  from the sale or  disposition  of such Financed
Boat, and such Contract shall have a principal balance of zero.

      "Liquidation  Expenses"  means all  reasonable  fees of third  parties and
other  expenses  incurred  by the  Servicer  in the  course  of  converting  any
defaulted  Contract  or Financed  Boat into cash  proceeds  (including,  without
limitation,  expenses  relating  to  recovery,  repossession  and  sale  of such
Financed Boat).

      The "Available  Amount" on any Distribution Date is equal to the excess of
(A) the sum of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account attributable
to collections or deposits made in respect of the Contracts  (including any Late
Fees) in the related  Due Period  (but  excluding  any  payments  made under the
Insurance  Policies);  (ii) Insurer Optional Deposits in the related Due Period;
and (iii) the Purchase  Price for any Contract  repurchased by CITSF as a result
of  breaches of certain  representations  and  warranties  or  purchased  by the
Servicer as a result of breaches of certain  covenants and any Monthly  Advances
made by the Servicer,  if such Purchase Price or Monthly  Advance is paid on the
Deposit Date immediately  preceding such Distribution  Date, over (B) the sum of
the following  amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already withheld
such amounts from collections on the Contracts): (i) any repossession profits on
Liquidated  Contracts,  Liquidation  Expenses  incurred and taxes and  insurance
advanced by the Servicer in respect of Financed Boats that are  reimbursable  to
the  Servicer  under  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,   (ii)  any  amounts
incorrectly  deposited in the Collection Account,  (iii) net investment earnings
on the funds in the Collection Account,  and (iv) any other amounts permitted to
be withdrawn from the  Collection  Account by the Servicer (or to be retained by
the  Servicer  from  collections  on the  Contracts)  pursuant  to the  Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

      The  "Purchase  Price" for any Contract  will be the  remaining  principal
amount outstanding on such Contract on the date of repurchase, plus thirty days'
interest  thereon at the Contract Rate, plus the  reimbursement  then due to the
Servicer for  outstanding  Monthly  Advances on such Contract,  plus the amounts
then due to the Insurer for Reimbursement Obligations.

      "Certificate  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall"  means, for any Distribution
Date,  the  excess  of the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount  for the
preceding  Distribution  Date over the  amount in  respect  of  interest  at the
Pass-Through Rate that was actually deposited into the Certificate  Distribution
Account on such preceding  Distribution  Date, plus interest on such excess,  to
the extent  permitted by law, at the  Pass-Through  Rate from and including such
preceding Distribution Date to but excluding the current Distribution Date.

      "Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount" means,  for any Distribution
Date, the sum of the Certificate  Monthly Interest Amount for such  Distribution
Date and the  Certificate  Interest  Carryover  Shortfall for such  Distribution
Date.

      "Certificate  Monthly Interest  Amount" means, for any Distribution  Date,
one month's interest (or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date,  interest
accrued from and including the Closing Date to but excluding  such  Distribution
Date) at the Pass-Through  Rate on the Certificate  Balance on such Distribution
Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date, the Original  Certificate
Balance),  before  giving  effect  to  any  distributions  of  principal  to the
Certificateholders on such Distribution Date.

      "Note Interest  Carryover  Shortfall" means, for any Distribution Date for
each class of Notes (other than the initial  Distribution  Date),  the excess of
(i) the Note Interest  Distribution  Amount for the preceding  Distribution Date
for such class of Notes,  over (ii) the amount in respect of  interest  that was
actually  deposited into the Note Distribution  Account in respect of such class
of Notes on such  preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus interest on the amount of
interest  due but not paid to the  Noteholders  of such  class on the  preceding
Distribution  Date, to the extent  permitted by law, at the applicable  Interest
Rate borne by such class of Notes.

      "Note Interest  Distribution  Amount" means, for any Distribution Date for
any class of Notes,  the sum of (x) the Note  Monthly  Interest  Amount for such
Distribution  Date for such class of Notes and (y) the Note  Interest  Carryover
Shortfall for such Distribution Date for such class of Notes.


                                      S-49

<PAGE>

      "Note Monthly Interest  Amount" means,  for any Distribution  Date for any
class of Notes,  interest  accrued during the related Interest Accrual Period at
the applicable Interest Rate on the outstanding  principal balance of such class
of Notes on such  Distribution  Date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution
Date,  on the  Closing  Date)  before  giving  effect  to any  distributions  of
principal to the Noteholders on such Distribution Date,  calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

      "Reimbursement Obligations" means the sum of (i) any unreimbursed payments
made by the  Insurer  under the  Insurance  Policies  and any  Insurer  Optional
Deposits  (to the extent not  reimbursed  from other  amounts  available  to the
Insurer);  (ii) any unpaid premium due and owing on the Insurance Policies;  and
(iii) all other amounts due to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and the
Indemnification Agreement,  together in each case with interest on such amounts,
to the extent not previously paid.

Modification of Contracts

      Consistent  with its customary  servicing  practices and  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to defer,  reschedule,
extend or modify the payment  schedule of a Contract or  otherwise to modify the
terms of a Contract  provided that (i) the maturity of such  Contract  would not
extend  beyond  the  180th  day  prior  to  the   Certificate   Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date and  (ii)  the  deferral,  rescheduling,  extension  or other
modification of the terms of the Contract would not constitute a cancellation of
such  Contract and the  creation of a new  installment  sale  contract or direct
loan. The Servicer may, in accordance with its customary  servicing  procedures,
in its good  faith  judgment,  waive any late  fees that may be due and  payable
under any  Contract.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  connection  with the
settlement by the Servicer of a defaulted  Contract,  the Servicer may forgive a
portion of such  Contract,  if in its discretion it believes that the acceptance
of the settlement  proceeds from the related Obligor would result in the Trust's
receiving a greater amount of collections than the Net Liquidation Proceeds that
would result from repossessing and liquidating the related Financed Boat.

Monthly Advances

      With  respect  to each  Contract  as to which  there  has  been a  Payment
Shortfall during the related Due Period (other than a Payment  Shortfall arising
from a Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or which has been  subject to a
Relief Act Reduction during the related Due Period),  the Servicer shall advance
funds in the amount of such Payment Shortfall (each, a "Monthly  Advance"),  but
only to the extent that the  Servicer,  in its good faith  judgment,  expects to
recover  such Monthly  Advance  from  subsequent  interest  collections  on such
Contract made by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder, or from Net Liquidation
Proceeds or insurance proceeds with respect to such Contract. The Servicer shall
be reimbursed for any Monthly Advance from subsequent interest  collections with
respect to such Contract.  If the Servicer determines in its good faith judgment
that an unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance shall not ultimately be recoverable  from
subsequent  interest  collections,  the Servicer  shall be  reimbursed  for such
Monthly  Advance from  collections on all Contracts.  In determining  whether an
advance is or will be  unrecoverable,  the  Servicer  need not take into account
that it might receive any amounts in a deficiency  judgment  against an Obligor.
The  Servicer  will not make a Monthly  Advance in respect of (i) the  principal
component of any scheduled  payment or (ii) a Payment  Shortfall  arising from a
Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or which has been  subject to a Relief
Act Reduction during the related Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payments

      The Servicer will not be obligated to make any Non-Reimbursable Payments.

Servicing Compensation

      The  Servicer  will be  entitled  to receive,  out of  collections  on the
Contracts,  a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee") for each Due Period,  payable on
the following  Distribution  Date,  equal to the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of the
product of 0.50% (the  "Servicing Fee Rate") and the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
as of the Cut-off  Date) and (ii) any  investment  earnings  (net of  investment
expenses and losses) on amounts on deposit in the Collection  Account,  the Note
Distribution  Account  and  the  Certificate  Distribution  Account;   provided,
however, if 


                                      S-50

<PAGE>

CITSF or an affiliate thereof is not the Servicer,  the Servicing Fee Rate shall
be a rate determined at the time of the appointment of a successor  servicer but
not to exceed 1.00%. The "Servicer  Payment" is equal on each  Distribution Date
to the sum of the  reimbursement  due to the  Servicer for  outstanding  Monthly
Advances  and the  Servicing  Fee  (including  unpaid  Servicing  Fees  for past
Distribution  Dates).  If CITSF or one of its  affiliates is the  Servicer,  the
Servicing Fee (including any unpaid Servicing Fees for past Distribution  Dates)
shall not be included in the  Servicer  Payment but instead  shall be payable to
the Servicer on each  Distribution  Date only from the Available Amount, if any,
remaining after the payment on such Distribution Date of accrued and unpaid fees
due  to  the  Insurer,   principal  and  interest  payable  on  the  Securities,
Reimbursement Obligations payable to the Insurer and the interest on the Loan.

Payment of Notes

      Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture,  the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the rights of
the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to all the rights
of the Noteholders under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  except as otherwise
provided therein.

Rights Upon Event of Termination

      As long as an Event of  Termination  under  the  Trust  Documents  remains
unremedied,  the Insurer,  or if an Insurer Default occurs and is continuing the
Indenture Trustee (or, if no Notes are outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) may (and
at the  written  direction  of the holders of Notes  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Notes (or, if no
Notes are  outstanding,  the holders of Certificates  evidencing not less than a
majority of the  Certificate  Balance))  will (unless  prohibited  by applicable
law), terminate all (but not less than all) of the rights and obligations of the
Servicer under the Trust Documents and in and to the Contracts, and the proceeds
thereof,  whereupon  (subject to applicable  law) all authority and power of the
Servicer under the Trust Documents,  whether with respect to the Contracts,  the
Contract Files or otherwise, will pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee
(or, if no Notes are  outstanding,  such authority will pass to and be vested in
the Owner Trustee);  provided,  however, that neither the Indenture Trustee (or,
if no Notes are outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) nor any successor servicer will
assume  any  obligation  of  CITSF  to  repurchase  Contracts  for  breaches  of
representations  or warranties,  and the Indenture  Trustee (or, if no Notes are
outstanding, the Owner Trustee) or the successor servicer will not be liable for
any acts or  omissions  of the  Servicer  occurring  prior to a transfer  of the
Servicer's  servicing and related functions or for any breach by the Servicer of
any of its obligations contained in the Trust Documents.

Waiver of Past Defaults

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth under the "The Purchase
Agreements and the Trust  Documents--Waiver of Past Defaults" in the Prospectus,
so long as no Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing  and the Insurance
Policies are in effect, the Insurer may, on behalf of all holders of Securities,
waive any default by the Servicer in the  performance of its  obligations  under
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and its  consequences.  No such  waiver will
impair the Securityholders' rights with respect to subsequent defaults.

Amendment

      Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  set forth under "The  Purchase
Agreements  and the Trust  Documents--Amendment"  in the  Prospectus,  the Trust
Documents  may be amended by the  parties  thereto  and,  in the event that such
amendment affects the Indenture  Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  and with the
consent  of the  Insurer  (so long as no Insurer  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing and the Insurance  Policies are in effect),  but without prior notice
to or the consent of the related Securityholders,  (i) to correct manifest error
or cure any ambiguity; (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein which
may be inconsistent with any other provision therein;  (iii) to add or amend any
provision as requested by the Rating  Agencies to maintain or improve the rating
of the Securities; (iv) to add to the covenants,  restrictions or obligations of
the Seller,  the  Company,  the  Servicer,  the Owner  Trustee or the  Indenture
Trustee;  (v) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a
successor  trustee with respect to the property  owned by the related  Trust and
add to or  change  any  provisions  as  shall be  necessary  to  facilitate

 
                                     S-51

<PAGE>

the  administration  of the trusts  under the Trust  Documents  by more than one
trustee;  (vi) to add, change or amend any provision to maintain the Trust as an
entity not subject to federal  income tax; or (vii) to add,  change or eliminate
any other provisions,  provided that an amendment  pursuant to this clause (vii)
will not,  in the  opinion of  counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel to the
Company or the Servicer), adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of the Trust or the  Securityholders.  Any action  specified  in clauses (v) and
(vi) shall be taken only upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency  Condition.  The
Trust Documents may also be amended by the parties thereto,  with the consent of
the Insurer (so long as no Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing)  and
with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal  amount
of such then outstanding Notes and the holders of such  Certificates  evidencing
not less than a majority  of the  Certificate  Balance for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any provisions of the
Trust Documents, or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or
Certificateholders,  respectively;  except that no such amendment may, except as
described  above,  increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate
or delay the timing of,  distributions  that are required to be made on any Note
or Certificate, the Pass-Through Rate or the Interest Rate.

      A "Rating  Agency  Condition"  means the condition that each Rating Agency
shall have  notified the Seller,  the  Servicer,  the Issuer and the Insurer (so
long as the Insurance Policies are in effect and no Insurer Default has occurred
and is  continuing)  in writing that such action shall not result in a downgrade
or withdrawal of the then current  rating of the Notes or  Certificates  without
regard to the Insurance Policies.

Termination

      In  order  to  avoid  excessive  administrative  expenses,  CITSF  will be
permitted at its option to purchase (the "Optional Purchase") from the Trust, on
any  Distribution  Date on  which  the  Pool  Balance  as of the last day of the
related Due Period is 10% or less of the Initial  Pool  Balance,  all  remaining
Contracts at a price equal to the  aggregate  Purchase  Price for the  Contracts
(including defaulted Contracts),  plus the appraised value of any other property
held by the Trust (less Liquidation  Expenses) plus all amounts,  if any, due to
the  Insurer.  Exercise  of such  right  will  effect  early  retirement  of the
Securities at the unpaid principal amount of the Securities plus any accrued and
unpaid interest  thereon at the applicable  Interest Rate or Pass-Through  Rate;
provided that,  unless an Insurer  Default has occurred and is continuing,  such
action shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the Insurer.

      After the first Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the  related Due Period is 5% or less of the Initial  Pool  Balance,  the
Indenture Trustee (or, if the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has
been discharged in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) shall solicit
bids for the  purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the Trust (the  "Auction
Call").  Provided  that the Trust  receives  at least two bids from  prospective
purchasers that are considered at the time to be competitive participants in the
market for marine installment sales contracts and the highest bid will result in
sale proceeds sufficient to pay the Servicer Payment, all amounts, if any, owing
to the  Insurer and all amounts  owing to the  holders of  Securities,  then the
Contracts  shall  be  sold  and  such  sales  proceeds  will be  distributed  to
Securityholders on the second  Distribution Date succeeding such Due Period. Any
purchaser of the Contracts must agree to the  continuation  of CITSF as Servicer
on terms  substantially  similar to those in the Trust Documents.  Any such sale
will    effect    early    retirement    of    the    Securities.    See    "The
Certificates--Redemption,"  "The Notes--Redemption" and "The Purchase Agreements
and The Trust Documents--Termination" in the Prospectus.

                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

      Tax  Characterization of the Notes and the Trust. Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
has advised the Trust that, based on the terms of the Notes and the transactions
relating to the Contracts as set forth herein, the Notes will be treated as debt
for Federal income tax purposes.  However,  there is no specific  authority with
respect to the  characterization  for Federal  income tax purposes of securities
having the same terms as the Notes.

      Schulte  Roth & Zabel  LLP is  also  of the  opinion  that,  based  on the
applicable provisions of the Trust Documents and related documents,  for Federal
income tax  purposes,  (i) the Trust will not be  classified  as an  association
taxable  as a  corporation  and (ii) the Trust will not be treated as a publicly
traded  partnership  


                                      S-52

<PAGE>

taxable as a corporation. If the IRS were to successfully characterize the Trust
as an entity  taxable as a  corporation  for Federal  income tax  purposes,  the
income from the Contracts (reduced by deductions, possibly including interest on
the Notes)  would be subject to Federal  income tax at  corporate  rates,  which
could reduce the amounts available to make payments on the Notes.  Likewise,  if
the Trust were subject to state or local income or franchise  tax, the amount of
cash available to make payment on the Notes could be reduced.

      If,  contrary  to the  opinion  of  Schulte  Roth &  Zabel  LLP,  the  IRS
successfully  asserted  that the  Notes  were not debt for  Federal  income  tax
purposes,  the Notes might be treated as equity  interests in the Trust.  If so,
and if the Trust were  taxable as a  corporation  with the adverse  consequences
described above, the taxable corporation would not be able to deduct interest on
the Notes.  The  remainder  of this  discussion  assumes  that the Notes will be
treated as debt and that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation.

      Interest  Income on the Notes.  The stated  interest  on the Notes will be
taxable  to a  Noteholder  as  ordinary  income  when  received  or  accrued  in
accordance with such Noteholder's  method of tax accounting.  Some or all of the
Notes may be issued with "original issue discount" within the meaning of Section
1273 of the  Code  ("OID").  The  amount  of OID on the  Notes  will  equal  the
difference  between the issue price and the principal amount of the Notes unless
the OID is less then a statutorily defined de minimis amount.

      OID will  accrue to the  Noteholders  over the life of the  Notes,  taking
account of a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption,  based on a constant  yield to
maturity method, using semi-annual compounding, and properly adjusted for actual
prepayments on the Contracts.  The portion of OID that accrues during the time a
Noteholder   owns  the  Notes  (i)  constitutes   interest   includable  in  the
Noteholder's  gross income for federal  income tax purposes and (ii) is added to
the  Noteholder's  tax basis for  purposes  of  determining  gain or loss on the
maturity,  redemption,  prior sale, or other disposition of the Notes. Thus, the
effect of OID is to  increase  the  amount of  taxable  income  above the actual
interest payments during the life of the Notes.

      Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note,  increased by any OID,  market  discount and gain  previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the  amount  of any bond  premium  previously  amortized  and by the  amount  of
principal payments  previously  received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note.  Subject to the rules of the Code concerning market discount on the Notes,
any such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or loss if the Note was held as a
capital  asset.  Capital  losses  generally  may be  deducted  to the extent the
Noteholder has capital gains for the taxable year, and non-corporate Noteholders
can deduct a limited amount of such losses in excess of available capital gains.

      Foreign  Holders.  If interest paid (or accrued) to a Noteholder  who is a
nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation or other  non-United  States person (a
"foreign  person") is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person,  the interest generally
will be considered  "portfolio  interest,"  and generally will not be subject to
United States Federal income tax and withholding  tax, if the foreign person (i)
is not actually or  constructively  a "10 percent  shareholder" of the Trust (in
this  case,  a holder of 10% of the  capital  or  profits  of the  Trust)  nor a
"controlled  foreign  corporation" with respect to which the Trust is a "related
person"  within the meaning of the Code and (ii)  provides the person  otherwise
required  to withhold  U.S.  tax with an  appropriate  statement,  signed  under
penalties  of perjury,  certifying  that the  beneficial  owner of the Note is a
foreign  person and  providing  the foreign  person's  name and address.  If the
information provided in the statement changes, the foreign person must so inform
the  person  otherwise  required  to  withhold  U.S.  tax within 30 days of such
change. The statement generally must be provided in the year a payment occurs or
in either of the two  preceding  years.  If a Note is held  through a securities
clearing organization or certain other financial institutions,  the organization
or institution may provide a signed  statement to the withholding  agent. In the
case of payments made after December 31, 1999, unless the clearing  organization
or financial institution is a foreign entity that has entered into a withholding
agreement  with the IRS,  the signed  statement  must be  accompanied  by a Form
W-8BEN or substitute  form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note. If
such interest is not portfolio interest,  then any payment of such interest will
be subject to United States  Federal  withholding  tax at a rate of 30%,  unless
reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.


                                      S-53

<PAGE>

      Any capital gain  realized on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States Federal  income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign individual is not present in the United States for 183 days
or more in the taxable year or does not have a tax home in the United States.

      If the  interest,  gain or income  on a Note  held by a foreign  person is
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States by the foreign  person,  the holder  generally  will be subject to United
States  Federal  income tax on the interest,  gain or income at regular  Federal
income tax rates.  If a holder  provides an appropriate IRS form indicating that
the  interest,  gain or income is  effectively  connected  with the conduct of a
trade or business in the United States,  such  interest,  gain or income will be
exempt from the  withholding  tax  previously  discussed.  In  addition,  if the
foreign person is a foreign  corporation,  it may be subject to a branch profits
tax equal to 30% of its "effectively  connected earnings and profits" within the
meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items,  unless
it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty (as modified
by the branch profits tax rules).

      Information  Reporting and Backup Withholding.  The Trust will be required
to report annually to the IRS, and to each  Noteholder of record,  the amount of
interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount of accrued OID, if any, and interest
withheld for Federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt   holders   (generally,   holders  that  are   corporations,   tax-exempt
organizations,   qualified  pension  and   profit-sharing   trusts,   individual
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their
status as nonresidents). Accordingly, each holder (other than exempt holders who
are not  subject to the  reporting  requirements)  will be  required to provide,
under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct Federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup  withholding.  Should a non-exempt  Noteholder  fail to
provide the required  certification,  the Trust will be required to withhold 31%
of the amount otherwise payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld amount to
the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates

      Tax  Characterization  of the Trust. The Affiliated Owner and the Servicer
have agreed,  and the other  Certificateholders  will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of Federal income
tax, with the assets of the partnership  being the assets held by the Trust, the
partners of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders  and the Notes being
debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement
involving the Trust, the Certificates,  the Notes, the Affiliated Owner, and the
Servicer is not clear  because  there is no  authority on  transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

      If the Trust were held to be taxable as a corporation  for Federal  income
tax  purposes,  rather  than a  partnership,  the Trust  would be  subject  to a
corporate  level  income tax.  Any such  corporate  income tax could  materially
reduce or eliminate cash that would otherwise be  distributable  with respect to
the Certificates (and  Certificateholders  could be liable for any such tax that
is unpaid by the Trust).  See also the discussion above under "--Certain Federal
Tax Consequences  with Respect to the Notes--Tax  Characterization  of the Notes
and the Trust."  However,  in the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, the Trust
will not be taxable as a corporation.

      Nonetheless,   because  of  the  lack  of  cases  or  rulings  on  similar
transactions,  a  variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible  in
addition to the position to be taken by Certificateholders that the Certificates
represent  equity  interests  in  a  partnership.   For  example,   because  the
Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt, the  Certificates
might be  considered  debt of the Trust or of the Seller.  The remainder of this
summary  assumes  that  the   Certificates   represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership that owns the Contracts.

      Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
Federal  income tax, but each  Certificateholder  will be required to separately
take into  account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions and credits of the Trust. In certain  instances,  however,  the Trust
could have an  obligation  to make  payments of  withholding  tax on behalf of a
Certificateholder.  See "--Backup 


                                      S-54

<PAGE>

Withholding."  The Trust's income will consist  primarily of interest accrued on
the  Contracts  (including  appropriate  adjustments  for  market  discount  (as
discussed below), and any original issue discount and bond premium),  investment
income from investments in the Collection  Account,  Note Distribution  Account,
Reserve Account and Certificate  Distribution Account and payments received from
the Insurer.  The Trust's deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing
with  respect to the Notes,  servicing,  insurance  and other fees and losses or
deductions upon collection or disposition of the Contracts.

      The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust  Agreement and Related  Documents).  The Trust Agreement will provide that
the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income, if any, of the Trust
for each  interest  accrual  period  equal to the sum of (i) the  amount  of any
interest that accrues on the Certificates for such interest accrual period based
on the Pass-Through  Rate; (ii) an amount  equivalent to any overdue interest on
the  Certificates  that accrued during a prior  interest  accrual period (to the
extent that no allocation of taxable  income has  previously  been made for such
amount  under  clause  (i) or this  clause  (ii));  and (iii)  any Trust  income
attributable to discount on the Contracts that  corresponds to any excess of the
principal  amount of the  Certificates  over  their  initial  issue  price.  All
remaining taxable income of the Trust will be allocated to the Affiliated Owner.
It is believed  that this  allocation  will be valid under  applicable  Treasury
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificateholders.  Moreover, under
the foregoing method of allocation, holders may be allocated income greater than
the amount of interest  accruing on the  Certificates  based on the Pass-Through
Rate or may be allocated  income greater than the amount of cash  distributed to
them.

      An  individual  taxpayer  may  generally  deduct  miscellaneous   itemized
deductions  (which do not  include  interest  expenses)  only to the extent they
exceed two percent of the individual's  adjusted gross income. Those limitations
would apply to an individual  Certificateholder's share of expenses of the Trust
(including  fees paid to the  Servicer and the Insurer) and might result in such
holder  having net  taxable  income  that  exceeds  the amount of cash  actually
distributed to such holder over the life of the Trust.  In addition,  Section 68
of the Code provides that the amount of certain  itemized  deductions  otherwise
allowable  for the taxable year of an  individual  whose  adjusted  gross income
exceeds an  inflation-adjusted  threshold amount specified in the Code ($126,600
for taxable  years  beginning  in 1999,  in the case of a joint  return) will be
reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted  gross income over the
specified  threshold  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount of  itemized  deductions
otherwise allowable for such taxable year.

      The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to income and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each of the Contracts, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

      Market  Discount.  To the extent that the  Contracts  are purchased by the
Trust for a price that is less than the  aggregate  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the Contracts,  the Trust must account for "market  discount" on the
Contracts  pursuant to Section  1276 of the Code.  Any market  discount  will be
accounted for each of the Contracts on an individual  basis,  and the Trust will
make an election to calculate such market discount as it  economically  accrues.
Any income  resulting  from the accrual of market  discount will be allocated to
the Certificateholders as described above.

      Original  Issue  Discount  and  Bond  Premium.  It is  believed  that  the
Contracts  were not and will not be issued with original  issue discount or at a
premium,  and,  therefore,  the Trust should not have  original  issue  discount
income or amortizable bond premium.

      Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of a  Certificate  in an  amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificate  sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal his cost
increased  by his share of Trust income that is  includable  in his gross income
and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition,  both the tax basis in the  Certificate  and the amount  realized on a
sale of a Certificate  would  include the holder's  share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such


                                      S-55

<PAGE>

Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a pro rata portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold
(rather than  maintaining a separate tax basis in each  Certificate for purposes
of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

      Any gain on the sale of a Certificate  attributable  to the holder's share
of  unrecognized  accrued market  discount on the Contracts  would  generally be
treated as  ordinary  income to the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid these
special reporting requirements,  the Trust will elect to include any such market
discount in income as it accrues.

      If a  Certificateholder  is required to recognize  an aggregate  amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

      Allocations  Between  Transferor and Transferee.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect the tax liability and tax basis of the
holder) attributable to periods before the actual purchase takes place.

      The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a monthly  convention  is not allowed  (or is allowed  only for
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Affiliated
Owner  is  authorized  to  revise  the  Trust's  method  of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform to a method  permitted  by any future
authority.

      Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells a
Certificate at a profit (or loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the  Certificate  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust files an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

      Administrative  Matters. The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, is required
to keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books
will be maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis
and the taxable  year of the Trust will be the  calendar  year.  The  Affiliated
Owner will file a  partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS
for each  taxable  year of the Trust and will report to holders (and to the IRS)
each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust income and expense on
Schedule  K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information  to nominees
that fail to provide the Trust with the  information  statement  described below
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the  Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax returns that are
consistent  with the  information  returns  filed by the Trust or be  subject to
penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

      Under Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee  on  behalf of  another  person at any time  during a  calendar  year is
required to furnish the Trust with a statement containing certain information on
the  nominee,   the  beneficial  owners  and  the  Certificates  so  held.  Such
information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the  nominee  and (ii) as to each  beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address  and
taxpayer  identification  number of such  person,  (y) whether  such person is a
United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign  government,   an
international  organization,  or any wholly-owned  agency or  instrumentality of
either of the foregoing and (z) certain information concerning Certificates that
were held, acquired or transferred on behalf of such person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates through a
nominee  are  required  to  furnish  directly  to the  Trust  information  as to
themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing  agency  registered
under  Section 


                                      S-56

<PAGE>

17A of the Exchange Act that holds  Certificates as a nominee is not required to
furnish any such information statement to the Trust. The information referred to
above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished  to the Trust on or before  the
following January 31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide  the  Trust  with the  information  described  above may be  subject  to
penalties.  The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that
fail to provide the Trust with the information described above and such nominees
will be required to forward such  information  to the  beneficial  owners of the
Certificates.

      The Affiliated  Owner,  as the "tax matters  partner," will be responsible
for representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS with respect
to  partnership  items.  The Code provides for  administrative  examination of a
partnership  as if  the  partnership  were a  separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.
Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for  partnership  items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse  determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result in an  adjustment  of the
returns  of  the  Certificateholders,   and,  under  certain  circumstances,   a
Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from  separately  litigating  a  proposed
adjustment  to the items of the Trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.

      Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates  may be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

      The  activities  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Servicer  in  servicing  and
collecting  the  Contracts  will take place in  Oklahoma.  The State of Oklahoma
imposes a state income tax on individuals,  nonresident  aliens (with respect to
Oklahoma taxable income), corporations, certain foreign corporations, and trusts
and  estates  with  Oklahoma  taxable  income.  No ruling  on any of the  issues
discussed below will be sought from the Oklahoma Tax Commission.

      Because of the  variation  in each  state's  tax laws based in whole or in
part upon income,  it is  impossible to predict tax  consequences  to holders of
Notes and  Certificates in all of the state taxing  jurisdictions  in which they
are already  subject to tax.  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders  are urged to
consult  their own tax advisors with respect to state tax  consequences  arising
out of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes and Certificates.

Tax Consequences With Respect to the Notes

      Crowe & Dunlevy,  P.C.,  Oklahoma Tax Counsel to the Seller ("Oklahoma Tax
Counsel") will advise the Trust that, assuming the Notes will be treated as debt
for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be treated as debt for Oklahoma
income tax purposes,  and the Noteholders  not otherwise  subject to taxation in
Oklahoma  should not become subject to taxation in Oklahoma  solely because of a
holder's ownership of Notes. However, a Noteholder already subject to Oklahoma's
income tax could be required to pay  additional  Oklahoma tax as a result of the
holder's ownership or disposition of Notes.

Tax Consequences With Respect to the Certificates Issued by a Trust Treated as a
Partnership

      Oklahoma  Tax Counsel  will  deliver its opinion  that if the  arrangement
created by the Trust  Agreement  is treated as a  partnership  (not taxable as a
corporation)  for federal income tax purposes,  the same  treatment  should also
apply for Oklahoma income tax purposes.

Under current law,  Certificateholders that are nonresidents of Oklahoma and are
not otherwise  subject to Oklahoma  income tax should not be subject to Oklahoma
income tax on the income from the Trust  because it is  unlikely  that the Trust
has established a nonunitary  business or commercial  situs in Oklahoma.  In any
event,  classification  of the arrangement as a "partnership"  would not cause a
Certificateholder  not otherwise subject to taxation in Oklahoma to pay Oklahoma
income tax on income beyond that derived from the Certificates.


                                      S-57

<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

      Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts  and  certain  types of Keogh  Plans  (each,  a "Benefit  Plan"),  from
engaging in certain  transactions  with  persons  that are "parties in interest"
under  ERISA or  "disqualified  persons"  under  the Code with  respect  to such
Benefit Plan. A violation of these "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate
excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

The Certificates

      An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be acquired by (i) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (ii) a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1) of
the Code,  or (iii) any entity whose  underlying  assets  include plan assets by
reason  of a  plan's  investment  in the  entity.  Each  Certificateholder  must
represent and warrant that it is not subject to the foregoing limitation.

The Notes

      Subject  to  the   considerations   discussed   below  and  under   "ERISA
Considerations"  in the Prospectus,  a Benefit Plan may purchase the Notes.  The
acquisition  or  holding  of Notes by or on behalf of a  Benefit  Plan  could be
considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust or
any of their  respective  affiliates  is or  becomes  a party in  interest  or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by  bank  collective   investment   funds;   PTCE  95-60  regarding
investments by life insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE 96-23 regarding
transactions  effected by "in-house asset managers";  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding
transactions effected by "qualified  professional asset managers." Any purchaser
or holder of the Notes will be deemed to have  represented  by its  purchase and
holding  thereof that it either (a) is not a Benefit Plan and is not  purchasing
such  Notes on  behalf  of or with plan  assets  of any  Benefit  Plan or (b) is
eligible for the exemptive relief available under PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1
or 84-14 with respect to such purchase or holding.

      A plan fiduciary  considering the purchase of the Notes should consult its
tax and/or  legal  advisors  regarding  whether the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.


                                      S-58

<PAGE>

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT  THE PRICE OF THE  SECURITIES,
INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING  TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH
SECURITIES AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS.

      Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Underwriting
Agreement  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  among CIT,  CITSF,  the Company and
Goldman,  Sachs & Co.,  as  representative  of the  serveral  underwriters  (the
"Underwriters"),  the  Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters,  and the
Underwriters have severally agreed to purchase,  the respective principal amount
of the  Certificates  and the Notes offered hereby,  as set forth opposite their
respective names below:

                                Class A-1 Notes
                                                   Principal
                                                     Amount
                                                 ------------
                 Goldman, Sachs & Co. ........   $ 65,000,000

                 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ....   $ 65,000,000

                 Chase Securities Inc. .......   $ 65,000,000

                 First Union Capital Markets..   $ 65,000,000

                 Salomon Smith Barney ........   $ 65,000,000
                                                 ------------
                                                 $325,000,000
                                                 ============

                                Class A-2 Notes
                                                   Principal
                                                     Amount
                                                 ------------
                 Goldman, Sachs & Co. ........   $ 35,800,000

                 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ....   $ 35,800,000

                 Chase Securities Inc. .......   $ 35,800,000

                 First Union Capital Markets..   $ 35,800,000

                 Salomon Smith Barney ........   $ 35,800,000
                                                 ------------
                                                 $179,000,000
                                                 ============

                                Class A-3 Notes
                                                   Principal
                                                     Amount
                                                 ------------
                 Goldman, Sachs & Co. ........   $ 23,400,000

                 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ....   $ 23,400,000

                 Chase Securities Inc. .......   $ 23,400,000

                 First Union Capital Markets..   $ 23,400,000

                 Salomon Smith Barney ........   $ 23,400,000
                                                 ------------
                                                 $117,000,000
                                                 ============

                                Class A-4 Notes
                                                   Principal
                                                     Amount
                                                 ------------
                 Goldman, Sachs & Co. ........   $ 20,626,800

                 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ....   $ 20,626,800

                 Chase Securities Inc. .......   $ 20,626,800

                 First Union Capital Markets..   $ 20,626,800

                 Salomon Smith Barney ........   $ 20,626,800
                                                 ------------
                                                 $103,134,000
                                                 ============


                                      S-59

<PAGE>

                                  Certificates

                                                   Principal
                                                     Amount
                                                  -----------
                 Goldman, Sachs & Co. .........   $ 2,180,000

                 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. .....   $ 2,180,000

                 Chase Securities Inc. ........   $ 2,180,000

                 First Union Capital Markets...   $ 2,180,000

                 Salomon Smith Barney .........   $ 2,180,000
                                                  -----------
                                                  $10,900,000
                                                  ===========

      The   Underwriting   Agreement   provides  that  the   obligation  of  the
Underwriters  to pay for and accept  delivery  of the  Certificates  or Notes is
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain
other conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the
Certificates and Notes if any are taken.

      The  Underwriters  have advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Certificates  and Notes directly to the public at the public  offering price set
forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at a price that represents
a concession  not in excess of the  percentage of the principal  balances of the
Certificates  and each  Class of Notes set forth  below.  The  Underwriters  may
allow,  and  such  dealers  may  reallow,  a  concession  not in  excess  of the
percentage of the principal balances of the Certificates and each Class of Notes
set forth below.

                                          Selling      Reallowance
                 Class                  Concession       Discount
                 -----                  ----------     -----------
                 A-1 ..................      %              %

                 A-2 ..................      %              %

                 A-3 ..................      %              %

                 A-4 ..................      %              %

                 Certificates..........      %              %

      After  the  initial  public  offering,   the  public  offering  price  and
concessions and discounts to dealers may be changed by the Underwriters.

      CITSF  has  agreed  to  indemnify   the   Underwriters   against   certain
liabilities,  including  civil  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act  or  to
contribute to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.

      Until the  distribution  of the Notes and the  Certificates  is completed,
rules of the  Commission may limit the ability of the  Underwriters  and certain
selling group members to bid for and purchase the Notes and the Certificates. As
an exception to these rules, the Underwriters are permitted to engage in certain
transactions  that stabilize the price of the Notes and the  Certificates.  Such
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or
maintaining the price of the Notes and the Certificates.

      If  the  Underwriters  create  a  short  position  in  the  Notes  or  the
Certificates  in connection  with this offering  (i.e.,  they sell more Notes or
Certificates  than are set  forth on the  cover  page of this  Prospectus),  the
Underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing Notes or Certificates,
as the case may be, in the open market.

      The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters and
selling group  members.  This means that if the  Underwriters  purchase Notes or
Certificates in the open market to reduce the Underwriters' short position or to
stabilize the price of the Notes or the  Certificates,  as the case may be, they
may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from any Underwriter or selling
group member who sold those Notes or  Certificates,  as the case may be, as part
of the offering.

      In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short  position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such  purchases.  The  imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security  to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.


                                      S-60

<PAGE>

      None  of  the  Company,  CITSF  or  any  of  the  Underwriters  makes  any
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that
the  transactions  described  above  may have on the  price of the  Notes or the
Certificates. In addition, none of the Company, CITSF or any of the Underwriters
makes any representation  that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions
or that such  transactions,  once commenced,  will not be  discontinued  without
notice.

      The  Trust  may,  from  time to time,  invest  the  funds of the  Trust in
Eligible Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

      The closing of the sale of the Notes is  conditioned on the closing of the
sale of the  Certificates,  and the closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is
conditioned on the closing of the sale of the Notes.

                                    RATINGS

      It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of the Notes that the Notes be rated
"AAA" by  Standard  & Poor's,  a division  of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc.
("S&P")  and "Aaa" by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  (each,  a
"Rating Agency"). It is a condition to the issuance of the Certificates that the
Certificates be rated at least "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's. The ratings of
the Securities  will be based primarily on the ratings by the Rating Agencies of
the Insurer.  The ratings of the Notes may also be based on the  Contracts,  the
Reserve Account,  and the terms of the Securities,  including the  subordination
provided by the Certificates.  The ratings of the Certificates may also be based
on the Contracts and the Reserve Account.  The ratings of the Securities  should
be evaluated  independently  from similar  ratings on other types of securities.
The ratings do not address the  possibility  that  Securityholders  may suffer a
lower than anticipated yield. The ratings do not address the likelihood that the
Securities  will be retired  following  the sale of the Contracts by the Trustee
pursuant to an Auction Call or Optional Purchase.

      There can be no  assurance  that any rating  will remain in effect for any
given  period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  by the
assigning Rating Agency if, in its judgment,  circumstances  so warrant.  In the
event  that  the  rating  initially   assigned  to  any  of  the  Securities  is
subsequently  lowered or withdrawn  for any reason,  no person or entity will be
obligated  to provide any  additional  credit  enhancement  with respect to such
Securities.  There can be no assurance whether any other rating agency will rate
any of the Securities, or if one does, what rating would be assigned by any such
other rating agency. A security rating is not a  recommendation  to buy, sell or
hold securities.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

      The appropriate characterization of the Certificates and each class of the
Notes under various legal investment  restrictions  applicable to the investment
activities of certain institutions, and thus the ability of investors subject to
these restrictions to purchase the Certificates and the Notes, may be subject to
significant interpretive uncertainties. All investors whose investment authority
is subject to legal  restrictions  should  consult  their own legal  advisors to
determine  whether,  and to what extent,  the Certificates and each class of the
Notes will constitute legal investments for them.

                                    EXPERTS

      The  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  MBIA  Insurance   Corporation  and
Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996 and the  related  consolidated
statements of income,  changes in shareholder's  equity, and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1997,  incorporated  by
reference  in this  Prospectus  Supplement,  have  been  incorporated  herein in
reliance on the report of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, independent accountants,
given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

      Certain  legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth
& Zabel LLP, New York, New York and Robert S. Fisher, Esq., Tenafly, New Jersey,
for the Trust by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington,  Delaware, for the
Insurer by Shaw Pittman Potts & Trowbridge and for the Underwriters by Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan  LLP,  New York,  New York.  The  material  federal  income  tax
consequences  of the  Securities  will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte
Roth & Zabel LLP. The material  Oklahoma  state income tax  consequences  of the
Securities will be passed upon for the Company by Crowe & Dunlevy,  P.C. Certain
legal  matters  will be passed upon for CITSF by its Senior Vice  President  and
General Counsel, Norman H. Rosen, Esq.


                                      S-61

<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I

                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND

                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

      Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Notes of CIT
Marine  Trust  1999-A  (the  "Global  Securities")  will  be  available  only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  Global  Securities  may hold  such  Global
Securities through any of DTC, Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradable as home  market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

      Secondary  market trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

      Secondary  market trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

      Secondary   cross-market  trading  between  Cedel  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against  payment basis
through the  respective  Depositories  of Cedel and Euroclear (in such capacity)
and as DTC Participants.

      Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their Participants.

Initial Settlement

      All Global  Securities  will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will be
represented through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a  result,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  will hold
positions on behalf of their Participants through their respective Depositories,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

      Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement  practices  specified by the  Underwriters.  Investor  securities
custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings  against  payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

      Investors  electing  to hold  their  Global  Securities  through  Cedel or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global securities
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

      Since the purchaser  determines the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to insure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

      Trading  between DTC  Participants.  Secondary  market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled in same-day funds.

      Trading  between Cedel and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary  market
trading  between Cedel  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

      Trading between DTC Seller and Cedel or Euroclear  Purchaser.  When Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC  Participant to the
account of a Cedel  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one business day prior to  settlement.  Cedel or Euroclear
will  instruct  the  respective  Depository,  as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment.  Payment will 


                                      S-62

<PAGE>

include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
coupon  payment date to and excluding the  settlement  date, on the basis of the
actual number of days in such accrual  period and year assumed to consist of 360
days. For transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include
interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.  Payment
will then be made by the respective  Depository of the DTC Participant's account
against delivery of the Global Securities.  After settlement has been completed,
the Global Securities will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by
the clearing  system,  in  accordance  with its usual  procedures,  to the Cedel
Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account.  The securities  credit will
appear the next day (European  time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to,
and the  interest  on the Global  Securities  will accrue  from,  the value date
(which would be the  preceding  day when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If
settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),
the  Cedel or  Euroclear  cash  debt will be  valued  instead  as of the  actual
settlement date.

      Cedel Participants and Euroclear  Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement.  The most  direct  means of doing  so is to  preposition  funds  for
settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any  settlement  occurring  within Cedel or Euroclear.  Under this approach,
they  may  take on  credit  exposure  to Cedel or  Euroclear  until  the  Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

      As an alternative,  if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear  Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement.  Under
this procedure,  Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants  purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft  charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global  Securities were credited to their accounts.  However,
interest on the Global  Securities would accrue from the value date.  Therefore,
in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may  substantially  reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each  Cedel  Participant's  or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

      Since the settlement is taking place during New York business  hours,  DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the  respective  European  Depository for the benefit of Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

      Trading between Cedel or Euroclear  Seller and DTC Purchaser.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants
may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for  transactions  in  which  Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,  through the
respective Depository,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear  through a Cedel  Participant or Euroclear  Participant at
least one  business day prior to  settlement.  In these cases Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depository,  as appropriate,  to deliver the Global
Securities  to the DTC  Participant's  account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual number
of days in such accrual  period and a year  assumed to consist of 360 days.  For
transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following  month. The payment will
then  be  reflected  in  the  account  of the  Cedel  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant  the  following  day, and receipt of the cash  proceeds in the Cedel
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be  back-valued to the
value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in New
York).  Should the Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

      Finally,  day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants  should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless  affirmative  action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:


                                      S-63

<PAGE>

      (i)   borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
            side of the day  trade  is  reflected  in their  Cedel or  Euroclear
            accounts)  in  accordance  with  the  clearing  system's   customary
            procedures;

      (ii)  borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC  Participant
            no later  than one day prior to  settlement,  which  would  give the
            Global Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or
            Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

      (iii) staggering  the value  dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
            so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC  Participant is
            at least one day  prior to the value  date for the sale to the Cedel
            Participant or Euroclear Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Withholding Taxes and Documentation Requirements

      A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  through  Cedel or Euroclear (or
through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside  the U.S.) will be subject to
30%  U.S.  withholding  tax that  generally  applies  to  payments  of  interest
(including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.  Persons,
unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial  institution that holds
customer's  securities  in the  ordinary  course of its trade or business in the
chain of  intermediaries  between  such  beneficial  owner  and the U.S.  entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial  owners  take one of the  following  steps to  obtain  an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

      Exemption  for  non-U.S.  Persons  (Form W-8 or Form  W-8BEN).  Beneficial
owners of Global  Securities  that are  non-U.S.  Persons  can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing the appropriate form.

      Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons with  effectively  connected  income (Form
4224 or Form W-8ECI).  A non-U.S.  Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or
bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected
with its  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States,  can obtain an
exemption from the withholding tax by filing the appropriate form.

      Exemption  or  reduced  rate  for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in  treaty
countries  (Form 1001 or Form  W-8BEN).  Non-U.S.  Persons  that are  beneficial
owners of Global Securities residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the
United  States can obtain an  exemption  or reduced tax rate  (depending  on the
treaty terms) by filing the appropriate form.

      Exemption for U.S.  Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9  (Payer's  Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

      U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The  holder  of  Global
Securities  files by submitting the appropriate  form to the person through whom
it holds (the clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding  directly on the
books of the clearing agency).

      Treasury  regulations  which will be  applicable  to  payments  made after
December 31, 1999 (with certain transition  rules),  provide for the unification
and simplification of certain current certification procedures.  Pursuant to the
new  regulations,  while a  beneficial  owner will still be required to submit a
Form  W-8BEN  to a  "qualified  intermediary"  through  which  it holds a Global
Security,  such qualified intermediary (i.e., a foreign clearing organization or
financial  institution  that enters into a withholding  agreement  with the IRS)
generally  will not be required  to forward  the Form W-8BEN to the  withholding
agent. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
application of these new regulations.

      The term  "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen  or  resident  of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership  organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political  subdivision thereof,  (iii) an estate the income
of  which  is  includable  in gross  income  for  United  States  tax  purposes,
regardless  of its source or (iv) a trust with  respect to which a court  within
the  United   States  is  able  to  exercise   primary   supervision   over  its
administration and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all of
its substantial decisions.  This summary of documentation  requirements does not
deal  with all  aspects  of U.S.  Federal  income  tax  withholding  that may be
relevant to foreign holders of the Global  Securities.  Investors are advised to
consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice  concerning their holding
and disposing of the Global Securities.


                                      S-64

<PAGE>

                             INDEX TO DEFINED TERMS

Additional Certificate Percentage ......................................      42
Additional Note Percentage .............................................      37
Additional Principal Distribution Amount ...............................      37
Affiliated Owner .......................................................      40
Auction Call ...........................................................   7, 52
Available Amount .......................................................      49
Available Reserve Amount ...............................................      45
Benefit Plan ...........................................................      58
Business Day ...........................................................      35
Certificate Additional Principal Distribution Amount ...................      42
Certificate Balance ....................................................      29
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date ..........................       6
Certificate Insurance Policy ...........................................       7
Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall ...............................      49
Certificate Interest Distribution Amount ...............................      49
Certificate Monthly Interest Amount ....................................      49
Certificate Pool Factor ................................................      30
Certificate Primary Principal Distribution Amount ......................      42
Certificates ...........................................................   4, 40
CIT ....................................................................      39
CITSF ..................................................................       4
Class A-1 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date .......................       6
Class A-1 Notes ........................................................       4
Class A-2 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date .......................       6
Class A-2 Notes ........................................................       4
Class A-3 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date .......................       6
Class A-3 Notes ........................................................       4
Class A-4 Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date .......................       6
Class A-4 Notes ........................................................       4
CMAC ...................................................................      33
Collateralization Shortfall ............................................      37
Collection Account .....................................................       9
Company ................................................................       4
Contract Files .........................................................      15
Contract Pool ..........................................................      16
Contracts ..............................................................   7, 16
Current Overcollateralization Amount ...................................      37
Definitive Certificates ................................................      41
Distribution Date ......................................................   4, 35
Due Period .............................................................   5, 35
ERISA ..................................................................      58
Excess Collections .....................................................   5, 45
Financed Boats .........................................................   7, 16
GAAP ...................................................................      34
Global Securities ......................................................      62
Guaranteed Security Distributions ......................................      43
Indemnification Agreement ..............................................      39
Indenture ..............................................................      35
Indenture Trustee ......................................................      35
Initial Pool Balance ...................................................   5, 38
Insurance Agreement Trigger Events .....................................      39
Insurance Policies .....................................................       7
Insurer ................................................................   7, 33
Insurer Default ........................................................      36
Insurer Optional Deposit ...............................................      43
Interest Accrual Period ................................................      35
Issuer .................................................................      15


                                      S-65

<PAGE>

Lender .................................................................       8
Liquidated Contract ....................................................      49
Liquidation Basis ......................................................      32
Liquidation Expenses ...................................................      49
Loan ...................................................................   8, 45
Minimum Reserve Amount .................................................   8, 46
Monthly Advance ........................................................   9, 50
Moody's ................................................................      61
Net Liquidation Proceeds ...............................................      48
Net Losses .............................................................      32
Note Additional Principal Distribution Amount ..........................      37
Note Insurance Policy ..................................................       7
Note Interest Carryover Shortfall ......................................      49
Note Interest Distribution Amount ......................................      49
Note Monthly Interest Amount ...........................................      50
Note Owner .............................................................      35
Note Pool Factor .......................................................      30
Note Primary Principal Distribution Amount .............................      37
Notes ..................................................................       4
Obligor ................................................................       7
OID ....................................................................      53
Oklahoma Tax Counsel ...................................................      57
Optional Purchase ......................................................   6, 52
Order ..................................................................      44
Original Certificate Balance ...........................................      15
Owner Trustee ..........................................................      15
Paid-Ahead Period ......................................................      24
Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract ....................................      24
Pass-Through Rate ......................................................      41
Payment Shortfall ......................................................       9
Pool Balance ...........................................................       5
Prepayment Assumption ..................................................      25
Prepayment Table .......................................................      25
prepayments ............................................................      23
Primary Certificate Percentage .........................................      42
Primary Note Percentage ................................................      37
Primary Principal Distribution Amount ..................................      37
Principal Carryover Shortfall ..........................................      37
Principal Prepayment ...................................................      48
PTCE ...................................................................      58
Purchase Agreement .....................................................      17
Purchase Price .........................................................      49
Rating Agencies ........................................................      10
Rating Agency ..........................................................      61
Rating Agency Condition ................................................      52
Receipt ................................................................      44
Received ...............................................................      44
Record Date ............................................................       5
Reimbursement Obligations ..............................................      50
Repurchased Contract ...................................................      47
Reserve Account ........................................................   8, 45
S&P ....................................................................      61
Sale and Servicing Agreement ...........................................      17
SAP ....................................................................      34
Securities .............................................................       4
Seller .................................................................       4
Selling Trust ..........................................................   4, 15
Servicer ...............................................................       4
Servicer Payment .......................................................      51


                                      S-66

<PAGE>

Servicing Fee .........................................................       50
Servicing Fee Rate ....................................................       50
Simple Interest Contract ..............................................       17
Specified Reserve Amount ..............................................    8, 46
Stated Principal Balance ..............................................       48
Stepdown Date .........................................................    5, 37
Targeted Overcollateralization Amount .................................    9, 37
Transaction Documents .................................................       39
Trust .................................................................    4, 15
Trust Agreement .......................................................   15, 40
U.S. Person ...........................................................       64
Underwriters ..........................................................       59
Underwriting Agreement ................................................       59


                                      S-67

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

                                CIT MARINE TRUSTS

                               ASSET-BACKED NOTES

                            ASSET-BACKED CERTIFICATES

               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

      The Asset-Backed  Certificates (the  "Certificates")  and the Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Notes" and,  collectively with the  Certificates,  the "Securities")
described  herein  may be sold  from  time to  time  in one or more  series,  in
amounts,  at prices and on the terms to be determined at the time of sale and to
be set forth in a supplement  to this  Prospectus (a  "Prospectus  Supplement").
Each  series of  Securities  will  include  either  (i) one or more  classes  of
Certificates,  (ii) one or more classes of Notes or (iii) one or more classes of
Certificates  and one or more  classes  of Notes,  as set  forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

      Each  series of  Securities  will be issued by a trust (a  "Trust")  to be
formed with respect to such series by The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation
II (the "Company" or the "Seller").

      The  assets  of  each  Trust  will  primarily  include  a pool  of  marine
installment sale contracts and direct loans (the "Initial Contracts") secured by
the new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers  financed  thereby  (the
"Initial Financed  Boats"),  certain monies received under the Initial Contracts
on and after the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement (the "Initial Cut-off Date"), an assignment of the security interests
in the Initial Financed Boats, the proceeds from claims under certain  insurance
policies in respect of individual Initial Financed Boats or the related Obligors
and certain other property,  as more fully  described  herein and in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,  if so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the assets of each Trust will include specified credit or cash flow
enhancement  and  monies on deposit  in one or more  trust  accounts,  which may
include a Pre-Funding  Account which would be used to purchase from time to time
additional  marine  installment sale contracts and direct loans (the "Subsequent
Contracts" and, together with the Initial Contracts, the "Contracts") secured by
the new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers  financed  thereby  (the
"Subsequent  Financed Boats" and,  together with the Initial Financed Boats, the
"Financed Boats"), certain monies received under the Subsequent Contracts on and
after the related subsequent cut-off dates (each, a "Subsequent  Cut-off Date"),
an assignment of the security  interests in the  Subsequent  Financed  Boats and
proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in respect of individual
Subsequent  Financed Boats or the related  Obligors,  to the extent specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                                   (Continued on following page)


      A  DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN  RISK  FACTORS  THAT  SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED  BY
PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY CAN BE FOUND ON PAGE 22
HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

      THE SECURITIES  WILL REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF A TRUST AND
WILL NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE CIT GROUP  SECURITIZATION
CORPORATION II, THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING,  INC., THE CIT GROUP, INC. OR ANY
OF THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES (EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT, IF ANY, DESCRIBED
HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT).

      THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     Retain this  Prospectus for future  reference.  This  Prospectus may not be
used to consummate  sales of securities  offered hereby unless  accompanied by a
Prospectus Supplement.

               The date of this Prospectus is September 29, 1998.

<PAGE>

      (continued from preceding page)

      Each Trust will be formed  pursuant to either (i) a Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  (the "Pooling and Servicing  Agreement") to be entered into among the
Seller,  The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc. (the  "Servicer") and the trustee
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement (the "Trustee") or (ii) a Trust
Agreement  (the "Trust  Agreement")  to be entered  into among the  Seller,  the
trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Owner Trustee") and
certain other parties as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If the
Trust is formed pursuant to a Trust  Agreement,  a Sale and Servicing  Agreement
(the "Sale and Servicing  Agreement") will be entered into among the Seller, the
Servicer and such Owner Trustee. The Trustee or Owner Trustee for any Trust will
be referred to in this Prospectus as the "Owner  Trustee." The Notes, if any, of
a series of Securities will be issued and secured  pursuant to an Indenture (the
"Indenture")  between  the  Trust and the  indenture  trustee  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee").  The Certificates,  if
any, of a series of Securities will represent  fractional undivided interests in
the related Trust and/or the residual interest in the Trust.

      Except as otherwise  provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each
class of  Securities  of any  series  will  represent  the  right to  receive  a
specified amount of payments of principal and interest on the related Contracts,
in the amounts,  at the rates, on the dates and in the manner  described  herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The right of each class of Securities
to receive payments may be senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of
the other  classes of such  series.  A series may include two or more classes of
Certificates  or Notes  which  differ as to the timing and  priority of payment,
interest rate or amount of  distributions in respect of principal or interest or
both. A series may include one or more classes of Certificates or Notes entitled
to distributions in respect of principal,  with disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions,  or to distributions of interest, with disproportionate,
nominal  or  no  distributions   in  respect  of  principal.   Distributions  on
Certificates  of any series will be  subordinated in priority to payments due on
the related  Notes,  if any, to the extent  described  herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

      The rate of distributions in respect of principal on the Securities of any
class  will  depend on the  priority  of  payment of such class and the rate and
timing of payments  (including  prepayments,  liquidations  and  repurchases  of
Contracts) on the related Contracts.

      If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a financial guaranty
insurance policy,  letter of credit,  surety bond,  limited guarantee by The CIT
Group, Inc. ("CIT"),  reserve fund, or other form of credit enhancement,  or any
combination  thereof,  may be provided  with  respect to a Trust or any class of
Securities.

      Unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Certificates,  if any, and the Notes,  if any, of any series  initially  will be
represented  by  certificates  and  notes  registered  in the name of Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). The interests of
beneficial  owners of the Securities  will be represented by book entries on the
records of the participating members of DTC and, in the case of the Notes, Cedel
Bank,  societe  anonyme  ("Cedel")  and  the  Euroclear  System   ("Euroclear").
Definitive  Securities will be available only under limited circumstances to the
extent described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      There currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop  or,  if one  does  develop,  that it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

      CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SECURITIES.

<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

      The Company has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on behalf of each Trust a Registration  Statement  (together with
all amendments and exhibits  thereto,  the "Registration  Statement"),  of which
this  Prospectus is a part,  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  with
respect to the Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  This Prospectus
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,
certain  parts of which  have  been  omitted  in  accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to the
Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits  filed as part  thereof,  which is
available for inspection  without charge at the public  reference  facilities of
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, Room 1024, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
the regional  offices of the  Commission  located as follows:  Chicago  Regional
Office, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661, and New
York Regional Office,  Seven World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048.  Copies of such  information  can be obtained  from the Public  Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, at
prescribed  rates.  Both  registrants also file  electronically.  The Commission
maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants  that  file  electronically  with the
Commission.  The  address of the  Commission's  Web site is  http://www.sec.gov.
Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or other  document  filed as an exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement,  while
complete in all  material  respects,  do not  necessarily  describe all terms or
provisions  of such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document.  For a  complete
description,  reference  is made to  each  such  contract,  agreement  or  other
document filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement.  The Servicer,  on
behalf of each  Trust,  will also file or cause to be filed with the  Commission
such periodic reports as are required under The Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. However,
in  accordance  with the  Exchange  Act and the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission thereunder,  the Company expects that each Trust's obligation to file
such  reports  will be  terminated  following  the end of the year in which such
Trust is formed.  Such  reports  and other  information  filed on behalf of each
Trust will be available for inspection as set forth above.

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to the  Securities  to be offered
hereunder will,  among other things,  set forth with respect to such Securities,
as  appropriate:  (i) a description  of the series and class or classes of Notes
and the series and class or classes of Certificates and the respective  Interest
Rate to be paid to each such class of Notes and  Pass-Through  Rate or method of
determining  the amount of interest,  if any, to be passed  through to each such
class of Certificates, (ii) the initial aggregate principal amount of each class
of  Notes,  the  initial  aggregate   Certificate   Balance  of  each  class  of
Certificates,  Distribution  Dates  relating  to such  class or series  and,  if
applicable,  the initial and final scheduled  Distribution Dates for each series
and class;  (iii) information as to the assets  comprising the Trust,  including
the general  characteristics of the marine installment sale contracts and direct
loans included therein and, if applicable,  the assignment of security interests
in the Financed Boats,  specified credit or cash flow enhancement and all monies
on deposit in any specified cash account, the proceeds from claims under certain
insurance  policies  and  certain  rights  under the Trust  Documents;  (iv) the
circumstances,   if  any,  under  which  the  Trust  may  be  subject  to  early
termination;  (v) the method used to calculate the amount of principal,  if any,
to be distributed with respect to each class of Notes and Certificates; (vi) the
order of application of distributions to each of the classes within such series,
whether sequential,  pro rata, or otherwise;  (vii) additional  information with
respect to the plan of  distribution  of such  Securities;  (viii) the aggregate
original  percentage  ownership  interest in the Trust to be  evidenced  by each
class  of  Certificates;  (ix)  information  as to  the  nature  and  extent  of
subordination  with  respect  to any  class  of Notes  or  Certificates  that is
subordinate in right of payment to any other class of Notes or Certificates; and
(x) information as to the Seller,  the Servicer,  CIT, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

      Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, unless and
until Definitive  Securities are issued,  monthly and annual  unaudited  reports
containing  information  concerning  each Trust will be prepared by the Servicer
and  sent  on  behalf  of  each  Trust  only  to  the  Owner   Trustee  for  the
Certificateholders,  the  Indenture  Trustee for the  Noteholders  and Cede,  as
nominee  of DTC  and  registered  holder  of the  Notes  and  the  Certificates.


                                       3


<PAGE>

Securityholders  may elect to hold their  securities  through any of DTC (in the
United States) and, in the case of Noteholders,  Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe).
DTC will forward  such reports to  Participants,  Indirect  Participants,  Cedel
Participants and Euroclear Participants.  See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities--Book-Entry  Registration"  and  "--Statements  to  Securityholders."
Certificateholders  and Noteholders are  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Securityholders."  Certificate  Owners or Note Owners may receive such reports,
upon written  request,  together with a certification  that they are Certificate
Owners  or  Note  Owners  and  payment  of  reproduction  and  postage  expenses
associated with the distribution of such reports,  from the Owner Trustee,  with
respect to Certificate  Owners, or the Indenture  Trustee,  with respect to Note
Owners, at the addresses  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Such
reports will not constitute  financial  statements  prepared in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor
CIT intends to send any of its financial statements to Securityholders.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

      The following  documents filed with the Commission by CIT are incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus:

            (a) CIT's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
      1997  together  with the  report of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent
      certified public accountants;

            (b) CIT's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March
      31, 1998 and June 30, 1998; and

            (c) CIT's  Current  Reports  on Form 8-K  dated  January  15,  1998,
      January 28, 1998,  March 24, 1998,  April 22, 1998, June 5, 1998, July 22,
      1998, July 29, 1998 and August 27, 1998.

      All  documents  filed by CIT  pursuant to Sections  13(a) and (c),  14, or
15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date hereof and prior to the  termination of
the offering of the securities offered hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated
by  reference  herein  and to be a part  hereof  from the date of filing of such
documents.  Any statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein
or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement.

      Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,  except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute part of this Prospectus.

      CIT WILL PROVIDE  WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS PROSPECTUS IS
DELIVERED,  UPON  REQUEST,  A COPY  OF ANY  OR  ALL OF THE  FOREGOING  DOCUMENTS
DESCRIBED  ABOVE WHICH HAVE BEEN OR MAY BE  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  OTHER THAN  EXHIBITS TO SUCH  DOCUMENTS  (UNLESS  SUCH  EXHIBITS ARE
SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO SUCH DOCUMENTS). SUCH REQUEST SHOULD
BE DIRECTED TO:

                                                CORPORATE SECRETARY
                                                THE CIT GROUP, INC.
                                                1211 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
                                                NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036
                                                (212) 536-1950


                                       4

<PAGE>

      The  Trustee on behalf of the Trust will  provide  without  charge to each
person to whom this  Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral request of
such person,  a copy of any or all of the documents  referred to above that have
been or may be  incorporated  by reference  in this  Prospectus  (not  including
exhibits  to the  information  that is  incorporated  by  reference  unless such
exhibits are  specifically  incorporated by regerence into the information  that
this Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the corporate
trust office of the Trustee specified in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement.

                                   ----------

      Until 90 days after the date of each  Prospectus  Supplement,  all dealers
effecting  transactions in the securities covered by such Prospectus Supplement,
whether or not  participating  in the distribution  thereof,  may be required to
deliver such Prospectus  Supplement and this Prospectus.  This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.


                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

      This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and by  reference to the
information with respect to the Securities  contained in the related  Prospectus
Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection  with the offering of each
series of Securities.  Certain capitalized terms used in the Summary are defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus Supplement. Reference
is made to the "Index of  Principal  Terms" for the  location  herein of defined
terms.

Issuer......................  With respect to each series of Securities, a trust
                              (the "Trust" or the  "Issuer"),  will be formed by
                              the  Seller  pursuant  to  either  a  Pooling  and
                              Servicing Agreement among the Seller, the Servicer
                              and  the   trustee   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement,  or a Trust Agreement among
                              the Seller,  the owner  trustee  specified  in the
                              related  Prospectus  Supplement  and certain other
                              parties as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
                              Supplement.

Seller......................  The CIT Group  Securitization  Corporation II (the
                              "Company"  or  the  "Seller"),   a   wholly-owned,
                              limited purpose  subsidiary of The CIT Group, Inc.
                              ("CIT").  If and to the  extent  specified  in the
                              related Prospectus Supplement,  a trust of which a
                              special purpose  affiliate of CIT is the depositor
                              (a "Selling Trust") may also be a "Seller." Except
                              if and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus Supplement,  neither CIT nor any of its
                              affiliates,   including   the  Company,   The  CIT
                              Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.  ("CITSF")  and  any
                              Selling  Trust,  has  guaranteed,  insured  or  is
                              otherwise    obligated   with   respect   to   the
                              Securities.     See     "Risk     Factors--Limited
                              Obligations."

Servicer....................  The  CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.  (in  such
                              capacity referred to herein as the "Servicer"),  a
                              wholly-owned  subsidiary of CIT. The Servicer will
                              be   responsible   for  managing,   administering,
                              servicing and making  collections on the Contracts
                              held by each Trust.

Owner Trustee...............  The Trustee  pursuant  to a Pooling and  Servicing
                              Agreement or the Owner Trustee pursuant to a Trust
                              Agreement,  in  each  case  as  specified  in  the
                              related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Trustee  or
                              Owner Trustee for any Trust will be referred to in
                              this  Prospectus as the "Owner  Trustee." See "The
                              Trusts--The Trustee(s)."

Indenture Trustee...........  With respect to any series of Securities including
                              one  or  more  classes  of  Notes,  the  Indenture
                              Trustee   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement  (the "Indenture  Trustee").  The Owner
                              Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for a series are
                              referred to herein collectively as the "Trustees."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       6

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Risk Factors................  Certain  potential risks and other  considerations
                              are particularly  relevant to a decision to invest
                              in  any  securities  sold  hereunder.   See  "Risk
                              Factors."

The Certificates............  Each  series  of  Asset-Backed  Certificates  (the
                              "Certificates")  will be  issued  pursuant  to the
                              related Trust  Documents.  The  Certificates  will
                              represent  fractional  undivided  interests in the
                              related Trust and/or the residual  interest in the
                              related   Trust,   and  will  have  the   Original
                              Certificate  Balance,  if  any,  specified  in the
                              related Prospectus Supplement. If specified in the
                              related Prospectus Supplement,  the Company or one
                              of its affiliates  will own the entire  beneficial
                              interest     in    the     Trust.     See     "The
                              Certificates--General."

                              Payments  in respect of the  Certificates  will be
                              subordinated  to payments on the Notes of the same
                              series  to the  extent  described  in the  related
                              Prospectus       Supplement.        See       "The
                              Certificates--General."

                              The  Certificates  will be issued  in the  minimum
                              denominations  and  integral  multiples  in excess
                              thereof   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement;    provided,    however,    that   one
                              Certificate  of each  series  may be  issued  in a
                              denomination  other  than such  integral  multiple
                              such that the applicable Affiliated Owner, if any,
                              specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                              (the  "Affiliated  Owner")  may be issued at least
                              the portion of the  Original  Certificate  Balance
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  the Certificates  will be
                              issued in book-entry form only.  Unless  otherwise
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              persons    ("Certificate     Owners")    acquiring
                              beneficial interests in the Certificates will hold
                              their  interests   through  The  Depository  Trust
                              Company ("DTC").  Definitive  Certificates will be
                              issued  only  under  the   limited   circumstances
                              described  herein  or in  the  related  Prospectus
                              Supplement.  Unless  and until  Certificates  of a
                              class  are   issued  in   definitive   form,   all
                              references  herein  to   distributions,   notices,
                              reports  and  statements  to and to actions by and
                              effects upon the related  Certificateholders  will
                              refer to the same actions and effects with respect
                              to DTC or Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as the case may be,
                              for the benefit of the related  Certificate Owners
                              in  accordance  with  the  DTC   procedures.   See
                              "Certain      Information       Regarding      the
                              Securities--Book-Entry      Registration"      and
                              "--Definitive Securities."

                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement,  each class of Certificates
                              will have a stated Certificate Balance (as defined
                              in the  related  Prospectus

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Supplement)  and  will  accrue  interest  on  such
                              Certificate  Balance  at a  specified  rate  (with
                              respect  to  each  class  of   Certificates,   the
                              "Pass-Through  Rate").  Each class of Certificates
                              may have a different  Pass-Through Rate, which may
                              be a fixed,  variable or  adjustable  Pass-Through
                              Rate, or any  combination  of the  foregoing.  The
                              related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  specify the
                              Pass-Through  Rate for each class of Certificates,
                              or the  initial  Pass-Through  Rate and the method
                              for   determining   subsequent   changes   to  the
                              Pass-Through Rate.

                              A  series  may  include  two or  more  classes  of
                              Certificates   which   differ   as  to  timing  of
                              distributions,   sequential  order,   priority  of
                              payment,   seniority,    allocation   of   losses,
                              Pass-Through  Rate or amount of  distributions  in
                              respect of principal  or interest,  or as to which
                              distributions  in respect of principal or interest
                              on any  class  may or may  not be  made  upon  the
                              occurrence of specified  events or on the basis of
                              collections   from  designated   portions  of  the
                              Contract  Pool. In addition,  a series may include
                              one or more  classes  of  Certificates  ("Stripped
                              Certificates")  entitled to (i)  distributions  in
                              respect  of   principal   with   disproportionate,
                              nominal  or no  interest  distributions,  or  (ii)
                              interest  distributions,   with  disproportionate,
                              nominal   or  no   distributions   in  respect  of
                              principal.

                              If CITSF  exercises  its  option to  purchase  the
                              Contracts of a Trust or if the  Contracts are sold
                              by the  Indenture  Trustee  (or, if the series did
                              not  include  Notes or the Notes have been paid in
                              full  and the  Indenture  has been  discharged  in
                              accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) on
                              the  terms and  conditions  described  under  "The
                              Purchase      Agreements     and     the     Trust
                              Documents--Termination,"  Certificate  Owners  may
                              receive an amount in  respect of the  Certificates
                              as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                              In addition,  if the related Prospectus Supplement
                              provides that the property of a Trust will include
                              a Pre-Funding  Account (as such term is defined in
                              the    related    Prospectus    Supplement,    the
                              "Pre-Funding  Account"),  Certificate  Owners  may
                              receive a distribution  in respect of principal on
                              or  immediately  following  the end of the funding
                              period   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement (the "Funding Period") in an amount and
                              manner   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement.

The Notes...................  Each  series of  Asset-Backed  Notes (the  "Notes"
                              and,   together   with   the   Certificates,   the
                              "Securities")  will  represent  obligations  of  a
                              Trust  secured by assets of such Trust (other than
                              the  accounts or other  property  specified in the
                              related   Prospectus    Supplement).    See   "The
                              Notes--General."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       8
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              The Notes will be issued  pursuant to an Indenture
                              between the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee (the
                              "Indenture"). See "The Notes--General."

                              The  Notes   will  be   issued   in  the   minimum
                              denominations  and  integral  multiples  in excess
                              thereof   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement;  provided,  however,  that one Note of
                              each  class  of each  series  may be  issued  in a
                              denomination  other than such  integral  multiple.
                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, the Notes will be issued in
                              book-entry form only.  Unless otherwise  specified
                              in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  persons
                              ("Note Owners") acquiring  beneficial interests in
                              the Notes will hold their interests through DTC in
                              the United States or Cedel Bank,  societe  anonyme
                              ("Cedel") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in
                              Europe,  and Definitive  Notes will be issued only
                              under the limited  circumstances  described herein
                              or in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
                              and  until   Notes  of  a  class  are   issued  in
                              definitive   form,   all   references   herein  to
                              distributions,  notices, reports and statements to
                              and to actions  by and  effects  upon the  related
                              Noteholders  will  refer to the same  actions  and
                              effects with  respect to DTC or Cede,  as the case
                              may be, for the benefit of the related Note Owners
                              in  accordance  with  the  DTC   procedures.   See
                              "Certain      Information       Regarding      the
                              Securities--Book-Entry      Registration"      and
                              "--Definitive Securities."

                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  each  class of Notes will
                              have a  stated  principal  amount  and  will  bear
                              interest  at  a  specified  rate  or  rates  (with
                              respect  to each  class of  Notes,  the  "Interest
                              Rate").  Each class of Notes may have a  different
                              Interest Rate,  which may be a fixed,  variable or
                              adjustable  Interest  Rate, or any  combination of
                              the foregoing.  The related Prospectus  Supplement
                              will specify the Interest  Rate and the method for
                              determining  subsequent  changes  to the  Interest
                              Rate.

                              A series may include two or more  classes of Notes
                              which  differ as to the  timing  and  priority  of
                              payment, seniority,  allocations of loss, Interest
                              Rate  or  amount  of  payments  of   principal  or
                              interest, or as to which payments of principal may
                              or  may  not  be  made  upon  the   occurrence  of
                              specified  events or on the  basis of  collections
                              from designated  portions of the Contract Pool. In
                              addition, a series may include one or more classes
                              of  Notes  ("Stripped   Notes")  entitled  to  (i)
                              principal payments with disproportionate,  nominal
                              or no interest  payments or (ii) interest payments
                              with  disproportionate,  nominal  or no  principal
                              payments.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              If CITSF  exercises  its  option to  purchase  the
                              Contracts of a Trust or if the  Contracts are sold
                              by the  Indenture  Trustee  (or, if the series did
                              not  include  Notes or the Notes have been paid in
                              full  and the  Indenture  has been  discharged  in
                              accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) on
                              the  terms and  conditions  described  under  "The
                              Purchase      Agreements     and     the     Trust
                              Documents--Termination," the outstanding Notes, if
                              any,  of such series will be redeemed as set forth
                              in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
                              if the related Prospectus Supplement provides that
                              the property of a Trust will include a Pre-Funding
                              Account, all or certain classes of the outstanding
                              Notes,  if any,  of such series will be subject to
                              partial redemption on or immediately following the
                              end of the Funding  Period in an amount and manner
                              specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Property of a Trust.........  The property of a Trust will primarily include (i)
                              a pool (the "Contract Pool") of marine installment
                              sale  contracts  and direct  loans  (the  "Initial
                              Contracts")  secured  by the new and  used  boats,
                              boat  motors and boat  trailers  financed  thereby
                              (the  "Initial  Financed  Boats"),   (ii)  certain
                              monies received under the Initial Contracts on and
                              after the Initial  Cut-off  Date  specified in the
                              related   Prospectus   Supplement   (the  "Initial
                              Cut-off   Date"),   (iii)  an  assignment  of  the
                              security  interests in the Initial Financed Boats,
                              (iv) the  Collection  Account  and the  Paid-Ahead
                              Account,   if  any,   including  all   investments
                              therein,  all income from the  investment of funds
                              therein and all proceeds  thereof,  certain  other
                              accounts  and the  proceeds  thereof  and  certain
                              other rights under the Trust  Documents  specified
                              in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and (v) the
                              proceeds  from  claims  under  certain   insurance
                              policies in respect of individual Initial Financed
                              Boats or the related Obligors.  In addition, if so
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              the  property  of a Trust will  include  specified
                              credit  or cash  flow  enhancement  and  monies on
                              deposit in a Pre-Funding Account to be established
                              with the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner  Trustee,
                              which   will  be  used  to   purchase   Subsequent
                              Contracts from the Seller from time to time during
                              the  Funding  Period,  as well  as any  Subsequent
                              Contracts so purchased. See "The Trust Property."

                              If and  to  the  extent  provided  in the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  a Trust will be obligated
                              to  purchase  from  the  Seller  (subject  to  the
                              satisfaction  of certain  conditions  described in
                              the applicable  Trust Documents) from time to time
                              during the Funding Period,  from monies on deposit
                              in  the  Pre-Funding  Account,  additional  marine
                              installment  sale  contracts and direct

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       10

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              loans (the  "Subsequent  Contracts" and,  together
                              with  the  Initial  Contracts,   the  "Contracts")
                              secured by the new and used boats, boat motors and
                              boat trailers  financed  thereby (the  "Subsequent
                              Financed  Boats"  and,  together  with the Initial
                              Financed  Boats,  the "Financed  Boats"),  certain
                              monies received under the Subsequent  Contracts on
                              and after the  related  Subsequent  Cut-off  Dates
                              (specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement),
                              an  assignment  of the  security  interests in the
                              Subsequent   Financed  Boats,  and  proceeds  from
                              claims under certain insurance policies in respect
                              of  individual  Subsequent  Financed  Boats or the
                              related   Obligors.   It  is  expected   that  the
                              Subsequent   Contracts   will  have  an  aggregate
                              principal  balance   approximately  equal  to  the
                              Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing Date.

                              CITSF will be obligated to repurchase Contracts (a
                              "Repurchased  Contract")  upon the  occurrence  of
                              certain breaches of representations and warranties
                              (a   "Repurchase   Event").   See  "The   Purchase
                              Agreements  and  the  Trust   Documents--Sale  and
                              Assignment  of  the  Contracts"  and  "--Servicing
                              Procedures."

The Contracts...............  The property of a Trust will consist  primarily of
                              marine   installment   sale  contracts  for  boats
                              originated   by  boat  dealers   ("Dealers")   and
                              acquired  by  CITSF  or  The  CIT   Group/Consumer
                              Finance,   Inc.   (NY)   ("CITCF-NY")   or   other
                              affiliates  of CITSF and marine  loans  originated
                              directly  by  CITSF  or one of its  affiliates  or
                              acquired  by CITSF or one of its  affiliates  from
                              unaffiliated  third  parties.  On or  prior to the
                              date of  issuance  of a series  of the  Securities
                              (the "Closing  Date"),  CITCF-NY will sell certain
                              contracts  that will  constitute  a portion of the
                              Initial  Contracts to CITSF pursuant to a purchase
                              agreement,   and  CITSF  will  sell  the   Initial
                              Contracts  to the  Company  pursuant to a purchase
                              agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  and  the
                              Company  (and,  if and to the extent  specified in
                              the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   a  Selling
                              Trust) will sell the Initial  Contracts to a Trust
                              pursuant  to the  Trust  Documents.  If and to the
                              extent   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement,  CITSF or the  Seller  or one of their
                              respective  affiliates  may  retain  the  right to
                              receive a portion of the interest accruing on some
                              or all of the Contracts sold to a Trust.  See "The
                              Purchase Agreements and the Trust  Documents--Sale
                              and Assignment of the Contracts."

                              The Contracts  will generally be prepayable at any
                              time  without  penalty  to  the  purchaser  of the
                              related  Financed Boats, the borrower under a loan
                              contract  or  other  person  or  persons  who  are
                              obligated  to make  payments  under  the  Contract
                              (each,  an  "Obligor").   The  related  Prospectus
                              Supplement will contain certain  information

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              with  respect  to  each  Contract  Pool  as of the
                              Initial  Cut-off Date or such other date specified
                              therein, including the proportions of each type of
                              Financed  Boats,   the  weighted   average  annual
                              percentage rate and the weighted average remaining
                              maturity of the Contracts.

                              If and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  from time to time  during
                              the Funding  Period,  CITSF will be  obligated  to
                              sell,   and  the  Company  will  be  obligated  to
                              purchase,  pursuant to a purchase  agreement  (the
                              "Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement")  subject to the
                              satisfaction  of  certain   conditions   described
                              therein,  Subsequent Contracts at a purchase price
                              which,  unless otherwise  specified in the related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,   will  be  equal  to  the
                              aggregate  principal  amounts  thereof  as of  the
                              first  day  in  the  related   month  of  transfer
                              designated  by  CITSF  and the  Company  (each,  a
                              "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date").  A  portion  of such
                              Subsequent Contracts may be acquired by CITSF from
                              CITCF-NY or other affiliates of CITSF. Pursuant to
                              one or more subsequent  transfer agreements (each,
                              a  "Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement")  between the
                              Company and the related Trust,  and subject to the
                              satisfaction  of  certain   conditions   described
                              therein,   the  Company  will  in  turn  sell  the
                              Subsequent  Contracts  to such Trust at a purchase
                              price  equal to the amount  paid by the Company to
                              CITSF  for  such   Subsequent   Contracts,   which
                              purchase  price  shall  be  paid  from  monies  on
                              deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  Subsequent
                              Contracts  will be  transferred  from CITSF to the
                              Company  and from the Company to such Trust on the
                              Business  Day  specified  by CITSF and the Company
                              during the month in which the  related  Subsequent
                              Cut-off Date occurs (each, a "Subsequent  Transfer
                              Date").

Pre-Funding Account.........  If  the  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  series  of
                              Securities   specifies   that  a  portion  of  the
                              proceeds of the  offering  will be  deposited in a
                              Pre-Funding  Account, the Pre-Funding Account will
                              be  maintained  as  an  Eligible  Account,   which
                              account may be  maintained  with the Owner Trustee
                              or the Indenture Trustee, and the funds on deposit
                              therein  will  be  invested  solely  in  Permitted
                              Investments (as defined in the related  Prospectus
                              Supplement)   that   mature  not  later  than  one
                              Business   Day   prior  to  the  next   succeeding
                              Distribution  Date,  until such funds are  applied
                              during the  Funding  Period to pay to the  Company
                              the purchase price for Subsequent  Contracts.  See
                              "The   Purchase    Agreements    and   the   Trust
                              Documents--Accounts."  Monies  on  deposit  in the
                              Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover
                              losses on or in respect of the Contracts.

                              On the Closing Date, the Pre-Funding  Account will
                              be  created  with an  initial  deposit,  from  the
                              proceeds of the Securities, in the amount, if any,
                              specified in the related

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       12

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Prospectus  Supplement (the "Pre-Funded  Amount").
                              The Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed one-third of
                              the sum of the  Original  Certificate  Balance and
                              the initial principal amount of the Notes.  Unless
                              otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                              Supplement,  the  "Funding  Period"  will  be  the
                              period from the Closing Date until the earliest to
                              occur  of (i) the  date on  which  the  amount  on
                              deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account  (exclusive of
                              investment  earnings) is less than $100,000,  (ii)
                              the date on which an Event of Default occurs under
                              the Indenture (if any), (iii) the date on which an
                              Event  of  Termination   occurs  under  the  Trust
                              Documents,  (iv) the  insolvency  of the  Company,
                              CITSF,  CITCF-NY  or  CIT,  or (v)  the  close  of
                              business  on the  date  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement  (which  date will occur in
                              the third  calendar month after the month in which
                              the  Closing  Date  occurred).   Unless  otherwise
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              during  the  Funding   Period,   on  one  or  more
                              Subsequent  Transfer Dates, the Pre-Funded  Amount
                              will be applied to purchase  Subsequent  Contracts
                              from the Company.  Unless  otherwise  specified in
                              the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Company
                              expects that the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced
                              to less than  $100,000  by the end of the  Funding
                              Period,  although no  assurance  can be given that
                              this  will  in  fact   occur.   Unless   otherwise
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              any portion of the Pre-Funded  Amount remaining on
                              deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account at the end of
                              the Funding Period will be payable as principal to
                              Noteholders and  Certificateholders  in accordance
                              with  the  Pre-Funded   Percentage  on  the  first
                              Distribution Date thereafter or, if the end of the
                              Funding Period is on a Distribution  Date, then on
                              such date.

Capitalized Interest
Account.....................  If  the  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  series  of
                              Securities   specifies   that  a  portion  of  the
                              proceeds of the  offering  will be  deposited in a
                              Capitalized  Interest Account, on the Closing Date
                              a  portion  of the  proceeds  from the sale of the
                              Securities (in an amount  specified in the related
                              Prospectus  Supplement)  will be deposited into an
                              account  (the  "Capitalized   Interest   Account")
                              maintained as an Eligible  Account,  which account
                              may be  maintained  with the Owner  Trustee or the
                              Indenture  Trustee,   and  the  funds  on  deposit
                              therein  will  be  invested  solely  in  Permitted
                              Investments that mature no later than one Business
                              Day prior to the next Distribution  Date.  Amounts
                              deposited in the Capitalized Interest Account will
                              be used on each  Distribution Date to pay interest
                              on the Securities,  in the amount or in accordance
                              with  the   formula   specified   in  the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement.  Monies on  deposit in the
                              Capitalized Interest Account will not be available
                              to cover losses on or in respect of the Contracts.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       13

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              On each  Distribution Date any amount remaining in
                              the Capitalized  Interest Account in excess of the
                              Required  Capitalized  Interest Amount (as defined
                              in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement)  shall be
                              released to the Affiliated Owner, if any, or other
                              person   specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                              Supplement.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
                              related   Prospectus   Supplement,   any   amounts
                              remaining in the Capitalized  Interest  Account on
                              the last day of the  Funding  Period  and not used
                              for  such   purposes  will  be  deposited  in  the
                              Collection  Account  and  will  be  available  for
                              distributions,  as  described  herein  or  in  the
                              related  Prospectus   Supplement,   on  the  first
                              Distribution Date thereafter or, if the end of the
                              Funding Period is on a Distribution  Date, then on
                              such date.

Distribution Dates..........  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  payments of interest  and
                              principal  on the  Securities  will be made on the
                              fifteenth day of each month or, if any such day is
                              not  a  Business  Day,  on  the  next   succeeding
                              Business  Day  (each,  a   "Distribution   Date"),
                              commencing  on the date  specified  in the related
                              Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise specified
                              in the related Prospectus Supplement,  payments on
                              the Securities on each  Distribution  Date will be
                              made  to the  holders  of  record  of the  related
                              Securities   at  the  close  of  business  on  the
                              Business   Day    immediately    preceding    such
                              Distribution  Date  or,  in the  event  Definitive
                              Securities  have  been  issued,  at the  close  of
                              business  on the last  Business  Day of the  month
                              immediately  preceding  the  month in  which  such
                              Distribution Date occurs (each, a "Record Date").

                              To the extent not previously paid in full prior to
                              such time, the outstanding principal amount of the
                              Notes and the Certificates  will be payable on the
                              Distribution Date occurring in the month or months
                              specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                              (the "Note Final Scheduled  Distribution Date" and
                              the  "Certificate  Final  Scheduled   Distribution
                              Date").

                              A "Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday,
                              Sunday or any day on which banking institutions or
                              trust   companies  in  the  states  of  New  York,
                              Oklahoma and such other states (if any)  specified
                              in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement   are
                              authorized by law,  regulation or executive  order
                              to be closed.

Interest Accrual Period.....  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus   Supplement,   the  period  for  which
                              interest is payable on a Distribution  Date on the
                              Securities  shall be the one-month period from the
                              most recent Distribution Date to but excluding the
                              following Distribution Date, or in the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              case of the  initial  Distribution  Date  from the
                              date   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                              Supplement    to   but   excluding   the   initial
                              Distribution  Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
                              Period").

Due Period..................  With respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the "Due
                              Period"  is the  period  during  which  principal,
                              interest  and other  amounts  will be collected on
                              the Contracts for application  towards the payment
                              of principal  and interest to the  Securityholders
                              and the payment of fees on such Distribution Date.
                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Due  Period" will be
                              the  calendar  month  immediately   preceding  the
                              Distribution Date.

Determination Date..........  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, the "Determination Date" is
                              the third Business Day prior to each  Distribution
                              Date.  On each  Determination  Date,  the Servicer
                              will   determine   the   Available    Amount   for
                              distribution  on the  related  Distribution  Date,
                              allocate  such  amounts  between  the  Notes,  the
                              Certificates and the Servicer Payment,  and advise
                              the  Trustees  (or  the  paying  agent   appointed
                              pursuant to the Trust Documents) of the amounts of
                              the payments to be made to Securityholders, all as
                              described  under "The Purchase  Agreements and the
                              Trust   Documents--Distributions."  The  "Servicer
                              Payment" is equal on each Distribution Date to the
                              sum of the reimbursement  then due to the Servicer
                              for outstanding Monthly Advances and the Servicing
                              Fee (including any unpaid  Servicing Fees for past
                              Distribution Dates).

                              Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, the "Available Amount" with
                              respect to each Trust on any Distribution  Date is
                              equal  to the  excess  of (A)  the  sum of (i) all
                              amounts  on  deposit  in  the  Collection  Account
                              attributable  to  collections  or deposits made in
                              respect  of  such  Contracts  in the  related  Due
                              Period   (including  any  late  fees,   prepayment
                              charges,  extension  fees or other  administrative
                              fees or similar  charges allowed by applicable law
                              with respect to the Contracts  ("Late Fees"),  and
                              (ii)  the   Purchase   Price   for  any   Contract
                              repurchased  by CITSF as a result of  breaches  of
                              certain    representations   and   warranties   or
                              purchased  by the Servicer as a result of breaches
                              of certain  covenants and any Monthly Advances and
                              any   Non-Reimbursable   Payments   made   by  the
                              Servicer,  if such Purchase Price, Monthly Advance
                              or Non-Reimbursable Payment is paid on or prior to
                              the  Deposit  Date   immediately   preceding  such
                              Distribution   Date,  over  (B)  the  sum  of  the
                              following amounts (to the extent that the Servicer
                              has  not  already   withheld   such  amounts  from
                              collections   on   the    Contracts):    (i)   any
                              repossession  profits  on  liquidated   Contracts,
                              Liquidation Expenses (as

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       15
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              defined in the Trust Documents) incurred and taxes
                              and insurance  advanced by the Servicer in respect
                              of  Financed  Boats that are  reimbursable  to the
                              Servicer  under  the  Trust  Documents,  (ii)  any
                              amounts  incorrectly  deposited in the  Collection
                              Account,   (iii)  any  amounts  deposited  in  the
                              Paid-Ahead Account, if any, during the related Due
                              Period,  (iv) net investment earnings on the funds
                              in  the  Collection  Account  and  the  Paid-Ahead
                              Account,   if  any,  and  (v)  any  other  amounts
                              permitted  to be  withdrawn  from  the  Collection
                              Account and the Paid-Ahead Account, if any, by the
                              Servicer (or to be retained by the  Servicer  from
                              collections  on  the  Contracts)  pursuant  to the
                              Trust Documents.

Subordination...............  The  rights of the  Certificateholders  to receive
                              distributions  with respect to the Contracts  will
                              be  subordinated  to the rights of the Noteholders
                              of the same series, to the extent described in the
                              related Prospectus Supplement.  This subordination
                              is intended to enhance  the  likelihood  of timely
                              receipt  by  Noteholders  of the  full  amount  of
                              interest  and  principal  required  to be  paid to
                              them,  and  to  afford  the  Noteholders   limited
                              protection   against  losses  in  respect  of  the
                              Contracts.

                              If and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more  classes  of
                              Notes  of a  series  may  be  subordinated  to the
                              rights of one or more  other  classes  of Notes of
                              the same series.

                              The protection  afforded to the Noteholders by the
                              subordination  feature  described  above  will  be
                              effected   by  the   preferential   right  of  the
                              Noteholders to receive, to the extent described in
                              the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   current
                              distributions from collections on or in respect of
                              the  Contracts  prior to the  application  of such
                              collections   to   payments   in  respect  of  the
                              Certificates or any subordinated Notes.

Enhancement.................  If and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus Supplement with respect to a Trust, the
                              enhancement  applicable  to a class of  Securities
                              may  include any one or more of the  following:  a
                              financial  guaranty  insurance policy, a letter of
                              credit, a CIT Limited Guarantee, a reserve fund, a
                              third party guarantee,  a cash collateral account,
                              a  derivative   product,  a  credit  facility,   a
                              liquidity   facility,   another   form  of  credit
                              enhancement,    overcollateralization,    or   any
                              combination thereof.

                              A  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  may  be
                              obtained and maintained for one or more classes of
                              Certificates  or Notes of a series of  Securities.
                              Such  policies   generally   unconditionally   and
                              irrevocably  guarantee to Securityholders that the
                              full amount of the  distributions of principal and
                              interest, as well as any other amounts

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       16
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              will be  received  by an agent of the  Trustee  on
                              behalf of Securityholders  for distribution by the
                              Trustee to Securityholders. Such policies may have
                              certain  limitations  set  forth  in  the  related
                              Prospectus Supplement,  including (but not limited
                              to)  limitations  on the  insurer's  obligation to
                              guarantee   the   Seller's   or   the   Servicer's
                              obligation to  repurchase  or  substitute  for any
                              Contracts,  to  guarantee  any  specified  rate of
                              prepayments   or  to   provide   funds  to  redeem
                              Securities on any specified date.

                              The  enhancement  with  respect  to any  class  of
                              Securities may be structured to provide protection
                              against   delinquencies   and/or   losses  on  the
                              Contracts,  against  changes in interest rates, or
                              other risks, or to supplement the interest rate on
                              specified  Contracts,  in each case to the  extent
                              and under the conditions  specified in the related
                              Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise specified
                              in the related Prospectus Supplement,  any form of
                              enhancement  will  have  certain  limitations  and
                              exclusions from coverage thereunder, which will be
                              described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                              Further  information  regarding  any  provider  of
                              credit     enhancement,     including    financial
                              information  when  material,  will be included (or
                              incorporated   by   reference)   in  the   related
                              Prospectus       Supplement.        See       "The
                              Certificates--Enhancement."

Monthly Advances............  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus   Supplement,   with  respect  to  each
                              Contract  as to which  there  has  been a  Payment
                              Shortfall  during  the  related  Due  Period,  the
                              Servicer shall advance funds in the amount of such
                              Payment Shortfall (each, a "Monthly Advance"), but
                              only to the extent that the Servicer,  in its good
                              faith  judgment,  expects to recover  such Monthly
                              Advance  from   subsequent   collections  on  such
                              Contract  made  by or on  behalf  of  the  Obligor
                              thereunder  (but only to the  extent  of  expected
                              interest  collections  in  the  case  of a  Simple
                              Interest   Contract)   or  from  net   liquidation
                              proceeds or  insurance  proceeds  with  respect to
                              such  Contract.  The Servicer  shall be reimbursed
                              for   any   Monthly    Advance   from   subsequent
                              collections with respect to such Contract.  If the
                              Servicer  determines  in its good  faith  judgment
                              that an  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall not
                              ultimately   be   recoverable    from   subsequent
                              collections,  the Servicer shall be reimbursed for
                              such  Monthly  Advance  from  collections  on  all
                              Contracts. In determining whether an advance is or
                              will be nonrecoverable, the Servicer need not take
                              into account that it might  receive any amounts in
                              a deficiency  judgment against an Obligor.  Unless
                              otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                              Supplement,  the Servicer  will not make a Monthly
                              Advance in respect of (i) the principal  component
                              of any

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       17
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              scheduled  payment on a Simple Interest  Contract,
                              or  (ii)  a  Payment   Shortfall  arising  from  a
                              Contract  which has been  prepaid in full or which
                              has been subject to a Relief Act Reduction  during
                              the  related  Due   Period.   See  "The   Purchase
                              Agreements   and  the   Trust   Documents--Monthly
                              Advances."  Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the
                              related Prospectus Supplement, "Payment Shortfall"
                              means  (i) with  respect  to any  Simple  Interest
                              Contract and any Distribution  Date, the excess of
                              (A) the product of (1) one-twelfth of the Contract
                              Rate of  such  Contract  and  (2) the  outstanding
                              principal  amount of such  Contract as of the last
                              day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the
                              case of the  first  Due  Period  ending  after the
                              Contract was acquired by the related Trust,  as of
                              the Initial Cut-off Date or the Subsequent Cut-off
                              Date,  as the case may be), over (B) the amount of
                              interest,  if  any,  collected  on  such  Contract
                              during  the  related  Due  Period  and  (ii)  with
                              respect  to  any  Precomputed   Contract  and  any
                              Distribution Date, the excess of (A) the scheduled
                              payment  due on such  Contract  during the related
                              Due Period,  over (B) the amount collected on such
                              Contract (including any amounts allocated from the
                              Paid-Ahead   Account  with  respect  to  such  Due
                              Period) during the related Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payments...  If and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
                              Prospectus   Supplement,   with  respect  to  each
                              Contract  as to which  there  has  been a  Payment
                              Shortfall  with respect to interest in the related
                              Due Period  arising  from either a  prepayment  in
                              full of such Contract or a Relief Act Reduction in
                              respect of such  Contract  during such Due Period,
                              the Trust  Documents  may require the  Servicer to
                              deposit  into  the   Collection   Account  on  the
                              Business Day  immediately  preceding the following
                              Distribution Date, without the right of subsequent
                              reimbursement,  an  amount  equal to such  Payment
                              Shortfall (a "Non-Reimbursable  Payment").  If the
                              related  Prospectus  Supplement  does not  specify
                              that  the  Servicer  will  make   Non-Reimbursable
                              Payments,  the  Servicer  will not be obligated to
                              make such payments with respect to the Trust.

Paid-Ahead Account..........  Early  payments  by or on  behalf of  Obligors  on
                              Precomputed   Contracts  that  do  not  constitute
                              scheduled  payments,  full  prepayments or certain
                              partial prepayments which result in a reduction of
                              an Obligor's  periodic payment below the scheduled
                              payment  as  of  the  Initial   Cut-off   Date  or
                              Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be, will
                              be deposited  into the  Paid-Ahead  Account  until
                              such time as the  paid-ahead  amount  becomes due.
                              See  "The   Contract   Pool"  and  "The   Purchase
                              Agreements  and  the  Trust  Documents--Paid-Ahead
                              Precomputed Contracts."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       18
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Servicing Fees..............  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, with respect to each series
                              of  Securities,   the  Servicer  shall  receive  a
                              monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), payable on each
                              Distribution   Date,  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)
                              one-twelfth  of  the  product  of  the  percentage
                              specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement as
                              the  "Servicing  Fee Rate" and the Pool Balance as
                              of the last day of the second preceding Due Period
                              (or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,
                              as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date)  and  (ii)  any
                              investment  earnings  on amounts on deposit in the
                              Collection  Account,  the Paid-Ahead  Account,  if
                              any, the Certificate Distribution Account, if any,
                              and  the  Note  Distribution   Account,   if  any;
                              provided,  however,  that the  Servicing  Fee Rate
                              applicable  to a Trust may be  increased to a rate
                              (or  maximum   rate)   specified  in  the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement  if CITSF  or an  affiliate
                              thereof  is not the  Servicer.  See "The  Purchase
                              Agreements  and  the  Trust   Documents--Servicing
                              Compensation."

Optional Purchase
of the Contracts............  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, with respect to each series
                              of Securities,  at its option,  CITSF may purchase
                              all the  Contracts  in the  related  Trust  on any
                              Distribution Date on which the aggregate principal
                              balance of the Contracts  (the "Pool  Balance") as
                              of the last day of the related Due Period is equal
                              to or  less  than a  percentage  specified  in the
                              related Prospectus  Supplement of the Initial Pool
                              Balance,   at  a  purchase  price   determined  as
                              described  under "The Purchase  Agreements and the
                              Trust  Documents--Termination."  Unless  otherwise
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              the "Initial Pool  Balance"  equals the sum of (i)
                              the Pool  Balance as of the Initial  Cut-off  Date
                              and (ii) the  aggregate  principal  balance of all
                              Subsequent Contracts added to the related Trust as
                              of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

Auction Sale................  Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement, with respect to each series
                              of  Securities,  within  ten days  after the first
                              Distribution  Date on which the Pool Balance as of
                              the last day of the related Due Period is equal to
                              or less than a percentage specified in the related
                              Prospectus Supplement of the Initial Pool Balance,
                              the  Indenture  Trustee (or, if the series did not
                              include  Notes or the Notes have been paid in full
                              and  the   Indenture   has  been   discharged   in
                              accordance  with its  terms,  the  Owner  Trustee)
                              shall   solicit  bids  for  the  purchase  of  the
                              Contracts  remaining in the related Trust.  In the
                              event  that  satisfactory  bids  are  received  as
                              described  in  "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the
                              Trust   Documents--Termination,"   the  net   sale
                              proceeds will be distributed  to  Securityholders,
                              in the  same  order  of  priority  as  collections
                              received in respect of the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       19
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Contracts,   on  the  second   Distribution   Date
                              succeeding such Due Period.  If satisfactory  bids
                              are not  received,  such Trustee  shall decline to
                              sell the  Contracts  and  shall  not be under  any
                              obligation   to  solicit  any   further   bids  or
                              otherwise   negotiate  any  further  sale  of  the
                              Contracts.  See "The Purchase  Agreements  and the
                              Trust Documents--Termination."

Ratings.....................  As a condition of issuance, the Securities of each
                              series offered pursuant to this Prospectus will be
                              rated in one of the four highest rating categories
                              by at least one nationally recognized  statistical
                              rating  organization   specified  in  the  related
                              Prospectus  Supplement  (each, a "Rating Agency").
                              The ratings of the Securities  should be evaluated
                              independently  from similar ratings on other types
                              of  securities.  The  ratings do not  address  the
                              possibility  that  Securityholders  may  suffer  a
                              lower than  anticipated  yield. The ratings do not
                              address the likelihood that the Securities will be
                              retired following the sale of the Contracts by the
                              Trustee as described above under  "--Auction Sale"
                              or  "--Optional  Purchase of the  Contracts."  See
                              "Ratings."

                              There can be no  assurance  that any  rating  will
                              remain in effect  for any given  period of time or
                              that a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn by
                              the  assigning  Rating Agency if, in its judgment,
                              circumstances  so  warrant.  In the event that the
                              rating initially assigned to any of the Securities
                              is  subsequently  lowered  or  withdrawn  for  any
                              reason,  no person or entity will be  obligated to
                              provide any  additional  credit  enhancement  with
                              respect  to  such  Securities.  There  can  be  no
                              assurance  whether  any other  rating  agency will
                              rate any of the Securities  or, if one does,  what
                              rating  would be assigned by any such other rating
                              agency.  A security rating is not a recommendation
                              to buy, sell or hold securities.

Certain Federal Income
Tax Considerations..........  If the related Prospectus Supplement states that a
                              Trust will be treated as a grantor  trust,  in the
                              opinion  of  counsel to the  Seller,  for  federal
                              income tax purposes,  the Trust will be treated as
                              a   grantor   trust.    In   such   event,    each
                              Certificateholder, by acceptance of a Certificate,
                              will  be  treated  as the  owner  of an  undivided
                              interest in the Contracts included in the Contract
                              Pool and any other assets held by the Trust.

                              If the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  does  not
                              state  that a Trust  will be  treated as a grantor
                              trust,  in the  opinion of counsel to the  Seller,
                              for  federal  income tax  purposes:  (1) the Notes
                              will   constitute   indebtedness;   and   (2)  the
                              Certificates will constitute  interests in a trust
                              fund that will not be  treated  as an  association
                              (or a publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a
                              corporation.  Each Noteholder,  by acceptance of a
                              Note, will agree to treat the Notes as

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       20
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              indebtedness,   and  each  Certificateholder,   by
                              acceptance of a  Certificate,  will agree to treat
                              the   Trust  as  a   partnership   in  which   the
                              Certificateholders are partners for federal income
                              tax purposes.

                              Alternative characterizations of the Notes and the
                              Certificates are possible, but would not result in
                              materially adverse tax consequences to Noteholders
                              or Certificateholders. See "Certain Federal Income
                              Tax Consequences."

ERISA Considerations........  Fiduciaries  of employee  benefit plans subject to
                              the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
                              1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"),  or plans subject to
                              Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986
                              (the "Code")  should  carefully  review with their
                              legal advisors  whether the purchase or holding of
                              the Certificates offered hereby could give rise to
                              a   transaction   prohibited   or  not   otherwise
                              permissible  under  ERISA or the Code.  See "ERISA
                              Considerations."

                              The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  provide
                              further    information   with   respect   to   the
                              eligibility  of a class of Securities for purchase
                              by   employee    benefit    plans.    See   "ERISA
                              Considerations"   herein   and  in   the   related
                              Prospectus Supplement.

                              Subject to certain considerations  discussed under
                              "ERISA  Considerations"  herein and in the related
                              Prospectus   Supplement,   and  unless   otherwise
                              specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                              the  Securities  will be eligible  for purchase by
                              employee benefit plans that are subject to ERISA.

Legal Investment............  The    appropriate    characterization    of   the
                              Certificates  and the Notes  under  various  legal
                              investment    restrictions   applicable   to   the
                              investment activities of certain institutions, and
                              thus the  ability  of  investors  subject to these
                              restrictions to purchase the  Certificates and the
                              Notes, may be subject to significant  interpretive
                              uncertainties.   All  investors  whose  investment
                              authority is subject to legal restrictions  should
                              consult  their own  legal  advisors  to  determine
                              whether,  and to what extent, the Certificates and
                              the Notes will  constitute  legal  investments for
                              them.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

      Prospective  Securityholders should consider the following risk factors in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

      1. Limited  Obligations.  The Securities will not represent an interest in
or an obligation of The CIT Group,  Inc. ("CIT"),  The CIT Group  Securitization
Corporation II (the  "Company"),  any Affiliated  Owner specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, or any Servicer (including The CIT Group/Sales Financing,
Inc. ("CITSF")) or any of their respective affiliates.  Unless and to the extent
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Securities will
not be insured or guaranteed by any government agency or instrumentality, CIT or
any of its affiliates  (including the Company, any Affiliated Owner, and CITSF),
the Underwriters or any of their affiliates, or any other Servicer or any of its
affiliates.

     2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the  Securities may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in  regional  or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic  conditions are often volatile and historically  have
affected  the  delinquency,  loan loss and  liquidation  experience  of pools of
marine  installment  sale  contracts  and direct loans  secured by  recreational
boats.  Since the market value of boats generally declines with age and since in
certain states the Trustees may not have a first perfected  security interest in
the Financed Boats, the Servicer may not recover the entire amount owing under a
defaulted  Contract.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Contracts."  In such a
case, the  Securityholders  may suffer a corresponding loss. The market value of
the Financed Boats could be or could become lower than the outstanding principal
balances of the related  Contracts.  Sufficiently high liquidation losses on the
Contracts  will  have the  effect  of  reducing,  and  could  eliminate  (a) the
protection  against loss afforded to the Noteholders by the subordination of the
Certificates, if any, or by the Enhancement, if any, applicable to the Notes and
(b) the  protection  against  loss  afforded  to the  Certificateholders  by the
Enhancement (as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement),  if any. If the
amount available under the Enhancement,  if any, is reduced to zero,  holders of
the  Certificates  will bear the risk of loss resulting from default by Obligors
and will have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed Boats for
recovery of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest  on the  defaulted
Contracts.  If the  Certificate  Balance is reduced to zero,  the holders of the
Notes will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from  default by Obligors  and will
have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed Boats for recovery
of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the defaulted Contracts.


      3. Security  Interests and Certain  Other Aspects of the  Contracts.  When
originated,  each  Contract  was secured by a security  interest in the Financed
Boat. Each such security  interest was required to be perfected under applicable
state law and,  in the case of  certain  Financed  Boats  eligible  for  federal
documentation,  under applicable federal law. In connection with the sale of the
Contracts  to the Trust,  the Seller will assign its  security  interest in each
Financed Boat to the Trust.  However, due to administrative  burden and expense,
none  of  the  Seller,  the  Servicer  or  the  Owner  Trustee  will  amend  the
certificates of title or file assignments of the UCC-1 financing statements,  if
any, with respect to the Financed Boats to identify the Trust as the new secured
party,  nor has any such  amendment  or filing been made to identify any Selling
Trust as a secured  party.  However,  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller
will agree to cause filings of the assignments to the Trust of certain specified
Preferred  Mortgages (each, a "Designated  Preferred  Mortgage") within the time
period  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  (See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects  of the  Contracts--Security  Interests  in  the  Financed  Boats").  In
addition,  the  certificates  of title have not and will not be amended  and the
UCC-1 financing statements have not and will not be assigned with respect to the
Financed Boats relating to the Contracts not originated by the Seller to reflect
any interim  transfers of ownership  of the security  interest in such  Financed
Boats. In a majority of states,  the assignment of a Contract  together with the
related security interest is, as a matter of state law, an effective  conveyance
of such  security  interest  without  amendment of any lien noted on the related
certificate of title or any assignment of any UCC-1  financing  statements,  and
the new owner of the Contracts  succeeds to the original  secured party's rights
in the related  Financed  Boat as against  creditors of the Obligor.  In certain
title  states,  in the  absence  of  such  certificate  of  title  amendment  or
assignment  of record to reflect  the  successive  assignments  of the  security
interest in such Financed Boat, the Seller (if not the secured party of record),
the  Trust  and/or  the  Indenture  Trustee  may not have a  perfected  security
interest in the related  Financed Boat. The priority of the Preferred  Mortgages
and state  security  interests  in the  Financed


                                       22
<PAGE>

Boats may be subject to: (i) maritime  liens arising under federal  statutory or
common-law  for  captain's  or crew's  wages,  tort claims  (so-called  "general
average"  claims) and salvage  claims,  all of which take  priority  over even a
Preferred Mortgage or a state security  interest,  and (ii) prior filed maritime
liens arising  under  federal law or state laws for repair,  storage or supplies
which are  subordinate to a Preferred  Mortgage but typically have priority over
state security  interests under federal law or under applicable law of the state
where the Contract was originated or under  applicable law of the state to which
the related Financed Boats may have been relocated.

      CITSF will be obligated to repurchase  any Contract as to which the Seller
has  represented  that the  originator  of such  Contract has a first  perfected
security  interest in the Financed  Boat  securing  such Contract if a breach of
such representation  shall materially adversely affect the interest of the Trust
in such Contract.  If the Trust does not have a perfected security interest in a
Financed Boat, it will not be effective as against third parties.  In such case,
if third party liens equal or exceed the value of the  Financed  Boat,  the only
recourse of the Trust would be against the related Obligor on an unsecured basis
or (if CITSF, CITCF-NY or, in those Contracts described above, the Trust did not
have a perfected security interest in such Financed Boat) against CITSF pursuant
to its repurchase obligation.

      To the extent that the  Trust's  security  interest in a Financed  Boat is
perfected,  the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of such
Financed Boat and holders of subsequently  perfected  security interests in such
Financed  Boat.  Under the laws of many  states,  certain  possessory  liens for
repairs on a boat and storage, as well as certain rights in favor of federal and
state governmental authorities arising from the use of a boat in connection with
illegal  activities,  may take priority even over a perfected security interest.
Under the Ship Mortgage  Statutes,  certain  preferred  maritime liens will have
priority over security  interests in Financed Boats perfected under federal law.
Certain federal tax liens may have priority over the lien of a secured party. In
addition,  through  fraud or  negligence,  the  Trust  could  lose its  security
interest or the  priority of its  security  interest  in a Financed  Boat.  If a
security  interest in a Financed Boat is initially  perfected (by titling or UCC
filing)  under  applicable  state  law and the  Financed  Boat  subsequently  is
federally documented, the Trust could lose the priority of its security interest
in such Financed Boat to a purchaser  thereof or to the holder of a subsequently
perfected  Preferred  Mortgage  covering such Financed  Boat. See "Certain Legal
Aspects  of the  Contracts--Security  Interests  in the  Financed  Boats"  for a
description  of CITSF's  policies with respect to federal  documentation.  CITSF
shall not have an  obligation  to  repurchase  a Contract as to which any of the
aforementioned  occurrences  result in the  Trust's  losing the  priority of its
security  interest or its security interest in such Financed Boat after the date
such  security  interest was conveyed to the Trust (other than through  fraud or
negligence  of the Seller or the  Servicer).  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Contracts--Security Interests in the Financed Boats."

      In addition,  numerous  federal and state consumer  protection laws impose
requirements  on sellers  under marine  installment  sale  contracts  and marine
installment loan contracts or notes,  such as the Contracts,  and the failure by
the  seller  of goods to  comply  with  such  requirements  could  give  rise to
liabilities  of assignees for amounts due or paid under such  agreements and the
right to set-off against claims by such  assignees.  These laws would apply to a
Trust as assignee of the Contracts.  From time to time,  CITSF has been involved
in litigation under consumer or debtor  protection laws, some of which have been
class  actions.  The Trust is subject to the risk of  similar  litigation.  With
respect to each series of  Securities,  pursuant to the Trust  Documents,  CITSF
will  represent and warrant as of the Initial  Cut-off Date with respect to each
Initial Contract,  and as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date with respect to
each Subsequent  Contract,  that each Contract complies with all requirements of
law  and  CITSF  will  provide  certain  warranties  relating  to the  validity,
perfection and priority of the security  interest in each Financed Boat securing
a Contract. A breach by CITSF of any such warranty that materially and adversely
affects the related  Trust's  interest in any Contract  would  require  CITSF to
repurchase  such Contract  unless such breach is cured.  If CITSF does not honor
its  purchase  obligation  in  respect of a Contract  and the  Obligor  for such
Contract  were to default,  recovery of amounts  due on such  Contract  would be
primarily  dependent on  repossession  and resale of the Financed  Boat securing
such   Contract.   Certain   other   factors   may  limit  the  ability  of  the
Securityholders  to  realize  upon the  Financed  Boats or may limit the  amount
realized  to less  than the  amount  due.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the
Contracts."

      Under most  state  vehicle  dealer  licensing  laws,  sellers of boats are
required to be licensed to sell boats at retail sale. Numerous other federal and
state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
and assignment of marine  installment sale contracts and marine installment loan
contracts  or notes,  including  the


                                       23
<PAGE>

Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade  Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing
Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the Equal Credit  Opportunity Act, the Fair
Debt Collection  Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case
of some of these laws,  the failure to comply with the  provisions of these laws
may affect the  enforceability of the related Contract.  A Trust and the Company
may not have obtained the licenses  required under any federal or state consumer
laws or regulations, and the absence of such licenses may impede the enforcement
of  certain  rights  or  give  rise  to  certain  defenses  in  actions  seeking
enforcement of such rights which may prevent a Trust from collecting amounts due
under the Contracts. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."

      Any shortfall in payments on or in respect of Contracts,  or any liability
of a Trust to Obligors,  as a result of  noncompliance  with the laws summarized
above and under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts"  could result in losses
to the Securityholders.

      4. Foreclosure.  Applicable law also imposes requirements and restrictions
relating  to  foreclosure  sales of boats  and on the  obtaining  of  deficiency
judgments following such sales. Even if the Financed Boat securing a Contract is
successfully  repossessed  or  arrested  and sold,  the full  amount  due on the
Contract may not be realized  because of  depreciation,  damage or loss of or to
the Financed  Boat and because the resale  value of the  Financed  Boat may vary
significantly  due to the limited  market for used boats,  seasonal  factors and
other economic and social factors.

      In sum,  the Trust  may not  realize  the full  amount  due on a  Contract
because of (i) the failure to endorse the certificate of title,  failure to file
a UCC-1 financing statement or failure to record the assignment of the Preferred
Mortgage,  as the  case  may  be,  (ii)  the  application  of  requirements  and
restrictions on foreclosure and deficiency judgments, (iii) depreciation, damage
or loss of or to a Financed  Boat, or (iv) the  application of federal and state
bankruptcy  and  insolvency   laws,  or  other   factors.   As  a  result,   the
Securityholders will be subject to delays in payments and losses.

      5. Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency. CITCF-NY, CITSF and the Company
intend that  transfers of Contracts  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to the
Company  and from the Company to the  related  Trust (and,  if and to the extent
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from
CITSF to a special purpose affiliate of CIT ("SPV"), from SPV to a Selling Trust
and from the Selling Trust to the Trust) constitute sales,  rather than pledges,
of the  Contracts to secure  indebtedness.  However,  if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the
Company  (or,  if  and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  a  Selling  Trust)  were to become a debtor  under  Title 11 of the
United States Code,  11 U.S.C.  ss.101 et seq. (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is
possible  that a  creditor,  receiver,  other  party in  interest  or trustee in
bankruptcy of such debtor, or such debtor as  debtor-in-possession,  may contend
that the sales of the  Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  by CITSF to the Company,
or by the Company to the related  Trust (or, if and to the extent  specified  in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITCF-NY to CITSF, from CITSF to SPV,
from  SPV to a  Selling  Trust  and  from  the  Selling  Trust  to  the  Trust),
respectively,  were  pledges  of the  Contracts  rather  than  sales  and  that,
accordingly, such Contracts should be part of such assigning entity's bankruptcy
estate.  Such  a  position,   if  presented  to  a  court,  even  if  ultimately
unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction of  distributions  to the
Securityholders.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Certain  Matters
Relating to Insolvency."

      6. Limited  Liquidity.  There is currently no market for the Securities of
any series. Although the Company expects that the underwriters of any particular
series  will make a  secondary  market  for such  Securities,  they will have no
obligation  to do so.  There can be no  assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop for the  Securities of any series or, if it does  develop,  that it will
provide any of the Securityholders  with liquidity of investment or that it will
continue for the term of any series of Securities. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Securities will be issued in book-entry,
rather than  physical,  form which may  adversely  affect the  liquidity  of the
Securities in the secondary market and the ability of the Certificate Owners and
Note Owners to pledge the Securities.

     7. The  Subsequent  Contracts and the  Pre-Funding  Account.  If and to the
extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  conveyance  of
Subsequent  Contracts by CITSF during the Funding  Period will be subject to the
conditions  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement under "The Contract
Pool." If CITSF does


                                       24
<PAGE>

not originate  contracts  satisfying  such criteria  during the Funding  Period,
CITSF  will  have  insufficient  contracts  to  sell  to the  related  Trust  on
Subsequent  Transfer  Dates,  thereby  resulting in  prepayments of principal to
Noteholders and Certificateholders as described below.

      Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  to the
extent that  amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have not been fully
applied to the purchase of Subsequent  Contracts by the related Trust by the end
of the  Funding  Period,  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders  will  receive  a
prepayment  of  principal  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Pre-Funded  Percentage
allocable to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  respectively,  of the
Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time,  which
prepayment will be made on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the
Funding Period or, if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date, on such
date.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Pre-Funded  Percentage"  with respect to the Notes or the  Certificates  is the
percentage  derived  from the  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the initial
principal balance of the Notes or the Original  Certificate Balance, as the case
may be, and the denominator of which is the sum of the initial principal balance
of the Notes and the Original  Certificate  Balance.  It is anticipated that the
principal  amount of  Subsequent  Contracts  purchased  by the Trust will not be
exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  and that
therefore  there will be at least a nominal  amount of principal  prepaid to the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders at the end of the Funding Period.

      Each Subsequent  Contract must satisfy the eligibility  criteria specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement and the Trust Documents at the time of its
sale  to  the  Trust.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Company (the seller of any Subsequent  Contracts to the related
Trust) will certify that all such  eligibility  criteria have been satisfied and
CITSF (the seller of any Subsequent  Contracts to the Company) will certify that
all conditions  precedent to the sale of the  Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust
have been  satisfied.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  it is a condition  to the sale of any  Subsequent  Contracts to the
Trust that each Rating  Agency,  after  receiving  prior  notice of the proposed
transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, shall not have advised the Seller
or the Trustees that the conveyance of such Subsequent  Contracts will result in
a qualification, modification or withdrawal of its then current rating of either
the Notes or the Certificates. Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to
the Contract Pool the aggregate  characteristics  of the Contracts  then held in
the Contract Pool may vary from those of the Initial Contracts included therein.

      The  ability  of a Trust to invest in  Subsequent  Contracts  is  entirely
dependent  upon whether CITSF is able to originate  boat contracts that meet the
requirements  for  transfer  on a  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  under  the  Trust
Documents. The ability of CITSF to originate such contracts may be affected by a
variety of economic and social  factors.  Moreover,  such factors may affect the
ability of the Obligors  thereunder  to perform  their  obligations  thereunder,
which may cause contracts  originated by CITSF or its affiliates to fail to meet
the  requirements  for  transfer  under the Trust  Documents.  Economic  factors
include interest rates,  unemployment levels, the rate of inflation and consumer
perception  of  economic  conditions  generally.  However,  CITSF is  unable  to
determine  and has no basis to predict  whether or to what  extent  economic  or
social factors will affect CITSF's ability to originate Subsequent Contracts.

      8. Prepayment from the Pre-Funding Account. To the extent specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if the  Pre-Funded  Amount  has not been fully
applied by the related Trust to purchase Subsequent  Contracts by the end of the
Funding  Period,  then the  Pre-Funded  Amount will be payable as  principal  to
Noteholders and  Certificateholders in accordance with the Pre-Funded Percentage
on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the Funding Period,  or, if
the end of the Funding Period is on a Distribution Date, on such date.

      In the event that amounts remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account at
the end of the Funding Period and are applied to the payment of principal to the
Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,  such partial  retirement of the Notes and
Certificates  may shorten the average life of the  Securities  and may cause the
Noteholders  and   Certificateholders   to  experience  a  lower  yield  on  the
Securities.  In addition,  any  reinvestment  risk  resulting  from such partial
retirement will be borne by the holders of such Securities.

     9. Limited Assets.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, each Trust will covenant to sell the Contracts (a) if directed to do
so by the related  Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with the related  Indenture


                                       25
<PAGE>

following an acceleration of a series of Notes upon an Event of Default, and (b)
in other circumstances specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  However,
there is no assurance that the market value of the related Contracts will at any
time be equal to or greater than the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of
such  Notes.  Therefore,  upon an Event of Default  with  respect to such Notes,
there can be no  assurance  that  sufficient  funds will be  available  to repay
Noteholders  in full.  In  addition,  the  amount of  principal  required  to be
distributed to Noteholders  under the Indenture is generally  limited to amounts
available to be  deposited  in the Note  Distribution  Account.  Therefore,  the
failure to pay  principal  on the Notes may not result in the  occurrence  of an
Event of Default until the Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  Furthermore,
upon a sale by the  Trust of the  Contracts,  the net  proceeds  from  such sale
remaining  after payment of all amounts due to the Servicer and the  Noteholders
may not be  sufficient  to pay the  Certificate  Balance  and  interest  accrued
thereon.

      If and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  one
or more  Enhancements  will be available to pay principal and/or interest on the
Notes  and/or  the  Certificates  on  any  Distribution  Date.  However,  unless
otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the amount of any
Enhancement  will be limited and will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced.
If the amounts available under the applicable Enhancement are exhausted, a Trust
will  depend  solely on payments on or with  respect to the  Contracts,  Monthly
Advances   and   Non-Reimbursable   Payments  to  make   distributions   to  the
Securityholders.

      10.  Ratings of the  Securities.  It is a condition  to the  issuance of a
series of Securities  offered pursuant to this Prospectus that the Securities be
rated in one of the four  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  one  Rating
Agency.  The ratings do not address the likelihood  that the Securities  will be
retired following the sale of the Contracts by a Trustee as described under "The
Purchase  Agreement  and  the  Trust  Documents--Termination."  There  can be no
assurance  that any rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or
that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn  by the Rating  Agency if, in its
judgment,  circumstances  so  warrant.  In the event that the  rating  initially
assigned to the Securities is subsequently  lowered or withdrawn for any reason,
no  person  or  entity  will be  obligated  to  provide  any  additional  credit
enhancement with respect to such Securities.  There can be no assurance that any
other  rating  agency will rate the Notes or the  Certificates  or, if one does,
what rating would be assigned by any such other rating agency. A security rating
is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.

      11. Book Entry  Registration.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Securities will be offered for purchase in book-entry
form only and will be  initially  registered  in the name of the  nominee of The
Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC" and,  together  with any successor  depository
selected by the Company,  the "Depository").  No person acquiring an interest in
the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner") will be entitled to
receive a Definitive  Note  representing  such  person's  interest in the Notes,
except   as   set   forth   under    "Certain    Information    Regarding    the
Securities--Definitive  Securities,"  and such persons will hold their interests
in the Notes  through DTC in the United  States or Cedel Bank,  societe  anonyme
("Cedel")  or  Euroclear  in Europe.  No person  acquiring  an  interest  in the
Certificates  through the  facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will be
entitled to receive a Definitive Certificate representing such person's interest
in the Certificates,  except as set forth under "Certain  Information  Regarding
the  Securities--Definitive  Securities,"  and  such  persons  will  hold  their
interests  in  the  Certificates   through  DTC.  Unless  and  until  Definitive
Securities are issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  all references to actions by Securityholders
shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants, and
all  references  herein to  distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to
Securityholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC in accordance with DTC procedures.  See "Certain  Information  Regarding The
Securities--Definitive Securities."

      12. Risk of  Commingling.  At any time that the  requirements as specified
under "The Purchase Agreements and the Trust  Documents--Collections,"  are met,
the  Servicer  may deposit  payments  on or with  respect to the  Contracts  and
proceeds of Contracts into the Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account, as
applicable,   monthly  on  the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the  next
Distribution Date (the "Deposit Date").  Pending such a monthly deposit into the
Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead Account, as applicable,  collections on the
Contracts  may be  invested  by the  Servicer  at its own  risk  and for its own
benefit and will not be  segregated  from its own funds.  If the  Servicer  were
unable to remit such funds or if the Servicer became  insolvent,  the holders of
the Securities  could incur a loss with respect to collections  not deposited in
the Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead Account.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                                   THE TRUSTS

      With  respect to each series of  Securities,  the Seller will  establish a
Trust pursuant to the related Trust Documents.  Prior to the sale and assignment
of the related Contracts pursuant to the related Trust Documents, the Trust will
have no assets or obligations.  After its formation,  the related Trust will not
engage in any  activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding  and  managing  the
Contracts  and the other  assets  of such  Trust and  proceeds  therefrom,  (ii)
issuing the  Securities  of the related  series,  (iii)  making  payments on the
Securities of the related series, (iv) entering into agreements and transactions
in  connection  with  the  Enhancement,  if  any,  for  the  related  series  of
Securities, and (v) engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or
convenient to accomplish  the foregoing or are  incidental  thereto or connected
therewith.

      Each Certificate,  if any, will represent a fractional  undivided interest
and/or residual interest in the related Trust. Each Note, if any, will represent
an obligation of the related Trust.

      If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the related Trust will
initially be capitalized with equity equal to the "Original Certificate Balance"
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Certificates with an aggregate original principal balance
of at least the amount  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement will be
owned by the Affiliated  Owner  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
(the  "Affiliated  Owner") and  Certificates  representing  the remainder of the
Original  Certificate  Balance  will be sold to third party  investors  that are
expected to be unaffiliated with the Affiliated Owner, the Seller,  the Servicer
or their  affiliates.  If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Company or one of its affiliates will own the entire beneficial  interest in the
Trust. The equity in a Trust,  together with the proceeds of the initial sale of
the Notes,  if any, will be used by the Trust to purchase the Initial  Contracts
from the Seller pursuant to the Trust Documents and, if specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  to fund the  deposit of the  Pre-Funded  Amount and the
deposit to the Capitalized  Interest  Account and for such other purposes as are
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      The  Servicer  will  service  the  Contracts  held by each  Trust and will
receive  fees for such  services.  See "The  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Trust
Documents--Servicing  Compensation."  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  CITSF will be  appointed as custodian on behalf of each
Trust,  and will hold the original marine  installment  sale  contracts,  marine
installment loan contracts (or promissory notes) and Preferred Mortgages as well
as copies of documents and instruments  relating to each Contract and evidencing
the security interest in the Financed Boat securing each Contract (the "Contract
Files").

The Trustee(s)

      The Trustee(s) for each Trust will be specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The  Trustee(s)  will  perform  limited  administrative  functions,
including making distributions from the Certificate  Distribution Account and/or
the Note  Distribution  Account.  A Trustee's  liability in connection  with the
issuance and sale of the Securities is limited solely to the express obligations
of such  Trustee as set forth in the Trust  Documents.  A Trustee  may appoint a
co-trustee to act as  co-trustee  pursuant to a co-trustee  agreement  with such
Trustee.

      A Trustee  may resign at any time,  in which  event the  Servicer  will be
obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Servicer may also remove a Trustee
if such Trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee  under the related
Trust Documents or if such Trustee becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, the
Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any  resignation or
removal of a Trustee and  appointment of a successor  trustee will be subject to
any conditions or approvals  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and
will not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
trustee.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will provide that the Servicer will pay each Trustee's fees. The Trust
Documents   will  further   provide  that  each  Trustee  will  be  entitled  to
indemnification  by the Servicer  for, and will be held  harmless  against,  any
loss,  liability or expense  incurred by


                                       27
<PAGE>

such Trustee not resulting from its own willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence  (other than by reason of a breach of any of its  representations  or
warranties set forth in the Trust Documents).

                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

      Each Certificate,  if any, will represent a fractional  undivided interest
and/or  residual  interest in the related  Trust.  Each Note, if any, will be an
obligation  of the  related  Trust  and will be  secured  by assets of the Trust
(other than the Certificate  Distribution Account, if any, and other accounts or
property specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement).  The property of each
Trust will include,  among other  things,  (i) a pool (the  "Contract  Pool") of
marine installment sale contracts,  direct loans and Preferred Mortgages secured
by new and used boats, boat motors and boat trailers,  consisting of the Initial
Contracts and the Subsequent  Contracts (if any);  (ii) certain monies  received
under  the  Initial  Contracts  on or after  the  Initial  Cut-off  Date and the
Subsequent  Contracts (if any) on or after the related  Subsequent Cut-off Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained  by the  Servicer  pursuant to the Trust  Documents
(including  all  investments  in such  accounts  and all  income  from the funds
therein and all proceeds thereof,  other than investment earnings on any account
so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement) as described herein; (iv) if
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  specified credit or cash flow
enhancement  and  all  monies  on  deposit  in  the  Pre-Funding   Account,  the
Capitalized  Interest  Account and any other  account  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (including,  unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  all investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than investment  earnings on any
account so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement);  (v) assignments of
the security  interests in the Financed Boats and any accessions  thereto;  (vi)
the right to proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance
policies,  if any, covering individual  Financed Boats or Obligors,  as the case
may be; (vii) the rights of the Trust under the Trust Documents;  and (viii) any
and all proceeds of the foregoing.

      Pursuant to agreements  between CITSF or CITCF-NY and many of the Dealers,
the  Dealer is  obligated  after  origination  to  repurchase  from  CITSF  boat
contracts which do not meet certain  representations and warranties made by such
Dealer. Such  representations and warranties relate primarily to the origination
of the  contracts and the  perfection  of the security  interests in the related
boats,  and do not  typically  relate  to the  creditworthiness  of the  related
Obligors or the collectability of such Contracts.  Unless otherwise specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any Dealer  agreement  with respect to the
Contracts  will not be  assigned  by CITSF or  CITCF-NY to the Company or by the
Company  to the  Trust.  However,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Documents will authorize CITSF or CITCF-NY to
transfer a Contract  to a Dealer  upon a  repurchase  by a Dealer  pursuant to a
Dealer agreement and will require that any recovery of amounts with respect to a
Contract  by CITSF or  CITCF-NY  pursuant to Dealer  repurchase  obligations  be
deposited in the  Collection  Account for the related Trust in  satisfaction  of
CITSF's repurchase  obligations under the Trust Documents to the extent, if any,
that CITSF or CITCF-NY has not already satisfied that obligation.  In accordance
with its customary servicing practices and procedures, in determining whether to
exercise any right of recourse against a Dealer, CITSF and CITCF-NY consider the
prior  performance  of the Dealer and other  business  and  commercial  factors,
including its own commercial  relationship with such Dealer.  The assignments by
the  Dealers of  Contracts  to CITSF or CITCF-NY  do not  generally  provide for
recourse  to the  Dealer  for  unpaid  amounts  in the event of a default  by an
Obligor,   other  than  in   connection   with  the   breach  of  the   Dealer's
representations and warranties.

                                THE CONTRACT POOL

      Each pool of Contracts  with  respect to a Trust (a "Contract  Pool") will
consist  of marine  installment  sale  contracts,  direct  loans  and  Preferred
Mortgages  (collectively,  the "Contracts") to finance the purchase or ownership
of new and used boats,  boat motors and boat  trailers.  The  Contracts  will be
originated or acquired by CITSF or its affiliates (including  CITCF-NY).  Except
as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Contracts will
(i) be fully  amortizing,  (ii) bear  interest at a fixed or variable  rate (the
"Contract  Rate")  and  (iii)  be  Simple  Interest   Contracts  or  Precomputed
Contracts.


                                       28
<PAGE>

      Certain detailed information regarding the Contract Pool as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date or such other date  specified  therein  for each Trust will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. If specific information with respect
to the Contract  Pool is not known at the time the related  series of Securities
initially is offered,  more general  information will be provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth in a report on
a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Commission within fifteen days
after the initial  issuance of such  Securities.  A copy of the Trust  Documents
with respect to each series of Securities will be attached to the Current Report
on Form 8-K and will be available for  inspection at the corporate  trust office
of the Owner Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A schedule
of the  Contract  Pool  relating  to such  series  will be attached to the Trust
Documents delivered to the Owner Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

Description of Contract Computations

      "Simple  Interest  Contracts"  provide for the  allocation of each payment
made  thereunder  to  principal  and  interest  in  accordance  with the "simple
interest" method.  For Simple Interest  Contracts,  the principal balance of the
Contract is  amortized  over a series of equal  monthly  payments.  Each monthly
interest payment is calculated by multiplying the outstanding  principal balance
of the loan by the Contract Rate. Such product is then multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed since the preceding payment
of  interest  was  made and the  denominator  of  which  is  either  365 or 360,
depending  on  applicable  state law.  Payments  received  on a Simple  Interest
Contract are applied  first to interest  accrued to the date payment is received
and second to reduce the unpaid principal balance of the Contract.  Accordingly,
if an  Obligor  makes a payment  on the  Contract  less  than 30 days  after the
previous  payment,  the interest  collected  for the period since the  preceding
payment  was  made  will be less  than 30  days'  interest,  and the  amount  of
principal repaid in such month will be correspondingly greater.  Conversely,  if
an Obligor  makes a payment on the Contract more than 30 days after the previous
payment,  the interest  collected for the period since the preceding payment was
made will be greater than 30 days' interest,  and the amount of principal repaid
in the month will be correspondingly  reduced. As a result, based on the payment
characteristics of a particular Obligor, the principal due on the final due date
of a Simple Interest  Contract may vary from the principal payment that would be
made if payments for such Contract were always made on their due dates.

      If an Obligor pays more than one installment on a Simple Interest Contract
at a time, the regular installment will be treated as described above.  However,
the entire amount of the additional  installment or installments will be treated
as a  principal  payment  and  applied  to reduce the  principal  balance of the
related Contract.  The Obligor will not be required to make any payments on such
a Contract (a  "Paid-Ahead  Simple  Interest  Contract"),  for the number of due
dates  (the  "Paid-Ahead  Period")  for  which it has paid in  advance  the full
installment.  However,  during the Paid-Ahead  Period  interest will continue to
accrue on the principal balance of such Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract,  as
reduced  by the  application  of the early  installment.  As a result,  when the
Paid-Ahead Period ends and the Obligor pays the next required installment,  such
payment may be  insufficient  to cover the interest  that has accrued  since the
last payment by the Obligor. Notwithstanding such insufficiency, such Paid-Ahead
Simple Interest Contract would be considered to be current. This situation would
continue until the monthly  installments  are once again sufficient to cover all
accrued interest and to reduce the principal balance of the Contract.  Depending
on the principal  balance and Contract  Rate of the related  Contract and on the
number of installments paid in advance of their due dates, there may be extended
periods of time during which Simple  Interest  Contracts that are not amortizing
are considered current.

      "Precomputed  Contracts" consist of actuarial obligations and Rule of 78's
obligations.  Actuarial  obligations provide for amortization of the loan over a
series of fixed level payment monthly  installments.  Each monthly  installment,
including  the  monthly  installment  representing  the  final  payment  on  the
Contract,  consists  of an amount  of  interest  equal to 1/12th of the  related
Contract Rate multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of the Contract, and an
amount  of  principal  equal to the  remainder  of the  monthly  payment.  If an
actuarial  obligation  is  prepaid  in  full,  the  Obligor  receives  a  rebate
calculated on the basis of a constant  interest rate.  Rule of 78's  obligations
provide for the payment by the related  Obligor of a specified  total  amount of
payments,  payable in equal monthly  installments,  which total  represents  the
principal  amount financed and add-on interest in an amount  calculated based on
the Contract  Rate.  The rate at which such amount of add-on  interest is earned
and,  correspondingly,  the amount of each fixed  monthly  payment  allocated to
reduction of the  outstanding  principal are  calculated in accordance  with the
"Rule of


                                       29
<PAGE>


78's".  Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to any Rule of 78's obligation included as a Contract, the Servicer will
calculate the amount of interest  paid on a Rule of 78's  obligation in the same
manner that it calculates such amounts on actuarial obligations.

      If an Obligor with  respect to any  Precomputed  Contract,  in addition to
making his or her  regularly  scheduled  payment,  makes one or more  additional
scheduled  payments  in any  Due  Period  (such  Contract  being  a  "Paid-Ahead
Precomputed  Contract"),  the  additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due
Period will be deposited into the  Paid-Ahead  Account and applied on subsequent
Deposit  Dates  as  described  under  "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust
Documents--Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts."  Since the Servicer will deposit
paid-ahead  amounts on  Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts  into the  Paid-Ahead
Account,  these  additional  payments  will not cause  shortfalls of interest or
principal payments in the Contract Pool.

      Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Contract provides that an Obligor may prepay its Contract,  in whole or in part,
at any time, without a prepayment premium.

Description of the Financed Boats

      The Financed  Boats will consist of runabouts  (together  with boat motors
and boat trailers),  motor yachts,  bass boats,  pontoon boats,  fishing skiffs,
sport fishing boats, cabin cruisers, sailboats, and personal watercraft.

            Runabouts  typically  range  from 12 to 27 feet  in  length  and are
            equipped primarily for fishing.

            Motor  yachts  typically  range from 40 to 70 feet in length and are
            used for cruising and fishing in large bodies of water.

            Bass boats are powered with  outboard  engines,  range from 17 to 21
            feet in length and are  primarily  used for fresh  water  fishing on
            inland waters.

            Pontoon  boats  range from 16 to 22 feet in length.  They  provide a
            smooth ride and are used for sight seeing.

            Fishing  skiffs  range  from  16  to  22  feet  in  length  and  can
            accommodate two to three people.  In a fishing skiff,  the fisherman
            can walk from side to side without rocking the boat.

            Sporting  boats range from 25 to 50 feet in length,  and have longer
            cruising range than the bass boats or fishing skiffs. Sporting boats
            are generally used in salt water for larger game fishing.

            Cabin  cruisers are motor boats that  typically  range from 25 to 50
            feet in length which include sleeping and galley accommodations.

            Sailboats are wind powered crafts that typically range from 27 to 50
            feet in length which can accommodate more than one person.

            Personal  watercraft are water-jet propelled vehicles seating one to
            three people,  which are used for  entertainment  and short distance
            travel.

     The Financed  Boats do not include  competitive  racing boats or commercial
fishing boats.

                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Contract provides that it is prepayable,  without premium, by the Obligor at any
time.  Prepayments (or, for this purpose,  equivalent  payments to a Trust)


                                       30
<PAGE>

also may result  from  liquidations  due to default,  receipt of  proceeds  from
insurance  policies,  repurchases by CITSF due to breach of a representation  or
warranty or breach of a covenant in the Trust Documents, or as a result of CITSF
exercising  its  option  to  purchase  the  Contract  Pool.  See  "The  Purchase
Agreements  and the Trust  Documents."  The rate of prepayments on the Contracts
may be  influenced  by a variety  of  economic,  social  and other  factors.  No
assurance can be given that  prepayments  on the  Contracts  will conform to any
estimated or actual historical  experience,  and no prediction can be made as to
the actual  prepayment rates which will be experienced on the Contracts.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Certificateholders and
Noteholders  will  bear all  reinvestment  risk  resulting  from the  timing  of
payments of principal on the Certificates or the Notes, as the case may be.

                                  POOL FACTORS

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Certificate  Pool  Factor"  for  each  class  of  Certificates,  if  any,  is a
seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer will compute each month  indicating  the
remaining Certificate Balance as of the Distribution Date, as a fraction of the
Original  Certificate  Balance. The Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as
of the Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions
in the outstanding principal balance of the Certificates.  A Certificateholder's
portion of the aggregate  outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i)
the original  denomination of the  Certificateholder's  Certificate and (ii) the
Certificate Pool Factor.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the "Note
Pool Factor" for each class of Notes, if any, is a seven-digit decimal which the
Servicer will compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal
balance of the Notes as of the  Distribution  Date, as a fraction of the initial
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  The Note  Pool  Factor  will be
1.0000000 as of the Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter will decline to reflect
reductions in the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes.  A Noteholder's
portion  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the Notes is the
product of (i) the original  denomination of the Noteholder's Note, and (ii) the
Note Pool Factor.

      With  respect to each Trust and pursuant to the related  Trust  Documents,
unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on  each
Distribution Date, the  Securityholders  will receive monthly reports concerning
the payments received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  the Certificate Pool
Factor,  if any,  the Note Pool  Factor,  if any,  and  various  other  items of
information. Securityholders of record (which in most cases will be Cede) during
any calendar year will be furnished  information for tax reporting  purposes not
later than the latest date  permitted by law.  Certificate  Owners,  if any, and
Note Owners,  if any, may receive such reports,  upon written request,  together
with a  certification  that they are Certificate  Owners or Note Owners,  as the
case may be, and payment of any expenses  associated  with the  distribution  of
such reports,  from the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee (if any) at the
addresses  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement.   See  "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Statements to Securityholders."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

      Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Seller will sell the Initial Contracts to a Trust  concurrently with the sale of
the  Securities  and the net proceeds  from the sale of the  Securities  will be
applied by such Trust to the purchase of the Initial  Contracts,  to the payment
of certain  expenses  connected  with  pooling  the  Contracts  and  issuing the
Securities,  to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account,
if any,  to the  deposit of the initial  amount  into the  Capitalized  Interest
Account,  if any,  and to the  deposit of the  initial  amount,  if any,  into a
Reserve Fund, if any. Such net proceeds less the payment of such  expenses,  the
Pre-Funded  Amount,  if any, the initial deposit into the  Capitalized  Interest
Account, if any, and the Reserve Fund, if any, represent the purchase price paid
by a Trust to the Company for the sale of the Initial  Contracts  to such Trust.
Such amount  will be  determined  as a result of the pricing of the  Securities,
through the offering  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The net
proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the Initial Contracts to
a Trust  will be paid by the  Company  to CITSF as the  purchase  price  for the
Contracts  and will be added to CITSF's


                                       31
<PAGE>

general funds and will be available for general  corporate  purposes,  including
the purchase of new marine  installment  sale  contracts  and the payment of the
purchase  price to CITCF-NY for any Contracts  acquired by CITSF from  CITCF-NY.
The net proceeds to be received by a Selling  Trust from the sale of the Initial
Contracts to a Trust will be applied to pay indebtedness  and other  obligations
of such Selling Trust.

                               THE CIT GROUP, INC.

      CIT, a Delaware corporation, is a leading diversified finance organization
with over $22 billion of managed assets at December 31, 1997. CIT offers secured
commercial  and consumer  financing  primarily in the United  States to smaller,
middle-market  and larger  businesses  and to  individuals  through a nationwide
distribution network. CIT commenced operations in 1908 and has developed a broad
array of "franchise"  businesses that focus on specific industries,  asset types
and   markets,   which  are  balanced  by  client,   industry   and   geographic
diversification.  CIT has its principal  executive offices at 1211 Avenue of the
Americas, New York, New York 10036 and its telephone number is (212) 536-1390.

      CIT  operates  through two business  segments:  (i)  commercial,  which is
comprised of Equipment  Financing  (equipment  financing and  leasing),  Capital
Finance  (commercial   aircraft  and  rail  equipment  financing  and  leasing),
Commercial   Services   (factoring),   Business  Credit  (secured  financing  to
middle-market and larger-sized businesses) and Credit Finance (secured financing
to smaller-sized and  middle-market  businesses)  strategic  business units, and
(ii)  consumer,  which is comprised of Consumer  Finance (home equity) and Sales
Financing  (recreation  vehicle,  manufactured  housing  and  recreational  boat
financing)  strategic  businesses  units.  These strategic  business units offer
products  and  services  designed  to satisfy  the  financing  needs of specific
customers, industries and markets.

      In November 1997, CIT issued  36,225,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in
an initial  public  offering.  The Dai-Ichi  Kangyo Bank,  Limited  ("DKB") owns
126,000,000 of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each of which has
five votes per share but is otherwise  identical in all material respects to the
Class A Common  Stock  (which has one vote per share).  The Class B Common Stock
owned by DKB, which is not publicly traded, represents in the aggregate 94.4% of
the combined voting power of all of the outstanding  Common Stock of CIT. For as
long as DKB continues to own shares of Common Stock  representing  more than 50%
of the  combined  voting  power of the  Class A Common  Stock and Class B Common
Stock,  DKB will be able to direct the  election  of all of the members of CIT's
Board of Directors  and exercise a controlling  influence  over the business and
affairs of CIT.

      CIT is subject to the informational  requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in  accordance   therewith,   files  reports  and  other  information  with  the
Commission.  Such reports and other  information  can be inspected and copied at
the offices of the Commission and at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc. See "Additional Information."

               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

      The Company was  incorporated  in the State of Delaware on June 24,  1994,
and is a wholly-owned,  limited  purpose finance  subsidiary of CIT. The Company
maintains its principal office at 650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey 07039.
Its telephone number is (973) 535-3514.

     As described  herein,  the  obligations  of the Company with respect to the
Securities are limited.  The Company will make no  representations or warranties
with respect to the Contracts and will have no ongoing servicing  obligations or
responsibilities with respect to the Contract Pool. CITSF is an affiliate of the
Company. The Company will acquire the contracts which it will sell to a Trust in
a privately negotiated transaction from CITSF.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  neither
CIT  nor  any of its  affiliates,  including  the  Company  and  CITSF,  will be
obligated  with  respect  to  the  Securities.   Accordingly,  the  Company  has
determined  that financial  statements of CITSF and the Company are not material
to the offering of the Securities.


                                       32
<PAGE>

                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

      CITSF, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT. It has
its principal executive office at 650 CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey 07039,
and its telephone number is (973) 740-5000.

      CITSF originates,  purchases,  sells and services retail  installment sale
contracts for  recreation  vehicles,  manufactured  housing,  recreational  boat
products and other consumer goods throughout the United States. CITSF has been a
lender to the recreational marine industry for more than five years. CITSF has a
centralized  asset  service  facility (the "Asset  Service  Center") in Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma.  Working through marine dealers and manufacturers,  CITSF offers
retail  installment  credit.  CITSF also  originates  marine loans through yacht
brokers and directly from consumers.  In addition to purchasing marine contracts
from  dealers on an  individual  basis,  CITSF  makes bulk  purchases  of marine
contracts.  These bulk  purchases  may be from the  portfolios  of other lending
institutions  or finance  companies or the  portfolios  of other  entities  that
purchase and hold marine contracts.

      The Asset Service Center of CITSF services consumer credit transactions in
50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia.  It  provides  full  servicing  for
recreation  vehicle,  home equity,  recreational  boat and manufactured  housing
retail  installment  contracts.  The  servicing  portfolio  includes  both loans
originated  or purchased by CITSF,  as well as loans  originated or purchased by
CITSF and  subsequently  securitized  with  servicing  retained.  The  servicing
portfolio  also includes loans owned by third parties that are serviced by CITSF
for a fee on a "contract"  basis.  The Asset Service Center is  supplemented  by
outside collectors and field remarketers located throughout the United States.

      CITSF's  general  policies  with  regard  to  the  origination  of  marine
installment  sale contracts are described  under  "--Contract  Origination"  and
"--CITSF's  Underwriting  Guidelines."  See  "--Servicing"  for a description of
certain of CITSF's servicing policies.

Contract Origination

      In accordance with CITSF's marine underwriting  criteria,  CITSF purchases
marine retail  installment  sale contracts and loans to finance the purchases of
new and used  boats  and  motors  and  trailers  for boats  from  boat  dealers,
manufacturers and financial intermediaries who regularly originate and sell such
contracts to CITSF pursuant to the terms of approved  dealer  agreements.  CITSF
also makes  direct  marine  loans to  obligors  secured by  recreational  boats.
Although  CITSF does  purchase  marine  installment  sale  contracts  and marine
installment  loans  or  notes  in bulk  from  other  lenders,  unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  all of the Contracts have been
originated  by CITSF or CITCF-NY  through the  purchase of such  Contracts  from
dealers, manufacturers and intermediaries or through direct loan originations by
CITSF or CITCF-NY.

      Through their Regional  Business  Centers,  CITSF and CITCF-NY  arrange to
purchase  marine   installment   sale  contracts  from  marine  dealers  located
throughout the United States.  Regional  Business Center  personnel  contact the
dealers located in their  territories and explain  CITSF's  available  financing
plans, terms,  prevailing rates and credit and financing policies. If the dealer
wishes to use  CITSF's  available  customer  financing,  the dealer must make an
application for dealer approval.  Upon satisfactory results of the investigation
of the  dealer's  creditworthiness  and general  business  reputation,  CITSF or
CITCF-NY and the dealer execute a dealer agreement.  In the assignment agreement
relating to any contracts which a dealer sold to CITSF or CITCF-NY,  each dealer
makes  representations and warranties  concerning the obligors on such contracts
and the  security  interests  in the  financed  boats  relating  thereto.  These
representations  and warranties  typically include,  among others,  that (i) the
obligor  was of legal  age and  competent  to  execute  the  contract;  (ii) the
documentation submitted by the dealer evidenced a bona fide sale contract; (iii)
the contract was genuine, legally valid and enforceable for the sale price; (iv)
the financed boat was fully and correctly described in the contract and had been
delivered to and accepted by the obligor;  (v) the dealer had clear title to the
financed  boat  and to the  contract;  (vi) the  dealer  had  complied  with all
applicable  laws,  regulations and rules in connection with the contract;  (vii)
the  obligor  had not  asserted  a right  of  rescission,


                                       33
<PAGE>

cancellation,  claim,  defense,  set-off or counterclaim of any kind relating to
the contract;  (viii) any down payment was paid in cash and the dealer  received
in trade any property shown for the allowance  stated in the contract;  (ix) the
dealer had fully performed the terms of any purchase  agreement with the obligor
at the time CITSF or CITCF-NY  funded the  transaction;  and (x) application had
been made for a certificate of title or other ownership documents in the name of
the obligor with the security  interest of the CITSF or CITCF-NY noted as a lien
thereon,  or appropriate UCC financing  statements had been filed, or the dealer
had followed the assignee's  instructions with respect to financed boats subject
to federal  documentation,  to the extent  applicable.  CITSF and  CITCF-NY  may
accept assignment agreements in which dealers do not make such representations.

      CITSF and  CITCF-NY  also  purchase  marine loan  agreements  from certain
financial intermediaries who originate and fund such transactions within CITSF's
marine underwriting  guidelines.  These financial  intermediaries  operate under
agreements with CITSF or CITCF-NY under which the  intermediary  generally makes
many of the representations and warranties  concerning the documentation and the
obligor  made  by  an   assigning   dealer.   Material   breaches  of  any  such
representation  or  warranty  generally  will  also  trigger a right of CITSF or
CITCF-NY to demand the repurchase of the contract.

      Upon material breach of any  representation  or warranty with respect to a
contract made by a dealer or financial intermediary, CITSF or CITCF-NY will have
a right of  recourse  against  such  dealer or  intermediary  to  require  it to
purchase or repurchase such contract.  Historically,  in determining  whether to
exercise any right of recourse,  CITSF and CITCF-NY  have  considered  the prior
performance  of the dealer or  intermediary  and other  business and  commercial
factors.  The Servicer will be obligated to determine  whether or not to enforce
such  rights  under  the  dealer  or  intermediary  agreements  relating  to the
Contracts  in  accordance  with its  customary  practices,  and the right to any
proceeds  received upon such  enforcement will be conveyed to the Trust pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Seller, CITSF and CITCF-NY will make no
representations  as to the financial  condition of any dealer or intermediary to
which any of them may have  recourse,  and there can be no  assurance  as to the
ability of any such dealer or intermediary  to perform its  obligations  under a
dealer agreement, an intermediary agreement or an assignment agreement.

      CITSF solicits  potential  direct marine loan borrowers  through  targeted
direct marketing  programs.  CITSF also solicits potential marine loan borrowers
through  leads  generated by a  nationwide  network of referral  brokers.  These
referral  brokers  usually do not have a written  contract with CITSF.  If their
referral  results in the closing of a direct marine loan  transaction with CITSF
and a customer located by the referral broker,  CITSF pays the referral broker a
commission after the loan transaction occurs.  Generally, the obligor under such
a direct loan transaction  will submit his or her application  directly to CITSF
or CITCF-NY.  Accordingly,  dealer or intermediary  warranties on  documentation
will not apply to these direct loan transactions.

      CITSF or CITCF-NY  underwrites on an individual  basis each contract which
it purchases  from dealers or  originates  directly in  accordance  with CITSF's
marine  underwriting  guidelines.  CITSF may not  individually  underwrite  each
transaction  in portfolios of contracts  which it purchases  from other lenders.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  all Contracts
were individually underwritten by CITSF or CITCF-NY.

      If CITSF  believes  that an  obligor  on a marine  contract  is  likely to
refinance  the contract as a result of interest  rate changes or other  reasons,
CITSF may in its  discretion  attempt to retain  such  obligor as a customer  by
soliciting the obligor to refinance the contract with CITSF.  CITSF may continue
to apply this practice with respect to the Contracts.

CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines

      All marine  contracts that are purchased by CITSF from dealers are written
on forms  provided  or approved by CITSF and are  purchased  on an  individually
approved  basis.  With respect to each marine  contract to be  purchased  from a
dealer or financial intermediary, CITSF's general practice is to have the dealer
or   financial   intermediary   submit  the   customer's   credit   application,
manufacturer's  invoice (if the  contract  is for a new boat) and certain  other


                                       34
<PAGE>

information relating to the contract to the applicable Regional Business Center.
Personnel at the Regional  Business Center analyze the  creditworthiness  of the
customer and other aspects of the proposed transaction.

      With respect to marine loan contracts  originated  directly,  the customer
will submit his or her credit application,  verification of the boat's value and
certain other information  directly to the National Business Center at the Asset
Service  Center.  Generally,  personnel  at the  National  Business  Center will
analyze the  creditworthiness  of the customer and the value of the boat.  CITSF
marine  underwriting  guidelines  require  that  the  customer  supply  a survey
appraising  the value of certain used boats.  If the boat is up to ten years old
and is of fiberglass construction by a United States manufacturer,  surveys must
be provided for all amounts financed in excess of $100,000.  If the boat is more
than ten years old or is not of fiberglass construction or was manufactured by a
manufacturer  outside of the United  States,  surveys  must be provided  for all
amounts  financed in excess of $35,000.  This  guideline  applies to direct loan
business and to  contracts  originated  by dealers or financial  intermediaries.
CITSF will  determine the  acceptability  of the survey and will usually check a
published  valuation  guide to confirm  the  accuracy of its  valuation.  Credit
underwriters  at the  National  Business  Center  may  waive or  apply  stricter
standards to valuation  guidelines  based upon the applicant's  credit score and
the amount  financed.  On direct marine loan  transactions,  CITSF  underwriters
prepare documentation and close such transactions directly, either in person, by
mail or through a third party closing agent.

      All credit applications are entered into an application processing system.
All applications are reviewed to determine the  creditworthiness of the customer
and to evaluate certain other aspects of the proposed transaction.  During 1997,
CITSF  installed  a  new  application  processing  system  designed  to  enhance
productivity  and provide greater  control over the quality of credits  approved
through the use of "decision  rules" that alert analysts to further  investigate
certain  conditions.  The new system also requires the proper level of authority
to approve transactions over an individual's dollar limits. CITSF's underwriting
guidelines require,  and have required,  a credit officer at a Regional Business
Center with the appropriate  level of credit authority to approve an applicant's
credit history, residence history, employment history and debt-to-income payment
ratio before credit is extended. Although, with respect to these criteria, CITSF
has, and has had,  certain minimum  requirements,  as described  below,  CITSF's
management  does not believe  that these  minimum  requirements  are  themselves
generally  sufficient to warrant credit  approval of an applicant.  Thus,  there
were and are no  requirements  on the basis of which, if they are met, credit is
routinely approved without review by a credit officer. Based on credit score and
other  risk  factors,  each  applicant  is  either  approved,  declined  or,  if
necessary, referred to a credit officer with a higher credit authority.

      The retail  customer  generally  has had a five year history of residence,
employment  and  credit  history,  with no less  than two  years at the  current
residence  and at least three years in his or her present job, a debt ratio (the
ratio of total installment debt and housing expenses to gross monthly income) of
40% or less, a down payment of at least 10% and an overall  satisfactory  credit
profile.  Self-employed  applicants  should be  established  in  business  for a
minimum of five years.  The appropriate  level credit officer may approve,  on a
case  by  case  basis,   applications   of  customers  which  do  not  meet  the
above-described  retail customer profile. Such approval, if granted, is based on
the applicant's length and likelihood of continued  employment,  ability to pay,
and a review of the  applicants'  paying  habits.  No  guarantors,  endorsers or
co-signers  are  considered  in  determining  whether  to  accept  or  reject an
application.  The maximum  amount CITSF will advance to such customers is (i) in
the case of a new boat,  110% of the invoice if the amount financed is less than
$100,000  and 100% of the  invoice if the amount  financed  is $100,000 or more,
(ii) in the case of a used boat that is up to ten years old and is of fiberglass
construction  by a  United  States  manufacturer  (a)  100% of the  unpaid  cash
balance, not to exceed 85% of the B.U.C. Book "low retail" value or 110% of NADA
wholesale  book value for amounts  financed up to  $100,000,  and (b) 85% of the
assessed  marine  survey value for amounts  financed in excess of $100,000,  and
(iii) in the case of a used  boat  that is more  than ten years old or is not of
fiberglass  construction or was  manufactured  by a manufacturer  outside of the
United  States  (a)  85% of  B.U.C.  Book  "low  retail"  value  or 110% of NADA
wholesale  book value for amounts  financed  up to  $35,000,  and (b) 85% of the
assessed  marine  survey  value for amounts  financed in excess of $35,000.  All
amounts upon which advance rates are  determined  include  taxes,  license fees,
title,  registration fees, U.S. Coast Guard documentation fee, survey,  freight,
insurance,  credit  life A&H,  extended  warranties  and 100% of dealer  cost on
installed  optional  equipment.  CITSF may waive  certain  credit  requirements,
including  income  verification,  job  verification  or  valuation,  in  certain
specialized underwriting programs or if a credit score, balance or other factors
provide sufficient support to underwrite the transaction.


                                       35
<PAGE>

      Funding  of  a  transaction  is  authorized  after   verification  of  the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related boat or other proof of ownership and condition of the collateral.

      In 1992,  CITSF's credit criteria were changed to permit greater  reliance
on credit scores and overall evaluation instead of using specific  disqualifying
criteria  (e.g., a minimum of two years of  employment).  In August 1994,  CITSF
initiated an underwriting program to provide for the approval of a broader range
of credit scores with appropriate pricing intended to compensate for the risk in
customers with lower credit profiles.  Accordingly, the interest rate charged on
each marine contract originated since August 1994 reflects CITSF's evaluation of
the relative risk associated with an individual's application.

      The credit review and approval  practices of each Regional Business Center
are subject to internal  reviews and  internal  audits that,  through  sampling,
examine the quality of the  underwriting;  the  verification of key data such as
income and  employment,  if required;  and the accuracy and  completeness of the
documentation.

      Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  almost
all of the  Contracts  are marine  installment  sale  contracts and direct loans
originated  in  accordance  with  CITSF's  marine  underwriting   criteria.   In
substantially  all cases,  CITSF or CITCF-NY did not fund or purchase a Contract
until CITSF or CITCF-NY had reviewed  and  approved a completed  customer  file,
including the credit  application  of the customer,  in accordance  with CITSF's
underwriting procedures.

      The  underwriting  guidelines of CITSF  described  above may change in the
future.

Servicing

      Through its Asset  Service  Center,  CITSF  services  recreation  vehicle,
manufactured  housing,  recreational boat, home equity and other consumer loans.
CITSF services all of the marine  contracts it originates or purchases,  whether
on an individual  basis or in bulk (except those it has sold to third parties on
a servicing released basis). CITSF is actively seeking arrangements  pursuant to
which  it will  service  marine  contracts  held by  other  entities,  including
contracts  which were not  purchased by CITSF or sold to such other  entities by
CITSF.  Generally,  such  servicing  responsibilities  are,  and would be,  also
carried out through the Asset Service Center. Servicing responsibilities include
collecting  principal and interest payments,  taxes,  insurance premiums,  where
applicable, and other payments from obligors and, where such contracts have been
sold,  remitting  principal and interest payments to the holders thereof, to the
extent  such  holders  are  entitled  thereto.   Collection  procedures  include
repossession  and resale of boats  securing  defaulted  contracts and, if deemed
advisable by CITSF,  entering  into workout  arrangements  with  obligors  under
certain defaulted  contracts.  Although decisions as to whether to repossess any
boat are made on an individual  basis,  CITSF's  general  policy is to institute
repossession  procedures promptly after Asset Service Center personnel determine
that it is  unlikely  that a defaulted  contract  will be brought  current,  and
thereafter  to  diligently  pursue  the  resale  of such  boat if the  market is
favorable.  Geographic location,  condition and market govern the method of sale
used to sell collateral. CIT uses site auctions, pool auctions,  individual bids
on  site,   brokers,   retail  sale  outlets,   newspaper   advertisements   and
telemarketing.  The  liquidation  team uses  computer  generated  data  bases to
maximize their effectiveness in the correct method of sale. The sales strategies
are reviewed at regular staff meetings, and potential markets for the collateral
and the sales plan for each unit are designed.  Field personnel recommend to the
internal  remarketers and managers the most effective  disposition method of the
collateral i.e., move to consignment dealer for retail, move to storage facility
for  wholesale,  obtain as is/where is bids,  or move to auction  facility.  The
remarketer  and/or  manager  review  the  recommendation  and  based on  product
knowledge  and  economic  conditions  make the  decision  in the  resale  of the
collateral.

Insurance Procedures

      Each  Contract  requires the Obligor to obtain  insurance  against loss by
fire, theft, comprehensive and collision or full boat damage with respect to the
related  Financed  Boat.  The dealer  agreements  include a  representation  and
warranty that each  Financed  Boat was subject to such  insurance at the time of
origination of the Contract. Since


                                       36
<PAGE>

Obligors may choose their own  insurers to provide the  required  coverage,  the
specific terms and conditions of their policies vary.

      The  Servicer  does  not,  under its  customary  servicing  practices  and
procedures,  obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance  when the principal  balance of the
related  Contract  falls below the level or levels  periodically  established in
accordance with such customary servicing practices and procedures. In accordance
with such  customary  servicing  practices  and  procedures,  the  Servicer  may
periodically  readjust such levels,  suspend  Force-Placed  Insurance or arrange
other  methods of protection  of the Financed  Boats that it deems  necessary or
advisable,  provided  that the  Servicer  determines  that such  actions  do not
materially   and  adversely   affect  the  interests  of  the   Securityholders.
Historically,  CITSF has force-placed insurance on a relatively small percentage
of its marine contracts.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Servicer may, but will not be obligated to,  enforce its rights
under the  Contracts  to  require  the  Obligors  to  maintain  physical  damage
insurance,  in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices and procedures
with  respect to  comparable  new or used boats  financed  by  installment  sale
contracts  or loans that it services  for itself or others.  If CITSF  purchases
physical damage insurance on behalf of an Obligor, the Obligor's premium payment
obligations  will  not be  included  in the  Principal  Balance  of the  related
Contracts and will not be the property of the Trust. The historical  delinquency
and loss experience  included in a Prospectus  Supplement will include Contracts
as to which CITSF has force-placed insurance.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust
Documents  will permit the  Servicer or any  affiliate of the  Servicer,  to the
extent  permitted by law, to (i) enter into agreements with one or more insurers
or other  persons  pursuant to which the  Servicer or such  affiliate  will earn
commissions  and fees in connection  with any insurance  policy  purchased by an
Obligor  including,  without  limitation,  any physical damage  insurance policy
(whether or not such physical damage insurance  policy is force-placed  pursuant
to the provisions of any Contract),  or any other insurance  policy  whatsoever,
and (ii) in connection with the foregoing,  to solicit, or permit and assist any
insurer  or  any  agent  thereof  to  solicit  (including,  without  limitation,
providing such insurer or agent a list of Obligors  including  name,  address or
other information) any Obligor.

Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience

      Each Prospectus  Supplement  will include  information on CITSF's loss and
delinquency  experience  with  respect  to its  servicing  portfolio  of  marine
contracts.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that such  experience  will be
indicative of the performance of the Contracts included in a particular Contract
Pool.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
tables  setting  forth the  delinquency  experience  for the portfolio of marine
contracts  originated and serviced by CITSF will exclude  contracts  acquired by
CITSF through portfolio purchases and contracts in repossession.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

General

      A series of  Securities  may include one or more  classes of  Asset-Backed
Certificates (the  "Certificates")  issued pursuant to the Trust Documents to be
entered  into among the Seller,  the Servicer  and the Owner  Trustee,  forms of
which have been filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement  of which this
Prospectus  forms  a part.  Payments  in  respect  of the  Certificates  will be
subordinated  to payments on the Notes,  if any, to the extent  described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The following summary describes certain terms of
the  Certificates  and the Trust  Documents.  The summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and the Trust  Documents,  and the
following  summary  will be  supplemented  in  whole  or in part by the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Where this summary  refers to particular  provisions or
terms used in the Trust Documents,  the actual provisions (including definitions
of terms) are incorporated by reference as part of such summary.


                                       37
<PAGE>

      The Certificates will be issued in the minimum  denominations and integral
multiples  in excess  thereof  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;
provided,  however,  that one  Certificate  of each  series  may be  issued in a
denomination  other  than  such  integral  multiple  such  that  the  applicable
Affiliated Owner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if any, may be
issued at least the portion of the Original Certificate Balance specified in the
related   Prospectus   Supplement.   If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Company or one of its affiliates will own the entire beneficial
interest in the Trust.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Certificates  will be issued in book-entry  form only.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each class of the
Certificates will initially be represented by a single Certificate registered in
the name of the  nominee of DTC,  except as  provided  below.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co.
("Cede").  No person  acquiring  an  interest  in the  Certificates  through the
facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a
Certificate  representing such person's interest in the Certificates,  except as
set  forth  under  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued  under the
limited circumstances described in the related Prospectus Supplement and herein,
all references to actions by Certificateholders  shall refer to actions taken by
DTC upon  instructions  from its  Participants,  and all  references  herein  to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders shall refer
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to DTC in accordance with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  If specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
classes of Certificates will be issued and sold privately.

Distribution of Principal and Interest on the Certificates

      The  Certificates  will bear interest at the rate specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Pass-Through  Rate").  The timing and priority of
distributions,  seniority,  allocations of loss, Pass-Through Rate and amount of
or method of  determining  distributions  with respect to principal and interest
(or, where  applicable,  with respect to principal only or interest only) on the
Certificates  of  any  series  will  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Distributions of interest on the  Certificates  will be made on the
dates  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (each, a  "Distribution
Date") and, unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
will be made prior to  distributions  with  respect to  principal.  A series may
include  one  or  more  classes  of  Stripped   Certificates   entitled  to  (i)
distributions  in  respect of  principal  with  disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions,  or (ii) interest distributions,  with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal.  Each class of Certificates
may have a  different  Pass-Through  Rate,  which  may be a fixed,  variable  or
adjustable  Pass-Through  Rate (and  which may be zero for  certain  classes  of
Stripped  Certificates),  or any  combination  of  the  foregoing.  The  related
Prospectus  Supplement  will  specify  the  Pass-Through  Rate for each class of
Certificates,  or the initial  Pass-Through  Rate and the method for determining
the  Pass-Through  Rate.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  interest on the  Certificates  will be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions in respect of the Certificates
will be subordinate  to payments in respect of the Notes,  if any, as more fully
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions  in respect of
principal  of any class of  Certificates  will be made on a pro rata basis among
all of the Certificateholders of such class.

      In the case of a series of Certificates which includes two or more classes
of Certificates,  the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions  in respect of  principal,  and any  schedule  or formula or other
provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class shall be
as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  payments
of interest and principal on the Certificates  will be made on the fifteenth day
of each month or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding
Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"),  commencing on the date specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date, the Due Period
will be the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution Date. Unless
otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  payments  on the
Certificates on each  Distribution Date will be made to the holders of record of
the related Certificates on the day immediately preceding such Distribution Date
or, in the event  Definitive  Certificates  have  been  issued,  at the close of
business of the last day of the month  immediately


                                       38
<PAGE>

preceding  the month in which such  Distribution  Date occurs  (each,  a "Record
Date"). A "Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or any day on
which  banking  institutions  or trust  companies  in the  states  of New  York,
Oklahoma  and such other  states (if any)  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement are authorized or required by law,  regulation or executive  order to
be closed.

                                    THE NOTES

General

      A series of  Securities  may include one or more  classes of  Asset-Backed
Notes (the "Notes" and, together with the Certificates, the "Securities") issued
pursuant to an Indenture  (as amended and  supplemented  from time to time,  the
"Indenture")  between a Trust and an Indenture  Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee"),  a form of which has been filed
as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a
part.  The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to,
and is qualified in its entirety by reference  to, all of the  provisions of the
Notes and the Indenture, and the following summary will be supplemented in whole
or in part by the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Where this summary refers to
particular  provisions  or terms used in the  Indenture,  the actual  provisions
(including  definitions of terms) are  incorporated by reference as part of such
summary.

      The  Notes  will be  issued  in the  minimum  denominations  and  integral
multiples  in excess  thereof  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement;
provided, however, that one Note of each class of each series may be issued in a
denomination  other than such integral multiple.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes will be issued in book-entry form
only.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
class of Notes will initially be represented by a single Note  registered in the
name of Cede, the nominee of DTC, except as provided below. No person  acquiring
an interest  in the Notes  through the  facilities  of DTC (a "Note  Owner" and,
together  with a  Certificate  Owner,  a "Security  Owner")  will be entitled to
receive a Note representing  such person's interest in the Notes,  except as set
forth  under   "Certain   Information   Regarding   The   Securities--Definitive
Securities"  and such persons will hold their interests in the Notes through DTC
in the  United  States  or  Cedel or  Euroclear  in  Europe.  Unless  and  until
Definitive  Notes are issued  under the limited  circumstances  described in the
related  Prospectus   Supplement  and  herein,  all  references  to  actions  by
Noteholders  shall  refer to  actions  taken by DTC upon  instructions  from its
Participants, and all references in the related Prospectus Supplement and herein
to distributions,  notices, reports and statements to Noteholders shall refer to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities."  If specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
classes of Notes will be issued and sold privately.

Payment of Principal and Interest on the Notes

      The  timing and  priority  of  payment,  seniority,  allocations  of loss,
Interest Rate and amount of or method of  determining  payments of principal and
interest  on each class of Notes will be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The right of holders of any class of Notes to receive  payments  of
principal and interest may be senior or  subordinate to the rights of holders of
any class or classes of Notes of such series,  or any class of Certificates,  as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise provided in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  payments of interest on the Notes will be made
prior to payments of principal thereon. A series may include one or more classes
of Stripped  Notes  entitled to (i) principal  payments  with  disproportionate,
nominal or no interest payment, or (ii) interest payments with disproportionate,
nominal  or no  principal  payments.  Each  class of Notes may have a  different
Interest Rate, which may be a fixed,  variable or adjustable  Interest Rate (and
which may be zero for certain classes of Stripped Notes),  or any combination of
the foregoing.  The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Interest Rate
for each  class of  Notes,  or the  initial  Interest  Rate and the  method  for
determining  the Interest  Rate. One or more classes of Notes of a series may be
redeemable  under  the  circumstances   specified  herein  and  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.


                                       39
<PAGE>

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  payments
in respect of interest to  Noteholders  of all classes within a series will have
the same priority.  Under certain  circumstances,  the amount available for such
payments  could be less than the  aggregate  amount of  interest  payable on the
Notes on any of the dates  specified  for  payments  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  in which case each class of  Noteholders  will  receive its ratable
share  (based  upon  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  due to such  class of
Noteholders) of the aggregate amount then available to be distributed in respect
of interest on the Notes.  In the case of a series of Securities  which includes
two or more classes of Notes,  the  sequential  order and priority of payment in
respect  of  principal  and  interest,  and any  schedule  or  formula  or other
provisions  applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  payments
of interest and principal on the Notes will be made on each  Distribution  Date,
commencing on the date specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Due Period will be the calendar month preceding the month
of such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  payments on the Notes on each Distribution Date will be made to the
holders of record of the related Notes on the related Record Date.

The Indenture

      A form of  Indenture  has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  CITSF will provide a copy of
the applicable  Indenture  (without  exhibits) upon request to a holder of Notes
issued thereunder.

      Modification of Indenture without Noteholder Consent. With respect to each
Trust, the Issuer and the related  Indenture Trustee may, without consent of the
Noteholders,  enter  into  one or more  supplemental  indentures  for any of the
following purposes:  (i) to correct or amplify the description of the collateral
or add  additional  collateral;  (ii) to provide for the assumption of the Notes
and the Indenture  obligations by a permitted  successor to the Trust;  (iii) to
add additional covenants for the benefit of the related Noteholders,  or for the
Trust to  surrender  any  rights or power  conferred  upon it;  (iv) to  convey,
transfer,  assign,  mortgage  or pledge any  property  to or with the  Indenture
Trustee;  (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision which
may be inconsistent with any other provision; (vi) to provide for the acceptance
of the appointment of a successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add to or change any
provision as shall be necessary and permitted to facilitate  the  administration
by more than one trustee;  (vii) to modify,  eliminate  or add any  provision in
order to comply with the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;  or (viii) to
add, change in any manner,  or eliminate any provision,  or modify in any manner
the rights of  Noteholders;  provided  that any action  specified in this clause
(viii) shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder  unless  Noteholder  consent is
otherwise obtained as described in the Indenture. Any action specified in clause
(viii) shall be taken only upon  satisfaction  of the Rating  Agency  Condition.
"Rating  Agency  Condition"  with respect to any action means the condition that
the Rating  Agency or Agencies  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Issuer in writing that such
action  will not  result in the  downgrade  or  withdrawal  of the then  current
ratings of the Securities.

      Modification  of Indenture with Noteholder  Consent.  With respect to each
Trust,  with the  consent  of the  holders  of not less than a  majority  of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes, and with prior notice to
the  Rating  Agencies,  the  Issuer  and the  Indenture  Trustee  may  execute a
supplemental  indenture to add  provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any  provisions  of,  the  Indenture,  or modify in any manner the rights of the
related Noteholders.

      Without  the  consent  of the  holder  of each  outstanding  related  Note
affected  thereby,  however,  no supplemental  indenture may: (i) change the due
date of any  installment  of  principal of or interest on any Note or reduce the
principal amount thereof,  the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption
price with respect  thereto or change any place of payment  where or the coin or
currency in which any Note or any interest  thereon is payable;  (ii) impair the
right to  institute  suit  for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the
Indenture  regarding  payment;  (iii)  reduce


                                       40
<PAGE>

the percentage of the aggregate  principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes the
consent of the holders of which is required for any such supplemental  indenture
or the consent of the holders of which is required for any waiver of  compliance
with certain  provisions of the Indenture or of certain defaults  thereunder and
their  consequences  as provided for in the Indenture;  (iv) modify or alter the
provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding the voting of Notes held by the related
Trust,  any other  obligor on the Notes,  the Seller or an  affiliate  of any of
them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes
the consent of the holders of which is required to direct the Indenture  Trustee
to sell or  liquidate  the  Contracts  if the  proceeds  of such  sale  would be
insufficient to pay the principal  amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the
outstanding  Notes;  (vi) decrease the  percentage  of the  aggregate  principal
amount of the  Notes  required  to amend the  sections  of the  Indenture  which
specify the  applicable  percentage of aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes
necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other related  agreements;  or (vii)
permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of
the Indenture  with respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture,  terminate the lien of the
Indenture  on any such  collateral  or  deprive  the  holder  of any Note of the
security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

      Events of  Default;  Rights Upon Event of  Default.  With  respect to each
Trust, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  "Events
of Default" under the Indenture will consist of: (i) any failure to pay interest
on any  Note as and  when  the  same  becomes  due and  payable,  which  failure
continues  unremedied for five days; (ii) except as set forth in (iv) below, any
failure to make any  installment  of the  principal  of any Note as and when the
same becomes due and payable which failure continues  unremedied for thirty days
after the giving of written  notice of such failure to the Issuer and the Seller
(or the Servicer,  as applicable) by the Indenture  Trustee or to the Issuer and
the Seller (or the Servicer,  as  applicable)  and the Indenture  Trustee by the
holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of
the Notes;  (iii) any default in the  observance or  performance in any material
respect of any other  covenants or  agreements in the  Indenture,  which failure
materially and adversely  affects the rights of  Noteholders,  and which failure
continues  unremedied for thirty days after the giving of written notice of such
failure to the Issuer and the Seller (or the  Servicer,  as  applicable)  by the
Indenture  Trustee  or to the  Issuer  and  the  Seller  (or  the  Servicer,  as
applicable) and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% of the
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Notes; (iv) any failure to pay in
full  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  any  Notes  on or  prior  to the
applicable  Note Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date; and (v) certain events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshaling  of assets  and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings and certain actions by the Trust indicating its insolvency,
reorganization  pursuant  to  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  inability  to pay its
obligations.  However,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the
Indenture will generally be limited to amounts  available to be deposited in the
Note Distribution Account.  Therefore, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  failure  to pay  principal  on a  class  of  Notes
generally  will not result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  until the
Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date for such class of Notes.

      Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if an
Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes of any
series,  the related Indenture Trustee or holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Notes may declare the
principal of the Notes to be immediately due and payable.  Such declaration may,
under  certain  circumstances,  be  rescinded  by the holders of not less than a
majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of such  Controlling
Notes.

      Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
"Controlling Notes" means (i) if there is only one class of Notes, such class of
Notes  and (ii) if there is more  than one  class of Notes  (a) all Notes of the
most senior class of Notes then  outstanding  voting  together as a single class
until  such  class of Notes  have been paid in full,  and (b) from and after the
payment in full of such senior class of Notes then outstanding, all Notes of the
next most senior  class of Notes  voting  together as a single  class until such
class of Notes have been paid in full.

      Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  if the
Notes of any  series are due and  payable  following  an Event of  Default  with
respect  thereto,  the related  Indenture  Trustee may institute  proceedings to
collect  amounts due or  foreclose  on Trust  property,  exercise  remedies as a
secured party under the related  Contracts,  sell the related Contracts or elect
to have the Trust  maintain  possession of such  Contracts and continue to apply
collections   on  such  Contracts  as  if  there  had  been  no  declaration  of
acceleration.  Unless otherwise specified in the


                                       41
<PAGE>

related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Indenture Trustee,  however,  is prohibited
from selling the related Contracts  following an Event of Default unless (i) the
holders of all the  outstanding  related  Notes  consent to such sale,  (ii) the
proceeds of such sale are  sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the
accrued interest on such outstanding  related Notes at the date of such sale, or
(iii) the Indenture Trustee  determines that the proceeds of the Contracts would
not be  sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  obtains the consent of the holders of not
less  than  66  2/3%  of  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of the
Controlling  Notes.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  following a declaration upon an Event of Default that the Notes are
immediately  due and  payable,  (i)  Noteholders  will be  entitled  to  ratable
repayment  of  principal  on the  basis of  their  respective  unpaid  principal
balances,  and (ii)  repayment  in full of the  accrued  interest  on and unpaid
principal  balances  of the Notes will be made prior to any  further  payment of
interest on the  Certificates  or in respect of the  Certificate  Balance (other
than  payments of the  "Principal  Liquidation  Loss  Amount" (as defined in the
related Prospectus  Supplement) and other payments from the Enhancement (if any)
applicable to the Certificates).

      Subject to the  provisions of the Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to a series of Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction  of any  of the  holders  of  such  Notes,  if the  Indenture  Trustee
reasonably  believes it will not be  adequately  indemnified  against the costs,
expenses and  liabilities  which might be incurred by it in complying  with such
request.  Subject to the provisions for  indemnification and certain limitations
contained in the Indenture, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount of the  Controlling  Notes will have the right to
direct the time,  method and place of conducting  any  proceeding for any remedy
available to the  Indenture  Trustee and the holders of not less than a majority
in aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of such  Controlling  Notes may, in
certain cases, waive any past default with respect thereto, except a default (i)
in the  payment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any of the  Notes or (ii) in
respect of a covenant or provision of the  Indenture  that cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of the holder of each Note.

      No holder of a Note of any  series  will have the right to  institute  any
proceeding  with  respect  to the  related  Indenture  unless  (i)  such  holder
previously  has given to the Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing
Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate outstanding
principal  amount of the  Controlling  Notes  have made  written  request of the
Indenture  Trustee to institute  such  proceeding,  (iii) such holder or holders
have offered the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture
Trustee has for sixty days after its receipt of such  notice,  request and offer
of  indemnity  failed  to  institute  such  proceeding,  and  (v)  no  direction
inconsistent  with such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee
during  such  sixty-day  period by the  holders of not less than a  majority  in
aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Controlling Notes.

      If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default within ninety days after it occurs. Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note,  the Indenture  Trustee may
withhold  the  notice  if and so  long  as it  determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

      In  addition,  each  Indenture  Trustee  and the related  Noteholders,  by
accepting the related  Notes,  will covenant that they will not, for a period of
one year and one day after the termination of the Indenture,  institute  against
the Affiliated  Owner,  if any, the Company or the related Trust any bankruptcy,
reorganization  or other  proceeding  under any federal or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law.

      Neither the  Indenture  Trustee in its  individual  capacity nor the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity,  nor any holder of a Certificate  including,
without  limitation,  the Affiliated  Owner (if any) or the Company,  nor any of
their respective owners, beneficiaries,  agents, officers, directors, employees,
affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express  agreement
to the  contrary,  be  personally  liable for the payment of the principal of or
interest  on the  related  Notes  or for the  agreements  of the  related  Trust
contained in the Indenture.


                                       42
<PAGE>

      Certain  Covenants.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  each  Indenture  will  provide  that  the  related  Trust  may  not
consolidate  with or merge with or into any other entity,  unless (i) the entity
formed by or surviving such  consolidation or merger is organized under the laws
of the United  States,  any state or the District of Columbia,  (ii) such entity
expressly  assumes the Trust's  obligation to make due and timely  payments upon
the Notes and the  performance or observance of every  agreement and covenant of
the Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust has
been advised that the rating of the related Notes or Certificates then in effect
would not be reduced or  withdrawn  by the Rating  Agencies  as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and
security  interest  created by the Indenture shall have been taken, and (vi) the
Trust has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation
or merger will have no material  adverse tax consequences to the Trust or to any
related Noteholder or Certificateholder.

      Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Trust  will  covenant  that it will  not,  among  other  things,  (i)  except as
expressly  permitted  by the  Indenture,  the Purchase  Agreements  or the Trust
Documents  (collectively,  the "Related  Documents"),  sell,  convey,  transfer,
exchange or otherwise  dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any
credit on or make any  deduction  from the  principal  or  interest  payable  in
respect of the related  Notes  (other than  amounts  withheld  under the Code or
applicable  state law) or assert any claim  against any present or former holder
of such Notes because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the Trust,
(iii)  dissolve or  liquidate  in whole or in part,  (iv) permit the validity or
effectiveness of the related  Indenture to be impaired or permit the lien of the
Indenture to be amended, hypothecated,  subordinated,  terminated or discharged,
or permit any person to be  released  from any  covenants  or  obligations  with
respect to the related  Notes under such  Indenture  except as may be  expressly
permitted  thereby or (v)  permit  any lien,  charge,  excise,  claim,  security
interest,  mortgage or other encumbrance  (other than the lien of the Indenture)
to be  created on or extend to or  otherwise  arise upon or burden the assets of
the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

      No Trust will  incur,  assume or  guarantee  any  indebtedness  other than
indebtedness incurred pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture or
otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

      Annual Compliance Statement.  Each Trust will be required to file annually
with the related  Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of
its obligations under the Indenture.

      Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  related  Noteholders  a brief  report  relating to its
eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the related
Indenture,  any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest
rate  and  maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing  by the  Trust to the
Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity,  the property and funds physically
held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially
affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

      Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  An Indenture will be discharged
with  respect to the assets of the Trust  securing  the  related  Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or,
with  certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with the  Indenture  Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.

      The Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Indenture Trustee may resign
at any time, in which event the Servicer, or its successor, will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the Indenture Trustee
if the  Indenture  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as such under the
Indenture or if the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent.  In such circumstances,
the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any resignation
or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will
not become  effective  until  acceptance  of the  appointment  by the  successor
trustee and will be subject to any conditions or approvals, if any, specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.


                                       43
<PAGE>

      The Trust  Documents will provide that the Servicer will pay the Indenture
Trustee's  fees.  The Trust  Documents  will further  provide that the Indenture
Trustee will be entitled to  indemnification  by the  Servicer  for, and will be
held harmless  against,  any cost,  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense
incurred  by  the  Indenture  Trustee  in  connection  with  the  acceptance  or
performance  of the trusts and duties  contained in the  Indenture in accordance
with the  terms and  conditions  therein,  not  resulting  from its own  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence (other than by reason of a breach of
any of its representations or warranties set forth in the Indenture).

      Trust  Indenture  Act.  Each  Indenture  will comply  with all  applicable
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                                   ENHANCEMENT

      General. The Prospectus Supplement for a series of Securities will specify
whether there is Enhancement for any class of the Securities of a series and, if
so, the material terms of such Enhancement.  Any Enhancement may be intended (i)
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the  Certificateholders,  if any, and/or
the  Noteholders,  if any,  of the full amount of  principal  and  interest  due
thereon,  and to decrease the likelihood  that the  Certificateholders,  if any,
and/or the  Noteholders,  if any,  will  experience  losses,  or (ii) to provide
protection against changes in interest rates or against other risks, or (iii) to
supplement  the interest rate on the  Contracts,  in each case to the extent and
under the  conditions  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  any Enhancement for a
class of Securities  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and
will not guarantee  repayment of the entire principal and interest  thereon.  If
losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any Enhancement or which are not
covered by any Enhancement,  Securityholders  will bear their allocable share of
such losses. In addition, if a form of Enhancement covers more than one class of
Securities of a series, Securityholders of any such class will be subject to the
risk that such Enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of Securityholders of
other classes.

      Subordination.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  rights  of  Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  of
interest and principal are  subordinated to the rights of Noteholders to receive
payment in full of all amounts of interest and principal  which the  Noteholders
are entitled to receive on the related Distribution Date.  Consequently,  unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  no distribution will
be made to the  Certificateholders  on any  Distribution  Date in respect of (i)
interest until the full amount of interest and principal on the Notes payable on
such  Distribution  Date has been  distributed  to the  Noteholders,  other than
payments from the applicable  Enhancement,  if any, and (ii) principal until the
Notes  have  been paid in full,  other  than  distributions  in  respect  of the
Principal  Liquidation  Loss  Amount  to the  extent,  if any,  set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

      If and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
rights of one or more classes of Notes of a series to receive  distributions  of
interest and  principal may be  subordinated  to the rights of one or more other
classes of Notes of the same series to receive payment in full of all amounts of
interest and principal which are payable thereon on each Distribution Date.

      Other  Enhancement.   The  amounts  and  types  of  credit  or  cash  flow
enhancement arrangements (each, an "Enhancement"),  if any, with respect to each
class of Securities will be set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If
and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Enhancement may
be in the form of a financial guaranty  insurance policy,  letter of credit, CIT
Limited Guarantee, reserve fund, third party guarantee, cash collateral account,
derivative    product,    credit   facility,    yield   supplement    agreement,
overcollateralization,   guaranteed   investment   contract,   guaranteed   rate
agreement,  other  agreements  with  respect to third  party  payments  or other
support,  or other form of credit or cash flow  enhancement,  or any combination
thereof, as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, Enhancement for a class of Securities of a
series may cover one or more other classes of Securities in such series. Further
information regarding providers of Enhancement,  including financial information
when material, will be included in the related Prospectus Supplement.


                                       44
<PAGE>

      Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy.  If so  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, a financial guaranty insurance policy (each, a "Financial
Guaranty  Insurance  Policy")  may be obtained  and  maintained  for one or more
classes  of  Certificates  or Notes of a series.  The  issuer  of any  Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policy (a "Financial  Guaranty Insurer") will be described in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A copy  of any  such  Financial  Guaranty
Insurance  Policy  will be  attached  as an  exhibit to the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Financial
Guaranty Insurance Policies generally  unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee
to  Securityholders  that an  amount  equal to each  full and  complete  Insured
Payment   will  be   received   by  an  agent  of  the   Trustee  on  behalf  of
Securityholders,  for  distribution by the Trustee to each  Securityholder.  The
"Insured  Payment" will equal the full amount of the  distributions of principal
and  interest  to which  Securityholders  are  entitled  plus any other  amounts
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      The specific terms of any Financial  Guaranty  Insurance Policy will be as
set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Financial  Guaranty Insurance
Policies may have limitations  including (but not limited to) limitations on the
Financial  Guaranty  Insurer's  obligation  to  guarantee  the  Seller's  or the
Servicer's  obligation  to  repurchase  or  substitute  for  any  Contracts,  to
guarantee  any  specified  rate of  prepayments  or to  provide  funds to redeem
Securities on any specified date.

      The  Financial  Guaranty  Insurer may be  subrogated to the rights of each
Securityholder  to receive  payments  under the  Securities to the extent of any
payments by such Financial Guaranty Insurer under the related Financial Guaranty
Insurance Policy.

      Reserve Fund or Reserve Account. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,   an  account  (a  "Reserve  Fund"  or  "Reserve  Account")  may  be
established  and  funded by any  combination  of cash,  one or more  irrevocable
letters  of  credit,  Eligible  Investments,  one or more  derivative  products,
amounts otherwise  distributable to one or more classes of Securityholders or to
the owners of any Retained  Yield, or any other  instrument  satisfactory to the
Rating  Agency or  Agencies.  A Reserve  Fund may be funded  from the  Available
Amount remaining on each  Distribution Date after all amounts then due have been
paid to the Securityholders,  the Servicer, and any provider of Enhancement.  In
addition,  with  respect to any  series of  Securities  as to which  Enhancement
includes a letter of credit or a  derivative  product,  if so  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  under certain circumstances the remaining amount
of the  letter of credit may be drawn by the Owner  Trustee  or the  termination
payment under a derivative product may be demanded by the Owner Trustee,  and in
each case deposited in a Reserve Fund.  Funds in a Reserve Fund will be applied,
invested and maintained in the manner and under the conditions specified in such
Prospectus  Supplement.  Amounts  in  a  Reserve  Fund  may  be  distributed  to
Securityholders,  applied to reimburse the Servicer for outstanding advances, or
may be used for other purposes, in the manner and to the extent specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In the  event  that a  Reserve  Fund is funded
through the application of the Available Amount  remaining on each  Distribution
Date  after all  amounts  then due have been  paid to the  Securityholders,  the
Servicer  and any  provider of  Enhancement,  it may be referred to as a "Spread
Account" or "Reserve  Account."  In the event that a Reserve  Fund is applied to
supplement  the  monthly  interest  payments  on  certain  Contracts,  it may be
referred to as a "Yield Supplement  Account." In the event that the Reserve Fund
is funded  through the proceeds of a loan to the Trust by a third party  lender,
it may be referred to as a "Cash  Collateral  Account."  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will specify whether any Reserve Fund will be established as part of
the Trust or held outside the Trust by a collateral agent or similar third party
(who may be a Trustee acting in a different  capacity).  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will describe the required  levels of funding of a Reserve Fund, the
circumstances under which a Reserve Fund may be applied to make distributions on
a class of Securities,  and the  circumstances  in which funds in a Reserve Fund
may be released to persons other than Securityholders.  A Trust may contain more
than one  Reserve  Fund,  each of which may apply only to a  specified  class of
Securities or to specified Contracts.

      The  Seller or the  Affiliated  Owner,  if any,  may at any time,  without
consent of the Securityholders,  sell, transfer,  convey or assign in any manner
its rights to and interests in distributions from the Reserve Fund provided that
(i) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied,  (ii) the Seller or the Affiliated
Owner, as the case may be, provides to the Trustees an opinion from  independent
counsel that such action will not cause the related Trust to be classified


                                       45
<PAGE>

as an association (or publicly traded partnership)  taxable as a corporation for
federal  income tax purposes,  and (iii) such  transferee or assignee  agrees in
writing to take  positions for federal income tax purposes  consistent  with the
federal income tax positions  agreed to be taken by the Seller or the Affiliated
Owner, as the case may be.

      Limited  Guarantee.  If  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
certain payments on a class of the Securities of a series,  certain deficiencies
in  principal  or interest  payments on the  Contracts,  or certain  liquidation
losses on the Contracts,  may be covered by a limited guarantee or other similar
instrument  (the "Limited  Guarantee"),  limited in scope and amount,  issued by
CIT. If not so specified,  the Securityholders  will have no recourse to CIT for
any amounts due on the Securities. If so specified, CIT may be obligated to take
one or more of the  following  actions in the event the Company  fails to do so:
make deposits to an account, make advances, or purchase defaulted Contracts. Any
such Limited  Guarantee  will be limited in amount and a portion of the coverage
of any such Limited Guarantee may be separately allocated to certain events. The
scope,  amount and, if applicable,  the allocation of any Limited Guarantee will
be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

      Credit  Facility.  With  respect  to a series of  Securities,  one or more
classes  may be  entitled  to the  benefit  of one or more  letters  of  credit,
guarantees, limited guarantees, surety bonds or similar credit facilities (each,
a "Credit  Facility").  Each such Credit  Facility  may be in an amount  greater
than, equal to or less than the Certificate  Balance of the Certificates of each
class (or the  principal  balance of the Notes of each  class)  entitled  to the
benefits thereof,  and may be subject to reduction or be limited as to duration,
all as described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  To the extent specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  amounts realized under a Credit Facility
supporting  any class of Securities may be used for the same purposes as amounts
on deposit in a Reserve Fund. A Credit Facility may be held by a Trustee as part
of the related  Trust or may be held by a collateral  agent or other third party
(who may be a Trustee acting in a different  capacity).  The related  Prospectus
Supplement  will  contain a  description  of the  material  terms of any  Credit
Facility  and any  arrangement  pursuant  to which the Credit  Facility  is held
outside of the Trust and will state whether the Trust, the Seller,  the Servicer
or a third party will pay the fees of the provider of the Credit  Facility  (the
"Credit  Facility  Provider").  Such  Prospectus  Supplement  will also  contain
certain information  concerning the Credit Facility Provider,  which information
will have been provided to the Seller by the Credit Facility Provider for use in
such Prospectus  Supplement.  CIT, CITSF or an affiliate thereof may be a Credit
Facility Provider.

      If  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Credit  Facility,
rather than guaranteeing  distributions of particular  amounts to the holders of
Securities of particular  classes,  may instead guarantee certain collections on
the related Contract Pool.  These guaranteed  collections may be attributable to
all or a portion  of the  amounts  due on  Contracts  in  liquidation,  all or a
portion of the scheduled monthly payments due on the Contracts or other amounts.
The extent to which any such  collections are guaranteed under a Credit Facility
which  functions  in this manner  will be  described  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

      Liquidity  Facility.  With respect to a series of Securities,  one or more
classes may be entitled to the  benefit of one or more  purchase  agreements  or
other liquidity facilities (each, a "Liquidity Facility"), pursuant to which the
provider of such Liquidity  Facility (the  "Liquidity  Facility  Provider") will
provide  funds to be used to  purchase  some or all of such  Securities.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Liquidity Facility
will be held  outside  of the  Trust by a third  party  (which  may be a Trustee
acting in another capacity).  The related  Prospectus  Supplement will contain a
description  of the  material  terms  of any  such  Liquidity  Facility  and any
arrangement  pursuant to which it is held outside of the Trust, and will contain
certain   information   concerning  the  Liquidity  Facility   Provider,   which
information  will have been  provided  to the Seller by the  Liquidity  Facility
Provider  for use in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  CIT,  CITSF or an  affiliate
thereof  may be a  Liquidity  Facility  Provider.  If  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a Reserve  Fund or Credit  Facility may also serve as a
Liquidity Facility.

      Replacement. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Seller
may replace the  Enhancement  for any class of  Securities  with another form of
Enhancement without the consent of  Securityholders,  provided the Rating Agency
Condition is satisfied.


                                       46
<PAGE>

                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

Book-Entry Registration

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  persons
acquiring  beneficial  ownership interests in the Notes may hold their interests
through  DTC in the United  States or Cedel or  Euroclear  in Europe and persons
acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests in the  Certificates  may hold their
interests  through DTC.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  Securities  will be  registered  in the name of Cede as nominee for
DTC. Cedel and Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions with respect to the Notes
on  behalf  of Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers'  securities  accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's name on the
books of their respective depositories (collectively,  the "Depositories") which
in turn  will hold such  positions  in  customers'  securities  accounts  in the
Depositories' names on the books of DTC.

      DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code, and a
"clearing  agency"  registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  DTC accepts securities for deposit
from  its  participating  organizations  ("Participants")  and  facilitates  the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Participants in such
securities   through   electronic   book-entry   changes  in   accounts  of  its
Participants,   thereby   eliminating   the  need  for   physical   movement  of
certificates.  Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations.
Indirect  access to the DTC system is also  available  to others  such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly  ("Indirect
Participants").

      Security  Owners who are not  Participants  or Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of Securities may do so
only through Participants or Indirect  Participants (unless and until Definitive
Securities  are  issued).   In  addition,   Security  Owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Securities  through DTC and its
Participants.  Under a book-entry format,  Security Owners will receive payments
after the related  Distribution  Date because such payments will be forwarded by
the  Trustees on the  Distribution  Date to Cede,  as nominee for DTC.  DTC will
forward such payments to its Participants  which thereafter will forward them to
Indirect  Participants  or  Security  Owners.  It is  anticipated  that the only
"Holder" or  "Securityholder,"  as such terms are used herein,  will be Cede, as
nominee of DTC.  Security  Owners  will not be  recognized  by the  Trustees  as
Securityholders,  as such term will be used,  in the Trust  Documents.  Security
Owners will only be permitted to exercise  the rights of  Securityholders  or to
communicate  with  other   Securityholders   indirectly   through  DTC  and  its
Participants  which in turn will  exercise  their rights  through DTC.  Security
Owners will not have access to the list of  Security  Owners of a series,  which
may impede the  ability  of  Security  Owners to  communicate  with each  other.
Security Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive  Definitive  Notes or
Definitive   Certificates   representing  their  respective   interests  in  the
Securities,  except  under the limited  circumstances  described  below and such
other  circumstances,  if any, as may be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

      Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Due to time zone  differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a  Participant  will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such securities
settled  during such  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
Cedel Participant on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as a
result of sales of  Securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  Participant  will  be  received  with  value  on the  DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  Cedel or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons directly or indirectly holding Notes
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in


                                       47
<PAGE>

accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depository;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadline  (European  time).  The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depository to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositories.

      With  respect  to any  series  of  Securities,  while the  Securities  are
outstanding (except under the circumstances  described below),  under the rules,
regulations  and procedures  creating and affecting DTC and its operations  (the
"DTC  Rules"),   DTC  will  be  required  to  make  book-entry  transfers  among
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Notes and  Certificates
and will be required to receive and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  and
interest on the Securities.  Participants and Indirect  Participants  with which
Security  Owners have accounts with respect to the Securities  will be similarly
required to make book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf of their respective Security Owners.

      Since  DTC can  only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Security Owner to pledge Notes
or  Certificates  to  persons or  entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such Securities,  may be limited
due to the lack of physical  certificates for such  Securities.  Issuance of the
Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Securities in the
secondary market since certain potential  investors may be unwilling to purchase
Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

      Cedel is  incorporated  under  the laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

      The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968 to hold  securities  for its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described above.  The Euroclear System is operated by the Brussels,  Belgium
Office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems,  S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the
Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts  are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear  System on
behalf of dealers  and other  professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect
access to Euroclear  is also  available  to other firms that clear  through,  or
maintain a custodial relationship with, a Euroclear Participant, either directly
or indirectly.


                                       48
<PAGE>

      The  Euroclear  Operator  is the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

      Securities  clearance  accounts  and  cash  accounts  with  the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in  Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and
Conditions  only on behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants  and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

      Distributions  with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear  will
be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants
in accordance  with the relevant  system's rules and  procedures,  to the extent
received by its Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depository's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

      Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, Security Owners who are
not Participants may transfer  ownership of Notes and Certificates  only through
Participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  to  transfer  such  Notes and
Certificates,  by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC  for the  account  of the
purchasers of such Securities, which account is maintained with their respective
Participants.   Under  the  DTC  Rules  and  in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC
and the  accounts  of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the respective Participants will make debits or credits, as
the case may be,  on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing
Securities Owners.

      DTC has advised the Company that,  unless and until Definitive  Securities
are issued,  DTC will take any action  permitted to be taken by a Securityholder
under the Trust  Documents only at the direction of one or more  Participants to
whose DTC accounts the  Securities are credited.  Additionally,  DTC has advised
the Company that it will take such actions with respect to specified percentages
of a  class  of the  Securities  only at the  direction  of  Participants  whose
holdings  include   principal  amounts  of  the  Securities  that  satisfy  such
percentages.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other principal
amounts of the Securities to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Participants whose holdings include such principal amounts.

      NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER,  THE SERVICER,  CIT, ANY AFFILIATED  OWNER,
THE OWNER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE
ANY  RESPONSIBILITY  OR OBLIGATION TO ANY  PARTICIPANTS,  CEDEL  PARTICIPANTS OR
EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS  OR SECURITY  OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF
ANY RECORDS  MAINTAINED BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY  PARTICIPANT,  (2) THE
PAYMENT BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY  PARTICIPANT  OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY
SECURITY  OWNER IN  RESPECT OF THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OF, OR  INTEREST  ON, THE
SECURITIES, (3) THE DELIVERY BY ANY PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL PARTICIPANT OR EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANT  OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY SECURITY  OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED
UNDER  THE  TERMS  OF THE  INDENTURE  OR THE  TRUST  DOCUMENTS  TO BE  GIVEN  TO
SECURITYHOLDERS OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

      With respect to any series of Securities,  unless  otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Notes and Certificates will be issued in
fully  registered,   certificated  form  ("Definitive   Notes"  and  "Definitive


                                       49
<PAGE>

Certificates," respectively,  and together, "Definitive Securities") to Security
Owners or their  nominees,  rather than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the
Servicer  advises the Trustees in writing that DTC is no longer  willing or able
to discharge  properly its  responsibilities  as Depository  with respect to the
Securities and the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor,  (ii) the
Servicer,  at its option,  elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC
or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of Termination,
Note Owners or Certificate Owners  representing in the aggregate not less than a
majority of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes of a series or the
Certificate  Balance  of  the  Certificates  of  a  series  advise  DTC  through
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC
(or a successor  thereto) is no longer in the best  interest of such Note Owners
or Certificate Owners.

      Upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the related  Trustees  are  required to notify DTC of the
availability of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the global notes
and global certificates  representing the Notes and Certificates of a series and
instructions for re-registration,  the Trustees will issue the Notes of a series
as Definitive Notes and the Certificates of a series as Definitive Certificates,
and thereafter the Trustees will recognize the holders of such Definitive  Notes
and Definitive Certificates as Noteholders and Certificateholders, respectively,
under the Trust Documents ("Noteholders" and "Certificateholders"  respectively,
and together, "Securityholders" or "Holders").

      Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions  of principal  of the  Securities  and interest on the  Securities
thereafter  will  be  made  by the  related  Trustees  directly  to  Holders  in
accordance  with the  procedures  set forth  herein and in the Trust  Documents.
Distributions of principal and interest on each  Distribution  Date will be made
to Holders in whose  names the  Definitive  Securities  were  registered  on the
Record Date. Such  distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of
such Holder as it appears on the register  maintained  by such Trustees or other
person  appointed  pursuant  to the Trust  Documents.  The final  payment on any
Securities,  however,  will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note or  Certificate  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to Holders.

      Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
Definitive  Securities will be transferable  and  exchangeable at the offices of
the related Trustees.  No service charge will be imposed for any registration of
transfer or exchange,  but such Trustees may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

List of Securityholders

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if
Definitive  Certificates have been issued,  the related Owner Trustee will, upon
written  request  by  three  or  more   Certificateholders   or  by  holders  of
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance,  within
five Business Days after receipt of such request, afford such Certificateholders
access during normal  business  hours to the current list of  Certificateholders
for  purposes of  communicating  with other  Certificateholders  with respect to
their rights under the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents provided such
Certificateholders   (i)  state  that  they  wish  to  communicate   with  other
Certificateholders  with respect to their rights under the Purchase  Agreements,
the Trust Documents or the  Certificates  and (ii) provide the Owner Trustee and
the Servicer with a copy of the proposed communication.  The Purchase Agreements
and Trust  Documents  will not  provide  for the  holding of any annual or other
meetings of Certificateholders.

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if
Definitive  Notes have been issued,  the Indenture  Trustee  will,  upon written
request by three or more Noteholders  within five Business Days after receipt of
such  request,  afford such  Noteholders  access  during  business  hours to the
current list of Noteholders for purposes of communicating with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture  provided such  Noteholders (i)
state that they wish to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their
rights  under the  Indenture  and (ii)  provide  the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Servicer  with a copy of the  proposed  communication.  The  Indenture  will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders.


                                       50
<PAGE>

Statements to Securityholders

      On each  Distribution  Date,  the Servicer will prepare and provide to the
Trustees  a  statement,  to be  delivered  on  the  Distribution  Date  to  each
Securityholder. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the statement will set forth at least the following  information for the related
Due Period:

            (i)  the  amount  of  collections   on  the  Contracts   during  the
      immediately preceding Due Period;

            (ii) the Available  Amount for payment of all amounts  distributable
      in respect of the Securities and the Servicer Payment;

            (iii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to principal of the
      Notes (if applicable) and to the Certificate  Balance of the  Certificates
      (if applicable), including any overdue principal;

            (iv) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or with
      respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

            (v) the Pool Balance,  the Note Pool Factor (if  applicable) and the
      Certificate  Pool Factor (if  applicable) as of the end of the related Due
      Period;

            (vi) the Servicer Payment for such Distribution Date;

            (vii) the amount of Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable  Payments,
      if any, on such date;

            (viii)  the  amount,  if any,  withdrawn  from any  Enhancement  (if
      applicable)  and distributed to the  Securityholders  with respect to such
      Distribution Date;

            (ix) the amount  available under any  Enhancement  (if  applicable),
      after giving effect to any deposit to or withdrawal  from the  Enhancement
      with respect to such  Distribution  Date,  and such amount  expressed as a
      percentage of the Pool Balance;

            (x) the  aggregate  principal  balance of all  Contracts  which were
      delinquent  30,  60 and 90 days or more as of the last day of the  related
      Due Period;

            (xi) the amount of investment earnings, net of losses and investment
      expenses, on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account;

            (xii)  during the  Funding  Period,  if any,  the amount of funds on
      deposit in the Pre-Funding Account;

            (xiii) during the Funding  Period,  if any, the number and aggregate
      principal balance of Subsequent Contracts;

            (xiv) during the Funding  Period,  if any, the number and  aggregate
      principal balance of Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust since the
      preceding Distribution Date;

            (xv)  during  the  Funding  Period,  if  any,  the  amount,  if any,
      withdrawn from the Capitalized  Interest Account, if any, to make payments
      of interest on the Securities;

            (xvi) during the Funding  Period,  if any,  the amount  remaining on
      deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account, if any;

            (xvii) during the Funding  Period,  if any, the amount of investment
      earnings,  net of losses and investment expenses, on amounts on deposit in
      the Pre-Funding Account;


                                       51
<PAGE>

            (xviii) during the Funding Period,  if any, the amount of investment
      earnings,  net of losses and investment expenses, on amounts on deposit in
      the Capitalized Interest Account, if any;

            (xix) on the Distribution Date immediately  following the end of the
      Funding Period (or if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date on
      such  Distribution  Date),  if any,  the  aggregate  principal  amount and
      percentage of each of the Notes, if any, and  Certificates,  if any, which
      are being redeemed;

            (xx) the aggregate  principal  balance of all Contracts which became
      either "Defaulted Contracts" or "Liquidated  Contracts" (as defined in the
      related  Prospectus  Supplement)  during  the  related  Due Period (if the
      related Prospectus Supplement includes definitions of such term or terms);

            (xxi) the number and aggregate  principal  amount of Contracts which
      were prepaid, in part or in whole, during the related Due Period;

            (xxii) the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the Notes (if
      applicable)  as of such  Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to any
      distributions thereon and reductions thereto on such Distribution Date);

            (xxiii)  the   Certificate   Balance  (if  applicable)  as  of  such
      Distribution  Date (after giving effect to any  distributions  thereon and
      reductions thereto on such Distribution Date);

            (xxiv) the amount, if any, by which the amount due to be distributed
      to Noteholders  (if  applicable)  and  Certificateholders  (if applicable)
      exceeds the actual amount distributed on the related  Distribution Date to
      Noteholders  (if  applicable)  and   Certificateholders  (if  applicable),
      respectively;

            (xxv) if applicable,  the amount of surplus to be distributed to the
      Affiliated  Owner, if any, after all payments have been made in respect of
      the Securities, the Servicer Payment has been paid and all deposits to any
      Reserve Fund and payments to a Credit Facility Provider have been made;

            (xxvi) if applicable, the balance of the Paid-Ahead Account; and

            (xxvii)  such other  information  as may be specified in the related
      Prospectus Supplement.

      If a  Limited  Guarantee  is  issued  by CIT with  respect  to a series of
Securities,  the  monthly and annual  reports  will  include a statement  to the
following effect: CIT is subject to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance  therewith,  files reports and other
information  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  As a result of the
limited guarantee by CIT,  information relating to CIT which is material will be
available through such reports and other information.

      Within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each  calendar  year,
but not later than the  latest  date  permitted  by law  (where  applicable  law
specifies  such  date),  the  Trustee  will mail to each  person who at any time
during such  calendar  year shall have been a  Securityholder,  and received any
payment on its Security,  a statement  containing the relevant amounts described
above  for  such  calendar  year  for  the  purposes  of  such  Securityholder's
preparation  of federal  income tax  returns.  See "Certain  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences."

      Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates or Definitive Notes are issued,
such reports with  respect to a series of  Securities  will be sent on behalf of
the  related  Trust to the  Trustees  and  Cede,  as  registered  holder  of the
Certificates and the Notes and the nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners and Note
Owners may receive copies of such reports upon written request,  together with a
certification  that they are Certificate  Owners or Note Owners, as the case may
be,  and  payment of  reproduction  and  postage  expenses  associated  with the
distribution of such reports,  from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee,
as  applicable.   See  "--Statements  to   Securityholders"   and  "--Book-Entry
Registration" above.


                                       52
<PAGE>

                 THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
following  summary  describes  certain  terms of the Purchase  Agreement and any
Subsequent Purchase Agreement (together, the "Purchase Agreements") and the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  any  Subsequent  Transfer  Agreements  and the Trust
Agreement  or the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  (collectively,  the "Trust
Documents").  Forms of the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents have been
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a
part.  CITSF will  provide a copy of such  agreements  (without  exhibits)  upon
request to a holder of  Securities  described  therein.  This  summary  does not
purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference  to, all of the  provisions of the Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust
Documents, and the following summary will be supplemented in whole or in part by
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Where this  summary  refers to  particular
provisions  or terms used in the Purchase  Agreements  or Trust  Documents,  the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

      On or prior to the  Closing  Date for a series of  Securities  and on each
Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if any,  pursuant to the  Purchase  Agreement  or a
Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  as the  case  may be,  between  CITSF  and the
Company, CITSF will sell and assign to the Company, without recourse, its entire
interest in and to the Initial Contracts and Subsequent Contracts, respectively,
including its security  interests in the related  Financed Boats. On the Closing
Date and each  Subsequent  Transfer Date, the Seller will sell and assign to the
Trust,  without  recourse,  all of its right,  title and  interest in and to the
Contracts,  including  its  security  interests in the  Financed  Boats.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  certain  of the
Contracts  will be purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY  before they are sold to the
Company.  The Company  established a Selling Trust in 1996,  and the Company and
its  affiliates  may in the  future  establish  one or more  additional  Selling
Trusts.  The Company has sold and assigned  Contracts  to the  existing  Selling
Trust,  without  recourse,  which the  Company  purchased  from  CITSF,  without
recourse (and which,  in some cases,  CITSF  purchased  from  CITCF-NY,  without
recourse).  In the future,  the Company may sell and assign  Contracts,  without
recourse,  to the  existing  Selling  Trust and one or more  additional  Selling
Trusts. The existing Selling Trust has funded its purchases of Contracts through
its issuance of securities  secured by a security  interest in the Contracts.  A
Selling Trust will make no  representations  with respect to its Contracts,  and
will have no obligations with respect to the Securities.

      Each Contract will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to
the  relevant  Purchase   Agreement  and  the  Trust  Documents  (the  "List  of
Contracts")  which  includes,  among other things,  the Contract  Rate,  Initial
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance and date of the last scheduled  payment for each
Contract. The Owner Trustee or its designated agent will,  concurrently with the
sale and assignment of the Initial  Contracts to the Trust,  either (i) execute,
authenticate  and deliver  the  Securities  to the  Company in exchange  for the
Initial  Contracts  transferred  by the Company and/or the Selling Trust (or the
Company on behalf of the  Company  and/or the  Selling  Trust) to the Trust,  in
which event the Company  and/or the Selling  Trust will sell all or a portion of
the Securities to the Underwriters or (ii) execute, authenticate and deliver the
Securities  to the  Underwriters  in  exchange  for the price  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and transfer to the Company and the Selling Trust
the respective prices for the Initial  Contracts  transferred by the Company and
the Selling Trust, respectively, to the Trust.

      CITSF  will  make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the Trust
Documents  with  respect  to  each  Initial  Contract  as of the  Closing  Date,
including, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, that
(i) as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the most  recent  scheduled  payment  of
principal  and interest  was made by or on behalf of the related  Obligor or was
not delinquent more than sixty days,  unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement;  (ii) no provision of a Contract has been waived, altered
or modified in any respect,  except by instruments or documents contained in the
Contract File; (iii) each Contract is a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of
the related  Obligor and is enforceable in accordance  with its terms (except as
may be limited by laws affecting  creditors' rights  generally);  (iv) as of the
Initial Cut-off Date,  CITSF had no knowledge of any facts which would give rise
to any right of  rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim  or defense,  including the
defense of usury,  or of the same being  asserted or threatened  with respect to
any Contract;  (v) the Obligor on each Contract is required to


                                       53
<PAGE>


maintain  physical  damage  insurance  covering  the  related  Financed  Boat in
accordance with CITSF's normal  requirements or, if the related Financed Boat is
not so covered by an Obligor's  insurance,  it is covered by a blanket insurance
policy  maintained by CITSF or the Servicer;  (vi) no Contract was originated in
or is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction  whose laws would prohibit (A) the
transfer of the Contract to the Company under the Purchase  Agreements,  (B) the
transfer of the Contract to the Trust  pursuant to the Trust  Documents,  or (C)
the ownership of the Contracts by the Trust;  (vii) each Contract  complies with
all  requirements of law in all material  respects;  (viii) no Contract has been
satisfied,  subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded,  and no Financed Boat
has been released from the security interest of the related Contract in whole or
in part;  (ix) each  Contract  creates a valid and  enforceable  first  priority
security  interest  in  favor of  CITSF,  CITCF-NY,  or the  related  Dealer  or
financial  intermediary  in the Financed Boat covered  thereby  (which  security
interest,  if in favor of the related  Dealer or CITCF-NY,  has been assigned to
CITSF),  such security interest has been assigned by CITSF to the Company and by
the Company to the Trust  (and,  if and to the extent  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITSF to SPV, from SPV to a Selling Trust and from
the Selling Trust to the Trust),  and all necessary  action with respect to such
Contract has been taken to perfect the security interest in the related Financed
Boat in favor of  CITSF  or  CITCF-NY;  (x) all  parties  to each  Contract  had
capacity to execute such Contract;  (xi) no Contract has been sold,  assigned or
pledged by CITSF to any person other than the Company (or by the Company (or, if
and to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling
Trust) to any person  other than the Trust)  and,  prior to the  transfer of the
Contracts  by CITSF to the Company  and the  transfer  of the  Contracts  by the
Company  to the  Trust  (and,  if and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  by CITSF to SPV,  by SPV to a Selling  Trust and by the
Selling Trust to the Trust),  CITSF or the Company,  respectively,  had good and
marketable  title to each  Contract,  free and clear of any  lien,  encumbrance,
equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and was the sole owner
and had full right to  transfer  such  Contract  to the  Company  and the Trust,
respectively;  (xii) as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  CITSF had no knowledge of
any  default,  breach,  violation  or event  permitting  acceleration  under any
Contract,  and CITSF had no knowledge of any event which with notice  and/or the
expiration  of any grace or cure  period  would  constitute  a default,  breach,
violation  or event  permitting  acceleration  under such  Contract  (except for
payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i) above), and CITSF has not waived
any of the foregoing (except for payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i)
above);  (xiii) as of the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  CITSF had no knowledge of any
liens or claims which have been filed for necessaries (e.g.  fuel),  work, labor
or materials affecting a Financed Boat securing a Contract,  which are or may be
liens  prior or equal to the  security  interest  of the  Contract;  (xiv)  each
Contract is a  fully-amortizing  loan with interest at the stated  Contract Rate
and  provides  for  level  payments  over the term of such  Contract;  (xv) each
Contract  contains  customary and  enforceable  provisions such as to render the
rights and remedies of the holder thereof  adequate for realization  against the
collateral  of the  benefits  of the  security  (except  as  may be  limited  by
creditors' rights  generally);  (xvi) the description of each Contract set forth
in the List of Contracts  is true and correct as of its date;  (xvii) no Obligor
is the  United  States  of  America  or any  state  or any  agency,  department,
instrumentality or political  subdivision thereof;  (xviii) if the Obligor is in
the military  (including an Obligor who is a member of the National  Guard or is
in the reserves) and the Contract is subject to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil
Relief Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act"),
or the California Military Reservist Relief Act of 1991 (the "Military Reservist
Relief Act"),  such Obligor has not made a claim to CITSF that (A) the amount of
interest on the Contract  should be limited to 6% pursuant to the  Soldiers' and
Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act during the  period of such  Obligor's  active  duty
status,  or (B)  payments  on the  Contract  should be delayed  pursuant  to the
Military  Reservist  Relief  Act,  in either  case  unless a court  has  ordered
otherwise upon application of CITSF;  (xix) there is only one original  executed
copy of each Contract,  which,  immediately  prior to the execution of the Trust
Documents,  was in the possession of CITSF; (xx) the Contract is "chattel paper"
as defined in the New Jersey UCC;  (xxi) the Contract  satisfies  the  selection
criteria  set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (xxii)  all of the
right,  title and interest of CITSF,  the Company and, if  applicable,  CITCF-NY
(and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Selling Trust), in the Contract has been validly sold,  transferred and assigned
to the Trust and all filings  necessary  to  evidence  such sale,  transfer  and
conveyance  have been made in all  appropriate  jurisdictions;  and  (xxiii)  no
adverse selection  procedure was utilized in selecting the Contracts for sale by
CITSF  to the  Company  (and,  if and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, by CITSF to SPV or by SPV to a Selling Trust).

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust
Documents will require CITSF to make on each  Subsequent  Transfer Date the same
representations and warranties with respect to each individual


                                       54
<PAGE>

Subsequent  Contract  as it is  required  to make with  respect to each  Initial
Contract  sold to the Trust  except that each such  representation  and warranty
shall be made as of the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  relating to such  Subsequent
Contract.  In addition,  no  Subsequent  Contract will be sold to the Trust on a
Subsequent  Transfer Date unless such Subsequent Contract satisfies the criteria
described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Subsequent Financed Boats will consist of
new and used boats, boat motors and boat trailers.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, under the
terms of the Trust Documents and subject to certain conditions  specified in the
Trust  Documents,  CITSF will be obligated to repurchase  from the Trust for the
Purchase  Price any Contract (a  "Repurchased  Contract")  not later than ninety
days after CITSF becomes  aware,  or eighty-five  days after CITSF's  receipt of
written notice from a Trustee or the Servicer, of a breach of any representation
or  warranty  by CITSF in the Trust  Documents  that  materially  and  adversely
affects the Trust's interest in such Contract if such breach has not been cured.
CITSF shall effect such  repurchase  from the Trust by  depositing  the Purchase
Price  for  such  Contract  in  the  Collection  Account  on  the  Deposit  Date
immediately following the determination that such Purchase Price is owed. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Purchase Price"
for any Contract  will be the remaining  principal  amount  outstanding  on such
Contract on the date of repurchase,  plus thirty days'  interest  thereon at the
Contract  Rate on the  Contract,  and (ii)  accrued  and unpaid  Servicing  Fees
thereon  at the  Servicing  Fee Rate to the date of such  repurchase.  Upon such
repurchase,  the Trust  shall  transfer  all right,  title and  interest  in the
Contract to CITSF, free and clear of the lien of the applicable Trust Documents.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this repurchase
obligation   constitutes  the  sole  remedy  available  to  the  Trust  and  the
Securityholders  for a breach of a  representation  and warranty under the Trust
Documents  with  respect  to the  Contracts  (but not with  respect to any other
breach by CITSF of its obligations under the Trust Documents).

      Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  CITSF,
the Company and the Trust will treat each of the transfers of the Contracts from
CITSF to the Company and from the Company (and,  if and to the extent  specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the Trust as a sale.
As a result  of the sale of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the
Company  (and,  if  and to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the Trust,  the Contracts should not be part of
the assets of either  CITSF or the Company and should not be  available to their
respective  creditors.  However,  in the event of the insolvency of CITSF or the
Company,  it is possible that a trustee in  bankruptcy,  conservator or receiver
for, or a creditor of, CITSF or the Company, as the case may be, may assert that
the  transaction  between  CITSF and the Company or between the Company (and, if
and to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling
Trust)  and the  Trust,  as the case may be,  was a pledge of the  Contracts  to
secure a loan,  rather  than a true sale.  This  position,  if  asserted,  could
prevent  timely receipt by the Trust of payments of amounts due on the Contracts
and, if accepted by a court, may result in delays or reductions in distributions
of principal and interest on the Securities.  Since the Contracts will remain in
CITSF's  possession  and will not be stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect the
sale and assignment to the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Contracts could be
defeated if a  subsequent  purchaser  were to take  physical  possession  of the
Contracts  without  knowledge of the sale and  assignment.  See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Contracts."

      If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the terms of the sale
of some or all of the  Contracts  from CITSF or the Seller or a Selling Trust or
any of them to the related  Trust may provide for the  retention by CITSF or the
Seller or such  Selling  Trust,  as the case may be,  of the right to  receive a
portion of the interest accruing thereon (the "Retained Yield").

Custody of Contract Files

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, to reduce
administrative  costs, each Trust will appoint CITSF as initial custodian of the
Contracts. Prior to the appointment of any custodian other than CITSF, the Trust
and such  proposed  successor  custodian  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  shall  enter  into a  custodian  agreement  pursuant  to which  such
successor  custodian  will  agree to hold the  Contract  Files on  behalf of


                                       55
<PAGE>

the related Trust.  Any such custodian  agreement may be terminated by the Trust
on thirty days' notice to such successor custodian.

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  to
facilitate servicing and reduce  administrative costs, the documents will not be
physically  segregated  from  other  similar  documents  which  are  in  CITSF's
possession.  UCC financing  statements  will be filed in New Jersey and Oklahoma
reflecting the sale and  assignment of the Contracts to the Owner  Trustee,  and
CITSF's  accounting records and computer systems will also reflect such sale and
assignment. The Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect the
transfer  of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the Company to the
Trust (and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
by CITSF to SPV,  by SPV to a  Selling  Trust  and by the  Selling  Trust to the
Trust),  and will not be segregated from the other installment sale contracts of
CITSF.  The Obligors under the Contracts will not be notified of the transfer of
the  Contracts  to the  Company or to the Trust.  If,  through  inadvertence  or
otherwise,  any of the  Contracts  were sold to  another  party  (or a  security
interest  therein were granted to another  party) that  purchased  (or took such
security  interest  in) any of such  Contracts  in the  ordinary  course  of its
business and took possession of such Contracts, the purchaser (or secured party)
would  acquire an interest  in the  Contracts  superior  to the  interest of the
related Trust if the purchaser (or secured  party)  acquired (or took a security
interest in) the  Contracts for new value and without  actual  knowledge of such
Trust's interest. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."

Accounts

      For each Trust,  the Servicer  will  establish and maintain with a Trustee
one  or  more  accounts,   in  the  name  of  such  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the
Securityholders (the "Collection Account"),  into which all payments made (after
the Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as applicable) on or
with respect to the Contracts in the related  Contract Pool will be deposited by
the Servicer. See "--Collections." The Servicer will establish and maintain with
a Trustee (or its  designated  agent) an account in the name of such  Trustee on
behalf of the  Certificateholders,  if any, into which amounts released from the
Collection  Account and any  Enhancement  for payment to the  Certificateholders
will be deposited and from which distributions to the Certificateholders will be
made (the "Certificate  Distribution Account").  The Servicer will establish and
maintain with the Indenture  Trustee (or its designated agent) an account in the
name of the Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders,  if any, into which
amounts  released  from the  Collection  Account  and from any  Enhancement  for
payment to the Noteholders will be deposited and from which distributions to the
Noteholders  will be made (the  "Note  Distribution  Account").  If the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  provides  that the Contract  Pool  contains  Precomputed
Contracts,  the Servicer  will  establish  and  maintain  with a Trustee (or its
designated  agent)  an  account  in the name of such  Trustee  on  behalf of the
Securityholders,  into  which  early  payments  by or on behalf of  Obligors  on
Precomputed   Contracts  which  do  not  constitute  scheduled  payments,   full
prepayments  or certain  partial  prepayments  that result in a reduction  of an
Obligor's periodic payment below the scheduled payment as of the Initial Cut-off
Date or  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  as the case may be, will be deposited  (the
"Paid-Ahead Account").

      Amounts  held in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account and in such other
accounts as may be specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will not be
available to make payments of amounts due on the Notes,  if any, and will not be
pledged to the Indenture Trustee as collateral security for the Notes.

      Each  Account  will be an  Eligible  Account  maintained  with  the  Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and/or other depository  institutions.  "Eligible
Account" means any account which is (i) an account  maintained  with an Eligible
Institution; (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured
by either the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund of
the FDIC; (iii) a "segregated trust account" maintained with the corporate trust
department  of a federal  or state  chartered  depository  institution  or trust
company with trust powers and acting in its  fiduciary  capacity for the benefit
of a Trustee,  which  depository  institution  or trust  company has capital and
surplus (or, if such depository  institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank  holding  company  system,  the capital  and surplus of the bank  holding
company) of not less than  $50,000,000  and the  securities  of such  depository
institution  (or,  if such  depository  institution  is a  subsidiary  of a bank
holding  company  system and such  depository  institution's  securities are not
rated,  the  securities  of the bank holding  company) have a credit rating from


                                       56
<PAGE>

each  Rating  Agency  in one of  its  generic  credit  rating  categories  which
signifies  investment  grade;  or (iv) an account that will not cause any Rating
Agency  to  downgrade  or  withdraw  its  then-current  rating  assigned  to the
Securities  of such  series,  as  confirmed  in writing by each  Rating  Agency.
"Eligible Institution" means any depository institution organized under the laws
of the United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full
extent  permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund  (currently  administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation),  whose short-term deposits have been
rated in one of the two highest rating  categories or such other rating category
as will not  adversely  affect the ratings  assigned to the  Securities  of such
series.

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all
amounts held in each of the accounts  established by the Servicer on behalf of a
Trust shall be invested in Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the
Business  Day  preceding  the  Distribution  Date  next  succeeding  the date of
investment. "Eligible Investments" are limited to investments,  specified in the
applicable Trust  Documents,  which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency from
time to  time  as  being  consistent  with  their  then-current  ratings  of the
Securities. Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account,
Paid-Ahead  Account,  if any,  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  if any, Note
Distribution  Account,  if any,  and any  cash  collateral  account  will not be
available to make payments on the Securities,  unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Servicing Procedures

      The Servicer will make reasonable  efforts,  consistent with the customary
servicing  practices  and  procedures  employed by the Servicer  with respect to
Contracts  owned or serviced by it, to collect all  payments due with respect to
the  Contracts  and,  in a manner  consistent  with the  Trust  Documents,  will
continue  such normal  collection  practices  and  procedures as it follows with
respect  to  comparable  marine  installment  sale  contracts  and loans that it
services for itself and others.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Contracts."
The Servicer may sell the related Financed Boat securing a defaulted Contract at
a public or private sale, or take any other action  permitted by applicable law.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."  The proceeds of such  realization
(net of expenses) will be deposited in the Collection Account.

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  shall  keep in force  throughout  the term of the  Trust  Documents  a
fidelity bond.  Such fidelity bond shall have such  deductibles,  and be in such
form and  amount  as is  generally  customary  among  persons  which  service  a
portfolio  of  marine  contracts   having  an  aggregate   principal  amount  of
$100,000,000 or more and which are generally regarded as servicers acceptable to
institutional investors.

Purchase by the Servicer

      A breach of certain  covenants made by the Servicer in the Trust Documents
that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest in any Contract will
require the Servicer to purchase  such Contract for the Purchase  Price,  unless
such breach is cured within the period specified in the Trust Documents.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  such covenants will
obligate the Servicer not to, except as permitted by the Trust  Documents and in
accordance  with the terms of such Contract and  applicable  law (i) release the
Financed Boat securing such Contract from the security  interest granted by such
Contract,  (ii)  impair  the  rights of the Trust in such  Contract  or take any
action inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of such Contract,  (iii) increase
the number of payments under such Contract, nor increase the principal amount of
such  Contract  which is used to  finance  the  purchase  price  of the  related
Financed Boat, nor extend or forgive payments on such Contract, and (iv) fail to
comply with the provisions of any insurance  policy  covering such Contract,  if
the failure to comply would impair the  protection  or benefit to be afforded by
such insurance policy.

Repurchases

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer will have the right and the option, but not the obligation, to purchase
for its own account any Contract which becomes delinquent,  in whole or in part,
as to  four  consecutive  monthly  installments  or  any  Contract  as to  which
enforcement  proceedings  have been brought


                                       57
<PAGE>


by the  Servicer.  The  purchase  price  for any such  Contract  is equal to the
Purchase  Price  thereof,  which  purchase price shall be delivered to the Owner
Trustee.

Modification of Contracts

      Consistent  with its customary  servicing  practices and  procedures,  the
Servicer may, in its discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to defer,  reschedule,
extend or modify the payment  schedule of a Contract or  otherwise to modify the
terms of a Contract  provided that (i) the maturity of such  Contract  would not
extend  beyond  the  180th  day  prior  to  the   Certificate   Final  Scheduled
Distribution  Date and  (ii)  the  deferral,  rescheduling,  extension  or other
modification of the terms of the Contract would not constitute a cancellation of
such  Contract and the  creation of a new  installment  sale  contract or direct
loan. The Servicer may, in accordance with its customary  servicing  procedures,
in its good  faith  judgment,  waive any Late  Fees that may be due and  payable
under any  Contract.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  connection  with the
settlement by the Servicer of a defaulted  Contract,  the Servicer may forgive a
portion of such Contract if in its discretion it believes that the acceptance of
the  settlement  proceeds  from the related  Obligor would result in the Trust's
receiving a greater amount of collections than the Net Liquidation  Proceed that
would result from repossessing and liquidating the related Financed Boat.

Removal of Contracts

      Except  as  otherwise  specified  herein  or  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  neither the Seller nor the  Servicer  will have the right to remove
any  Contracts  from the  Contract  Pool  after the  Closing  Date.  In  certain
circumstances,  CITSF or the Servicer may have the obligation to repurchase,  or
CITSF may have the option to purchase,  a Contract from the Trust,  but all such
repurchases or purchases will be made at the Purchase Price.

Paid-Ahead Precomputed Contracts

      Early  payments  by or on behalf of  Obligors  on  Paid-Ahead  Precomputed
Contracts  which do not constitute  scheduled  payments,  full  prepayments,  or
certain partial prepayments that result in a reduction of the Obligor's periodic
payment below the scheduled payment as of the Initial Cut-off Date or Subsequent
Cut-off Date, as the case may be, will be deposited into the Paid-Ahead  Account
until  such time as the  paid-ahead  payment  becomes  due.  Until  such time as
payments are transferred from the Paid-Ahead Account to the Collection  Account,
they will not constitute  collected interest or collected principal and will not
be available for distribution to the Securityholders. Unless otherwise specified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  paid-ahead  amounts  with  respect  to
Paid-Ahead  Precomputed  Contracts  may be  retained by the  Servicer  until the
applicable  Deposit  Date so long as the  requirements  for monthly  deposits as
described under "-Collections" are met.

Servicing Compensation

      With  respect  to each  series of the  Securities,  the  Servicer  will be
entitled to receive,  out of collections  on the  Contracts,  a monthly fee (the
"Servicing  Fee") for each Due  Period,  payable on the  following  Distribution
Date, equal, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, to
the sum of (i)  one-twelfth  of the product of the  percentage  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Servicing Fee Rate") and the Pool Balance as
of the last day of the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date) and (ii) any  investment
earnings  (net of  investment  expenses and losses) on amounts on deposit in the
Collection  Account,  the  Paid-Ahead  Account,  if any,  the Note  Distribution
Account,  if any, and the Certificate  Distribution  Account,  if any; provided,
however, that the Servicing Fee Rate applicable to a Trust may be increased to a
rate (or maximum rate) specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement if CITSF
or an affiliate  thereof is not the  Servicer.  Payments to the Servicer of such
amounts will  compensate  the Servicer for  performing  the functions of a third
party  servicer  of  marine  contracts  as an  agent  for the  Trust,  including
collecting  and posting all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of  Obligors,
investigating  delinquencies,   reporting  federal  income  tax  information  to
Obligors, monitoring the collateral in cases of Obligor default and handling the
foreclosure or other  liquidation of


                                       58
<PAGE>

the Financed Boat in  appropriate  instances  (subject to  reimbursement  of its
expenses  incurred in connection  with such  foreclosure,  liquidation  or other
realization on the Contracts).

      The Servicing Fee also will compensate the Servicer for  administering the
Contracts,  including  reimbursing the Servicer for accounting for  collections,
furnishing  monthly and annual  statements  to the Owner Trustee with respect to
distributions and generating  federal income tax information.  The Servicing Fee
also will compensate the Servicer for accounting fees,  outside auditor fees and
data processing  costs incurred in connection with  administering  and servicing
the Contracts.

Collections

      With respect to each series of the  Securities,  the Servicer will deposit
all payments on or with respect to the  Contracts  and all proceeds of Contracts
collected  during each Due Period into the Collection  Account or the Paid-Ahead
Account,  as  applicable,  not  later  than two  Business  Days  after  receipt.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer may make such deposits into the Collection
Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account,  as applicable,  monthly on the Deposit Date
following the last day of each Due Period, provided that (i) the Servicer or the
direct or indirect  parent of the Servicer has and  maintains a short-term  debt
rating of at least "A-1" by Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group (if it is a Rating
Agency for the series of  Securities),  and a short-term debt rating of at least
"P-1" by  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  (if it is a Rating  Agency for the
series of Securities) (the "Required  Servicer  Ratings"),  or (ii) the Servicer
obtains a letter of credit,  surety  bond or  insurance  policy  (the  "Servicer
Letter of Credit") as will be provided for in the related Trust Documents, under
which  demands for payment may be made to secure  timely  remittance  of monthly
collections to the Collection Account or the Paid-Ahead  Account, as applicable,
and, in the case of clause (ii) above,  the Trustees are provided  with a letter
from each Rating Agency to the effect that the  utilization of such  alternative
remittance schedule will not result in a qualification,  reduction or withdrawal
of its then-current rating of the Securities. As of the date of this Prospectus,
CITSF,  as Servicer,  will be permitted to remit  collections  to the Collection
Account and the Paid-Ahead Account, as applicable,  on a monthly basis by virtue
of clause  (i)  above.  In the event  that the  Servicer  is  permitted  to make
remittances of collections to the Collection Account and the Paid-Ahead Account,
if any, on a monthly basis pursuant to  satisfaction  of clause (ii) above,  the
Trust Documents will be modified,  to the extent necessary,  without the consent
of any  Securityholder.  Pending  such a  monthly  deposit  into the  Collection
Account and the Paid-Ahead Account, if any,  collections on the Contracts may be
invested by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and will not be
segregated from its own funds. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Commingling."

      CITSF or the  Servicer,  as the  case may be,  will  remit  the  aggregate
Purchase  Price  of any  Contracts  to be  purchased  from  the  Trust  into the
Collection Account on or before the next succeeding Deposit Date.

      Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  will not be  required  to  deposit  in the  Collection  Account or the
Paid-Ahead   Account,   as  applicable,   amounts   relating  to  the  Contracts
attributable  to the  following:  (a)  amounts  received  with  respect  to each
Contract (or property  acquired in respect  thereof) which has been purchased by
CITSF or the  Servicer  pursuant  to the  Trust  Documents,  (b) net  investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Collection  Account,  the Paid-Ahead Account,
if any, the Note Distribution Account, if any, and the Certificate  Distribution
Account,  if any,  (c) amounts to be  reimbursed  to the  Servicer in respect of
nonrecoverable Monthly Advances, (d) amounts received in respect of the amounts,
if any, of insurance premiums added to the principal balance of a Contract after
the Initial  Cut-off Date for each such Initial  Contract,  or after the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date for each such Subsequent Contract,  (e) amounts received
as liquidation proceeds, to the extent the Servicer is entitled to reimbursement
of  liquidation  expenses  related  thereto,  and (f)  repossession  profits  on
liquidated Contracts.

Monthly Advances

      Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to each Contract as to which there has been a Payment  Shortfall  during
the related Due Period,  the Servicer  shall advance funds in the amount of


                                       59
<PAGE>

such Payment Shortfall (each, a "Monthly Advance"),  but only to the extent that
the  Servicer,  in its good faith  judgment,  expects to  recover  such  Monthly
Advance from subsequent collections on such Contract made by or on behalf of the
obligor  thereunder (the "Obligor") (but only to the extent of expected interest
collections in the case of a Simple Interest Contract),  or from net liquidation
proceeds or insurance proceeds with respect to such Contract. The Servicer shall
be reimbursed for any Monthly Advance from subsequent  collections  with respect
to such Contract.  If the Servicer determines in its good faith judgment that an
unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall not  ultimately be  recoverable  from such
collections,  the Servicer  shall be  reimbursed  for such Monthly  Advance from
collections  on all Contracts.  In determining  whether an advance is or will be
nonrecoverable,  the Servicer  need not take into account that it might  receive
any amounts in a deficiency judgment.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer will not make a Monthly Advance in respect
of (i) the  principal  component of any scheduled  payment on a Simple  Interest
Contract  or (ii) a Payment  Shortfall  arising  from a Contract  which has been
prepaid in full or which has been subject to a Relief Act  Reduction  during the
related Due Period.

      Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  "Payment
Shortfall"  means (i) with  respect  to any  Simple  Interest  Contract  and any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess of (A) the  product of (1)  one-twelfth  of the
Contract Rate of such Contract and (2) the outstanding  principal amount of such
Contract as of the last day of the second  preceding Due Period (or, in the case
of the first Due Period  ending  after the  Contract was acquired by the related
Trust,  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the
case may be) over (B) the amount of interest, if any, collected on such Contract
during the related Due Period and (ii) with respect to any Precomputed  Contract
and any Distribution  Date, the excess of (A) the scheduled  payment due on such
Contract  during the related Due Period,  over (B) the amount  collected on such
Contract  (including  any amounts  allocated  from the  Paid-Ahead  Account with
respect to such Due Period) during the related Due Period.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer will remit any Monthly Advance with respect to each Due Period into the
Collection Account not later than the Deposit Date following the Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payment

     When a payment of principal  is made on or in respect of a Simple  Interest
Contract, interest is paid on the unpaid principal balance of such Contract only
to the date of such  payment.  If and to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  with respect to each Contract as to which there has been
a Payment  Shortfall  with respect to interest in the related Due Period arising
from either a prepayment  in full of such  Contract or a Relief Act Reduction in
respect of such  Contract  during  such Due  Period,  the Trust  Documents  will
require the Servicer to deposit into the Collection  Account on the Business Day
immediately  preceding the  following  Distribution  Date,  without the right of
subsequent  reimbursement,   an  amount  equal  to  such  Payment  Shortfall  (a
"Non-Reimbursable  Payment").  If the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  does not
specify that the Servicer will make Non-Reimbursable Payments, the Servicer will
not be obligated to make such payments with respect to the Trust.

Distributions

     With  respect to each Trust,  on or before  each  Determination  Date,  the
Servicer  will make a  determination  and inform the  Trustees of the  following
amounts with respect to the  preceding Due Period:  (i) the aggregate  amount of
collections on the Contracts;  (ii) the aggregate  amount of Monthly Advances to
be remitted by the  Servicer (if any);  (iii) the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of
Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer (if any); (iv) if applicable,
the aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on
the related  Distribution  Date; (v) if applicable,  the aggregate  amount to be
distributed  as  principal  and  interest  on the  Certificates  on the  related
Distribution  Date;  (vi) the  Servicing  Fee;  (vii)  the  aggregate  amount of
Non-Reimbursable  Payments (if any); (viii) the amounts required to be withdrawn
from the Enhancement (if any) for such Distribution  Date; (ix) the amount which
is payable to the provider of the Enhancement  (if any) or the Affiliated  Owner
(if any); (x) the amounts to be deposited into the accounts established pursuant
to the Trust Documents;  and (xi) the aggregate  amount of unreimbursed  Monthly
Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer (if any).


                                       60
<PAGE>

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Available  Amount" with respect to each Trust on any Distribution Date is equal
to the excess of (A) the sum of (i) all  amounts  on  deposit in the  Collection
Account  attributable  to  collections  or  deposits  made  in  respect  of such
Contracts (including any late fees, prepayment charges,  extension fees or other
administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to
the Contracts  ("Late Fees")) during the Due Period  preceding the  Distribution
Date,  and (ii) the Purchase  Price for any Contract  repurchased  by CITSF as a
result of breaches of certain representations and warranties or purchased by the
Servicer as a result of breaches of certain  covenants and any Monthly  Advances
and any Non-Reimbursable  Payments made by the Servicer, if such Purchase Price,
Monthly Advance or  Non-Reimbursable  Payment is paid on or prior to the Deposit
Date  immediately  preceding  such  Distribution  Date,  over (B) the sum of the
following amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already withheld such
amounts from  collections on the  Contracts):  (i) any  repossession  profits on
liquidated  Contracts,  Liquidation Expenses (as defined in the Trust Documents)
incurred and taxes and insurance advanced by the Servicer in respect of Financed
Boats that are reimbursable to the Servicer under the Trust Documents;  (ii) any
amounts  incorrectly  deposited  in the  Collection  Account;  (iii) any amounts
deposited in the Paid-Ahead Account, if any, during the related Due Period; (iv)
net  investment  earnings  on  the  funds  in the  Collection  Account  and  the
Paid-Ahead  Account, if any; and (v) any other amounts permitted to be withdrawn
from the Collection Account and the Paid-Ahead  Account, if any, by the Servicer
(or to be retained by the Servicer from  collections on the Contracts)  pursuant
to the Trust Documents.

     With respect to each Trust, beginning on the Distribution Date specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions of principal and interest (or,
where  applicable,  of principal or interest  only) on each class of  Securities
entitled thereto will be made by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,  as
applicable, to the Certificateholders, if any, and the Noteholders, if any, from
the  Available  Amount.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Servicing Fee and any additional servicing compensation will be
paid from the Available Amount prior to  distributions  to the  Securityholders.
The  timing,   calculation,   allocation,   order,  source,  priorities  of  and
requirements for all distributions to each class of Certificateholders,  if any,
and all payments to each class of Noteholders,  if any, will be set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Net Deposits

     Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as an
administrative  convenience,  the Servicer will be permitted to make deposits of
collections,  Monthly  Advances,  Non-Reimbursable  Payments  and the  aggregate
Purchase  Price of  Contracts  for,  or with  respect  to, a Due  Period  net of
distributions  to be made to the  Servicer  with  respect  to  such  Due  Period
(including,   without   limitation,   the  Servicing   Fee,   reimbursement   of
nonrecoverable  Monthly Advances and amounts to be deducted in the definition of
"Available  Amount"  set forth under  "--Distributions"  above).  The  Servicer,
however,  will account to the Trustees and to the Securityholders as if all such
deposits  and  distributions  were made on an  aggregate  basis for each type of
payment or deposit.

Statements to Trustees and Trust

     Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  on or
before each Determination  Date, the Servicer will provide to the Trustees,  any
paying  agent and the  Affiliated  Owner (if any) as of the close of business on
the  last  day  of  the  preceding  Due  Period,   a  statement   setting  forth
substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic
reports provided to Securityholders  described above under "Certain  Information
Regarding The  Securities--Statements to Securityholders." Each such report will
be  accompanied  by a  statement  from an  appropriate  officer of the  Servicer
certifying  the  accuracy of such report and stating  that the  Servicer has not
defaulted in the performance of its  obligations  under the Trust Documents (or,
if such default has occurred, describing each such default).

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents  will require  that on or before  March 31 of each year,  the Servicer
will deliver to the Owner  Trustee a report of  independent  public  accountants
which  opines on, at a  minimum,  the  servicing  entity's  compliance  with the
minimum servicing  standards set forth in the Uniform Single Attestation Program
for Mortgage  Bankers (in accordance with the 1995 revisions made thereto).  The
Trust  Documents  will require that such  examination  and report of independent
public


                                       61
<PAGE>

accountants  be prepared in accordance  with the  requirements  set forth in the
Uniform Single Attestation  Program for Mortgage Bankers (in accordance with the
1995 revisions made thereto).

     The Servicer, on request of the Trustees, will furnish to the Trustees such
reasonably pertinent underlying data on the Contracts as can be generated by the
Servicer's  existing  data  processing  system  without  undue  modification  or
expense.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will provide that the Servicer may not resign from its obligations and
duties as Servicer  thereunder,  except upon a determination that the Servicer's
performance of such duties is no longer  permissible  under applicable law. Such
resignation  will not become  effective  until the Owner  Trustee or a successor
Servicer has assumed the Servicer's  servicing  obligations and duties under the
Trust Documents.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents will further provide that neither the Servicer nor the Company nor any
of their shareholders,  affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees and agents
shall be under any liability to the Trustees,  the Trust or the  Securityholders
for taking any action or for refraining  from taking any action  pursuant to the
Trust Documents or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither the
Servicer  nor any such person will be  protected  against  any  liability  which
otherwise would be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the  performance  of duties or by reason or reckless  disregard of
obligations and duties thereunder.  In addition,  unless otherwise  specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust  Documents will provide that the
Servicer  is under no  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute  or defend any legal
action which  arises under the Trust  Documents  and that,  in its opinion,  may
cause it to incur any expense or liability. The Servicer may, however, undertake
any reasonable  action that it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of the
Trust  Documents  and the  rights  and  duties of the  parties  thereto  and the
interests of the Securityholders  thereunder.  In the event that the Servicer or
the Company,  in its discretion,  undertakes any action which it deems necessary
or desirable in connection  with its rights and duties under the Trust Documents
or the interests of the Securityholders thereunder, the legal expenses and costs
of such action and any liability resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and
liabilities  of the Trust,  and the Servicer and the Company will be entitled to
be reimbursed therefor out of the Collection Account.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any
corporation   or  other  entity  into  which  the  Servicer  may  be  merged  or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  or other entity  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any corporation
or other entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer, which corporation or
other entity assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of
the Servicer under the Trust Documents.

     The Servicer may sell, transfer, assign or convey its rights as Servicer to
any entity qualified to act as servicer under the Trust Documents,  upon written
notice to the  Trustees  and the Rating  Agencies,  without  the  consent of the
Securityholders, provided that the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Physical Damage Insurance

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  may,  but will not be  obligated  to,  enforce  its  rights  under the
Contracts  to require the Obligors to maintain  physical  damage  insurance,  in
accordance with the Servicer's  customary  practices and procedures with respect
to comparable new or used boats financed by installment  sale contracts or loans
that it services for itself or others. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  if an Obligor  fails to maintain  such  insurance,  the
Servicer  will not be obligated to obtain such  physical  damage  insurance  and
advance such  premiums  for such  insurance  on behalf of such  Obligor.  If the
Servicer  obtains such physical damage  insurance and advances such premiums for
such insurance on behalf of such Obligor,  such  insurance  policy will name the
Servicer as an additional  insured and loss payee (such insurance being referred
to herein as  "Force-Placed  Insurance").  Such  Force-Placed  Insurance and any
commissions or finance


                                       62
<PAGE>

charges  collected  by the  Servicer in  connection  therewith  shall be, to the
extent  permitted by law, in an amount in accordance  with  customary  servicing
practices  and  procedures,  but in no  event  in an  amount  greater  than  the
outstanding principal balance of the related Contract or, if such insurance also
covers the interest of the related Obligor in the Financed Boat, no greater than
the greater of the outstanding  principal balance of the related Contract or the
value of the Financed Boat, or such lesser amount  permitted by applicable  law.
The  Servicer  shall  be  required  to  disclose  to  the  related  Obligor  all
information with respect to such Force-Placed Insurance, commissions and finance
charges as required by applicable law.

     The  Servicer  does  not,  under  its  customary  servicing  practices  and
procedures,  obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance  when the principal  balance of the
related  Contract  falls below the level or levels  periodically  established in
accordance with such customary servicing practices and procedures. In accordance
with such  customary  servicing  practices  and  procedures,  the  Servicer  may
periodically  readjust such levels,  suspend  Force-Placed  Insurance or arrange
other  methods of protection  of the Financed  Boats that it deems  necessary or
advisable,  provided  that the  Servicer  determines  that such  actions  do not
materially and adversely affect the interests of the Securityholders.

     The  Servicer  may  elect to make  advances  ("Insurance  Advances")  to an
Obligor to finance  insurance  premiums  related to the Financed  Boat. Any such
Insurance Advances may be secured by the related Financed Boat.

     Any  portion  of  the  principal  balance  of a  Contract  attributable  to
Insurance  Advances or premiums for  Force-Placed  Insurance  acquired after the
Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be, will
not be owned by the Trust, and amounts  allocable  thereto will not be available
for distribution in respect of the Securities.  Unless  otherwise  designated by
the  Obligor,  the  Servicer  will not  allocate  payments by the Obligor to pay
Insurance  Advances or  Force-Placed  Insurance  premiums added to the Contracts
after the Initial  Cut-off Date or Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the case may be,
if any amount of principal or interest is due but unpaid on the  Contracts.  The
Servicer  shall not  deposit  payments  posted  with  respect to such  Insurance
Advances or Force-Placed  Insurance in the Collection  Account and shall instead
promptly  pay such  amounts to an account of the  Servicer  maintained  for that
purpose. In the event that an Obligor under a Contract with respect to which the
Servicer has made Insurance  Advances or obtained  Force-Placed  Insurance makes
scheduled  payments under the Contract,  but fails to make scheduled payments of
such Insurance  Advances or Force-Placed  Insurance as due, and the Servicer has
determined that eventual  payment of such amount is unlikely,  the Servicer may,
but shall  not be  required  to,  take any  action  available  to it,  including
determining  that  the  related  Contract  is a  defaulted  Contract;  provided,
however,  that any net liquidation  proceeds with respect to such Contract shall
be applied first to the accrued and unpaid  interest at the Contract Rate,  then
to the principal amount outstanding,  and the remainder, if any, to repayment of
any such  Insurance  Advances or  Force-Placed  Insurance  premiums added to the
Initial Contracts after the Initial Cut-off Date or to any Subsequent  Contracts
after the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

Event of Termination

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  an "Event
of Termination" under the Trust Documents will consist of (i) any failure by the
Servicer to make any deposit into an account required to be made under the Trust
Documents  which failure  continues  unremedied for five (5) Business Days after
the Servicer  becomes aware that such deposit was required;  (ii) any failure by
the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its
covenants or agreements in the Trust  Documents  (other than those  described in
clause  (i))  which   materially  and  adversely   affects  the  rights  of  the
Securityholders  and which continues  unremedied for 60 days after the giving of
written  notice of such  failure;  (iii) any  assignment  or  delegation  by the
Servicer  of  its  duties  or  rights  under  the  Trust  Documents,  except  as
specifically permitted under the Trust Documents, or any attempt to make such an
assignment or delegation;  (iv) certain events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of
debt,  marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings regarding the
Servicer;  or (v) any  disqualification  of the Servicer as an Eligible Servicer
(as defined in the Trust Documents). "Notice" as used herein means notice to the
Servicer by the Trustees or the Company, or to the Company, the Servicer and the
Trustees  by the  Noteholders  holding  not  less  than  25%  of  the  aggregate
outstanding  principal amount of the Controlling Notes issued by such Trust (or,
if no Notes of such series are outstanding,  the Certificateholders  holding not
less than 25% of the outstanding Certificate Balance of such Trust).


                                       63
<PAGE>

Rights Upon Event of Termination

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as
an Event of  Termination  under  the Trust  Documents  remains  unremedied,  the
Indenture  Trustee  (or,  if no Notes of the series are  outstanding,  the Owner
Trustee)  may,  and at the written  direction  of the  holders of related  Notes
evidencing  not less than a  majority  of the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of the Notes  issued by such  Trust (or,  if no Notes of such  series are
outstanding,  the  holders of related  Certificates  evidencing  not less than a
majority of the Certificate  Balance of such Trust),  will, unless prohibited by
applicable  law,  terminate  all  (but  no less  than  all)  of the  rights  and
obligations  of the Servicer  with respect to a Trust under the Trust  Documents
and in and to the Contracts,  and the proceeds  thereof,  whereupon  (subject to
applicable  law)  all  authority  and  power of the  Servicer  under  the  Trust
Documents,  whether  with  respect  to the  Contracts,  the  Contract  Files  or
otherwise,  will pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee (or, if no Notes
of the series are outstanding,  such authority will pass to and be vested in the
Owner Trustee); provided, however, that neither the Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the  series  are  outstanding,  the Owner  Trustee)  nor any  successor
servicer  will  assume  any  obligation  of CITSF to  repurchase  Contracts  for
breaches of representations or warranties,  and the Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the  series  are  outstanding,  the  Owner  Trustee)  or the  successor
Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer  occurring
prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions or for any
breach  by  the  Servicer  of  any of its  obligations  contained  in the  Trust
Documents.  Notwithstanding  such termination,  the Servicer will be entitled to
payment of certain  amounts  payable to it for services  rendered  prior to such
termination. No such termination will affect in any manner CITSF's obligation to
repurchase certain Contracts for breaches of representations or warranties under
the Trust  Documents.  In the event that the Owner Trustee would be obligated to
succeed the Servicer  but is  unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint,  or
petition to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a Servicer
which meets the requirements for an Eligible Servicer under the Trust Documents.
Pending such  appointment,  such  Trustee is obligated to act in such  capacity,
unless it is prohibited by law from so acting.  The Indenture Trustee (or, if no
Notes of the series are  outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) and such successor may
agree upon the servicing  compensation  to be paid,  which in no event,  without
written  consent  of not less than 66 2/3% in  principal  amount of the  related
Securityholders, may be greater than the compensation to CITSF as Servicer under
the Trust Documents.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     With respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a
majority of the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Controlling Notes
(or the holders of the  Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate  Balance of such series, in the case that all of the Notes have been
paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms)
may, on behalf of all such Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any default
by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations  under the Trust Documents
and its  consequences,  except an Event of  Termination  in making any  required
deposits to or payments  from any of the accounts in  accordance  with the Trust
Documents.  No such waiver will impair such Noteholders' or  Certificateholders'
right with respect to subsequent defaults.

Amendment

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Trust
Documents  may be amended by the  parties  thereto  and,  in the event that such
amendment affects the Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee,  without prior
notice to or the consent of the related  Securityholders (i) to correct manifest
error or cure any ambiguity; (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein
which may be  inconsistent  with any other  provision  therein;  (iii) to add or
amend any  provision as requested by the Rating  Agencies to maintain or improve
the rating of the  Securities;  (iv) to add to the  covenants,  restrictions  or
obligations of the Company,  the Servicer or the Owner Trustee or to provide for
the  delivery of or  substitution  for an  Enhancement  or a Servicer  Letter of
Credit;  (v) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the  appointment of a
successor  trustee with respect to the property  owned by the related  Trust and
add to or  change  any  provisions  as  shall be  necessary  to  facilitate  the
administration of the trusts under the Trust Documents by more than one trustee;
(vi) to add,  change or amend any  provision to maintain the related Trust as an


                                       64
<PAGE>

entity not subject to federal  income tax; or (vii) to add,  change or eliminate
any other provisions,  provided that an amendment  pursuant to this clause (vii)
will not,  in the  opinion of  counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel to the
Company or the Servicer), adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of the Trust or the  Securityholders.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust  Documents may also be amended by the parties
thereto,  with the  consent  of the  holders  of not  less  than a  majority  in
principal  amount  of  such  then  outstanding  Notes  and the  holders  of such
Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance of
such  series for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or  changing  in any
manner or eliminating any provisions of the Trust Documents,  or of modifying in
any manner the rights of such Noteholders or  Certificateholders,  respectively;
except that no such amendment may except as described above,  increase or reduce
in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions
that are  required to be made on any related  Note or  Certificate,  the related
Pass-Through  Rate or the Interest Rate. Any action specified in clauses (v) and
(vii) shall be taken only upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

Termination

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
obligations of the Servicer,  the Company, the Affiliated Owner, if any, and the
Trustees  pursuant to the Trust  Documents for a series of the  Securities  will
terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of
the last  related  Contract and the  disposition  of any amounts  received  upon
liquidation of any property  remaining in the related Trust, (ii) the payment to
Securityholders  of the  series  of all  amounts  required  to be  paid  to them
pursuant to the Trust Documents,  (iii) the occurrence of either event described
below,  and  (iv) as  otherwise  required  by law,  as  described  in the  Trust
Documents.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  with
respect to each series of Securities, in order to avoid excessive administrative
expenses,  CITSF will be permitted at its option to purchase from the Trust,  on
any  Distribution  Date on  which  the  Pool  Balance  as of the last day of the
related  Due  Period  is less  than or equal to a  percentage  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement of the Initial Pool Balance, all remaining related
Contracts at a price equal to the  aggregate  Purchase  Price for the  Contracts
(including defaulted Contracts),  plus the appraised value of any other property
held by the Trust  (less  liquidation  expenses).  CITSF will give notice to the
Trustees  and the  Depository  of the  exercise of such option no later than the
Determination  Date  succeeding  such Due  Period  and will  deposit  the amount
required to purchase  such  Contracts  on the Deposit Date  succeeding  such Due
Period.  Exercise of such right will effect early  retirement of the Securities.
Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Initial
Pool Balance"  equals the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the Initial  Cut-off
Date, and (ii) the aggregate principal balance of all Subsequent Contracts added
to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, within ten
days after the first  Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance as of the last
day of the related Due Period is less than or equal to a percentage specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement of the Initial Pool  Balance,  the Indenture
Trustee  (or,  if the Notes  have been paid in full and the  Indenture  has been
discharged in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids
for the  purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the Trust.  In the event that
satisfactory  bids are received as described  below,  the sale  proceeds will be
distributed to Securityholders  on the second  Distribution Date succeeding such
Due Period.  Any purchaser of the Contracts  must agree to the  continuation  of
CITSF  as  Servicer  on  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  in the  Trust
Documents. Any such sale will effect early retirement of the Securities.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  such
Trustee  must  receive at least two bids from  prospective  purchasers  that are
considered at the time to be competitive  participants  in the market for marine
installment sale contracts. The highest bid may not be less than the fair market
value of such  Contracts  and must equal or exceed the sum of (i) the greater of
(a)  the  aggregate  Purchase  Price  for  the  Contracts  (including  defaulted
Contracts)  plus the  appraised  value of any other  property  held by the Trust
(less  liquidation  expenses),  or (b) an amount  that when  added to amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account available for distribution to Securityholders
for such second succeeding Distribution Date would result in proceeds sufficient
to distribute to


                                       65
<PAGE>

Securityholders  the  amounts  of  interest  due  to  Securityholders  for  such
Distribution  Date and any unpaid interest payable to the  Securityholders  with
respect to one or more prior  Distribution  Dates and the outstanding  principal
amount of the Notes, if any, and the Certificate  Balance,  if any, and (ii) the
sum of (a) an amount  sufficient to reimburse the Servicer for any  unreimbursed
Monthly  Advances  for  which  it is  entitled  to  reimbursement,  and  (b) the
Servicing  Fee payable on such final  Distribution  Date,  including  any unpaid
Servicing  Fees with respect to one or more prior Due Periods.  Such Trustee may
consult with financial  advisors,  including any Underwriter,  to determine if a
bid is equal to or greater  than the fair market value of such  Contracts.  Upon
the receipt of such bids,  such Trustee shall sell and assign such  Contracts to
the  highest  bidder and the  Securities  shall be retired on such  Distribution
Date. If any of the foregoing conditions are not met, such Trustee shall decline
to  consummate  such sale and shall not be under any  obligation  to solicit any
further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further sale of Contracts  remaining in
the Trust.  In such event,  however,  such Trustee may from time to time solicit
bids in the  future  for the  purchase  of such  Contracts  upon the same  terms
described above.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  such
Trustee  will give  written  notice of  termination  to each  Securityholder  of
record.  The final  distribution to each  Securityholder  will be made only upon
surrender and  cancellation of such holder's  Securities at any office or agency
of such Trustee  specified for such purpose.  Any funds  remaining in the Trust,
after such Trustee has taken  certain  measures to locate a  Securityholder  and
such measures have failed,  will be distributed to the Affiliated Owner, if any,
or as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of certain legal aspects of
marine  contracts,  which are  general in nature.  Since such legal  aspects are
governed  by  applicable  state law (which laws may differ  substantially),  the
summaries  do  not  purport  to be  complete  nor to  reflect  the  laws  of any
particular  state, nor to encompass the laws of all states in which the security
for the Contracts is situated.  The summaries are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the applicable federal and state laws governing the Contracts.

General

     As a result of the  assignment  of the  Contracts to the Trust,  each Trust
will succeed  collectively to the rights (including the right to receive payment
on the Contracts),  and will assume the obligations,  of CITSF under the related
Contracts.  Each Contract  evidences  both (a) the  obligation of the obligor to
repay the obligation evidenced thereby, and (b) the grant of a security interest
in the Financed Boat to secure  repayment of such loan.  Certain aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

     The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") as in effect in the various  states of origination of the Contracts.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security  interest in chattel paper.  Under the Trust Documents,
the Servicer will retain  possession of the Contracts as custodian for the Owner
Trustee, and will make an appropriate filing of a UCC financing statement in New
Jersey to perfect the sale of the  Contracts by the Company  (and, if and to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling Trust) to the
Owner Trustee.  The Contracts and the related  certificates of title will not be
stamped to reflect their  assignment  from CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to the
Company or from the Company to the Trust (or, if and to the extent  specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from CITSF to SPV,  from SPV to a Selling
Trust and from the Selling Trust to the Trust).  The Contract  Files will not be
physically  segregated from the contract files for contracts owned by CITSF. If,
through  inadvertence  or otherwise,  another party in good faith  purchases (or
takes a security interest in) the Contracts for new value in the ordinary course
of its business,  without actual  knowledge of the Trust's  interest,  and takes
possession  of the  Contracts,  such  purchaser or secured  party may acquire an
interest in the Contracts superior to the interest of the Trust.


                                       66
<PAGE>

     Under the Trust Documents, the Servicer will be obligated from time to time
to take such actions as are necessary to continue the  perfection of the Trust's
interest in the  Contracts and the proceeds  thereof.  CITSF will warrant in the
Trust Documents,  with respect to each Contract, as of the Closing Date for each
Initial  Contract,  and as of the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date  for each
Subsequent  Contract,  if any, that the Contract has not been sold,  assigned or
pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the Company (or, if and to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV), that immediately prior to
the  transfer and  assignment  of the Contract to the Company (or, if and to the
extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  SPV), CITSF had good and
marketable  title  thereto,  free and clear of any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,
pledge,  charge,  claim or security interest and,  immediately upon the transfer
thereof,  the  Company  (or,  if and  to the  extent  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, SPV) will have good and marketable title to the Contract,
free and  clear of any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,  pledge,  charge,  claim or
security interest and that the transfer has been perfected under applicable law.
In the event of an uncured breach of any such warranty that materially adversely
affects the interest of the Trust in a Contract  transferred by the Company (or,
if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Selling
Trust), to the Trust, the only recourse of the Certificateholders, the Trustees,
or the Trust would be to require CITSF to repurchase such Contract.

Security Interests in the Financed Boats

     Perfection of Sale. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, CITSF will sell and
assign its interests in the Contracts,  including the security  interests in the
Financed  Boats granted  thereunder,  to the Company and,  pursuant to the Trust
Documents,  the  Company  (and,  if and to the extent  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Selling Trust) will sell and assign its interest in the
Contracts,  including  the  security  interests in the  Financed  Boats  granted
thereunder,  to the Owner  Trustee.  UCC financing  statements  will be filed to
perfect the sale of (i) CITSF's  interests  in the  Contracts to the Company and
(ii) the Company's interests (and, if and to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the interest of such Selling Trust) in the Contracts to
the Trust.

     Perfection  of CITSF's or  CITCF-NY's  Security  Interest  in the  Financed
Boats.  The  Contracts   represent  marine  retail  installment  sale  contracts
purchased  from Dealers or direct loans to Obligors  secured by Financed  Boats.
When originated,  each Contract granted a security interest in the Financed Boat
financed thereby. Each such security interest was required to be perfected under
applicable state law and, in the case of certain Financed Boats described below,
under  applicable  federal law.  Generally,  security  interests in boats may be
perfected  in one of three  ways:  (i) in "title"  states,  by  notation  of the
secured party's lien on the  certificate of title issued by an applicable  state
motor vehicle or wildlife  department or other appropriate state agency; (ii) in
non-title states, by filing a UCC-1 financing statement; and (iii) in respect of
a boat  eligible for  documentation  under  federal law, by filing all documents
necessary to create a first  preferred  ship mortgage (a  "Preferred  Mortgage")
under the Ship Mortgage Act of 1920 (1988 Recodification) ss. 30101 et seq. (the
"Ship Mortgage  Statutes").  Vessels that meet the federal five net ton standard
(determined in a manner  prescribed by 46 CFR Part 69  (Measurement of Vessels))
qualify  for  documentation  under  federal  law  ("U.S.  Documentable  Boats").
However,  federal  documentation  of vessels used  exclusively for  recreational
purposes is discretionary.

     CITSF has  policies  and  procedures  in place to ensure  that all  actions
necessary  under the laws of the states in which the Financed Boats were located
at  the  time  of  origination  of the  Contracts  were  taken  to  perfect  the
originators'  security  interests in the Financed Boats. In addition,  CITSF has
policies and  procedures in place to require that certain  Financed  Boats of 27
feet or more in length be federally  documented and that a Preferred Mortgage on
each boat be filed. CITSF's current policy is that (i) used Financed Boats, (ii)
new Financed Boats with an original principal balance of $100,000 or more, (iii)
new Financed Boats with an original  principal  balance of less than $100,000 if
the  Obligor's  credit  score falls below  certain  specified  levels,  and (iv)
Financed  Boats (new or used) where the applicable  state is a non-title  state,
will be  federally  documented  and  Preferred  Mortgages  will be filed on such
Financed Boats.  Prior to April 1998,  CITSF's policy was to require a Preferred
Mortgage on all U.S.  Documentable  Boats.  CITSF's  policy also requires  prior
perfection of a security interest in any such boat under applicable state law in
order to protect  itself  prior to  completion  of federal  documentation.  If a
security interest in a boat is initially perfected by a UCC-1 filing or notation
on a title  under  state law and such  boat  subsequently  becomes  a  federally
documented  vessel, the holder of such security interest could lose the priority
of its  security


                                       67
<PAGE>

interest in such boat under state law to the holder of a subsequently  perfected
Preferred Mortgage covering such boat.

     In the event  that the  originator  of a  Contract  failed to  perfect  the
security  interest in a Financed  Boat (for example,  by complying  with the UCC
rather than the applicable certificate of title statute, or by failing to comply
with  applicable  state title law, or the Ship  Mortgage  Statutes or applicable
United  States Coast Guard (the "Coast  Guard")  regulations),  such  originator
would not have a perfected  first  priority  security  interest in such Financed
Boat.  In this  event,  if third  party  liens  equal or exceed the value of the
Financed Boat, the only recourse of the Trust would be against the Obligor on an
unsecured basis, or, if applicable,  against a Dealer or financial  intermediary
pursuant to its repurchase obligation or against the Seller.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Seller will
assign its  security  interest in the  Financed  Boat to the Trust and the Trust
will  pledge  its  security  interest  in the  Financed  Boats to the  Indenture
Trustee.  However, due to administrative burden and expense, none of the Seller,
the  Servicer,  the Trust or any previous  owner of the Contract  will amend the
certificates of title or file assignments of the UCC-1 financing statements with
respect to the Financed Boats to identify the Trust or the Indenture  Trustee as
the new secured party,  nor will the Seller or the Owner Trustee execute or file
any transfer  instruments with the appropriate  governmental  authorities.  In a
majority  of states,  the  assignment  of a Contract  together  with the related
security interest is, as a matter of state law, an effective  conveyance of such
security   interest  without   amendment  of  any  lien  noted  on  the  related
certificates of title or of any UCC-1 financing  statements or the filing of any
transfer instruments with the appropriate governmental authorities,  and the new
owner of the Contract  succeeds to the original  secured party's rights as owner
of the Contract against  creditors of the Obligor.  In certain title states,  in
the absence of such  certificate  of title  amendment or assignment of record to
reflect the  successive  assignments  of the  security  interest in the Financed
Boat, the related Seller (if not the secured party of record),  the Trust and/or
the Indenture Trustee may not have a perfected  security interest in the related
Financed Boat. Such assignment of the security  interest to the Trust may not be
effective  against  creditors or a trustee in  bankruptcy  of CITSF or CITCF-NY,
which continue to be specified as lienholder on any  certificates of title or as
secured party of any UCC filing.

         Under the Ship  Mortgage  Statutes,  in the absence of an assignment of
record of a Preferred Mortgage, the assignment of the related Contract by itself
will not convey the  perfected  preferred  mortgage  lien on the  Financed  Boat
subject to such  Preferred  Mortgage  and neither the Seller (if not the secured
party of record) nor the Trust will have a perfected  security  interest in such
Financed  Boat.  However,  to the extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will agree
to cause filings of the assignments to the Trust of certain specified  Preferred
Mortgages  (each  a  "Designated  Preferred  Mortgage")  showing  the  chain  of
ownership  of each such  Preferred  Mortgage  from the  originator  of each such
Contract  to the  Trust,  within  the  time  period  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  However,  due to  administrative  burden  and  expense,
assignments  may  not  be  made  of  all  Preferred  Mortgages  relating  to the
Contracts.  Under the Ship Mortgage Statutes, in the absence of an assignment of
a Preferred  Mortgage,  or in the event an assignment of a Preferred Mortgage is
not  effective,  the Trust will not have a  perfected  security  interest in the
related  Financed  Boat  as  against  third  parties  without  knowledge  of the
transfer.  In such case,  if third party liens equal or exceed the value of such
Financed  Boat,  the only  recourse  of the Trust  would be against  the related
Obligor on an unsecured basis.

     Except as  described  above,  in the  absence of fraud or forgery by a boat
owner or administrative  error by state recording  officials or the Coast Guard,
the notation of the lien of the  originator of each Contract on the  certificate
of title  with  respect  to the  related  Financed  Boat,  the filing of a UCC-1
financing  statement  against the Obligor or the filing of an  assignment of the
related  Preferred  Mortgage,  if any, as described  above will be sufficient to
protect the Trust against the rights of  subsequent  purchasers of such Financed
Boat or subsequent  lenders who take a security  interest in such Financed Boat.
If there  are any  Financed  Boats as to which  the  originator  of the  related
Contract has failed to perfect the security interest assigned to the Trust, such
security  interest  would be  subordinate  to,  among  others,  (i)  holders  of
perfected  security  interests  in  such  Financed  Boats  and  (ii)  subsequent
purchasers of such Financed Boats would take  possession  free and clear of such
security  interest.  There is also a risk that, in not  identifying the Trust as
the new secured  party on the  certificates  of title or executing and filing of
transfer  instruments  with the Coast Guard or  assignments  of UCC-1  financing
statements with state officials, the security interest of the Trust or Indenture
Trustee could be released through fraud or negligence.


                                       68
<PAGE>

     A security  interest  perfected  by a Preferred  Mortgage  has a nationwide
scope and no further  action is necessary  when an obligor  moves or the related
boat is relocated.  Actions must be taken to maintain the perfection of security
interests  in  boats  perfected  under  state  law if the boat (in the case of a
"title"  state) or the Obligor (in the case of a "UCC"  state)  moves to a state
other than the state in which such security  interest was originally  perfected.
Under the laws of most states, a perfected  security interest in a Financed Boat
continues  for four months after the  Financed  Boat is relocated in a new state
(from the state in which a financing  statement was properly filed  initially to
perfect the security  interest or in which the  certificate of title was issued)
and thereafter until the owner re-registers such Financed Boat in the new state.
Many "title" states require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a
Financed  Boat.  Accordingly,  in such  cases,  the  Servicer  should  have  the
opportunity  to  re-perfect  the security  interest in the Financed  Boat in the
state of  relocation.  In  states  that do not issue a  certificate  of title at
registration  of a Financed  Boat,  re-registration  in a different  state could
defeat  perfection.  In the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of marine
loans,  the Servicer  takes steps to effect such  re-perfection  upon receipt of
notice of  re-registration  or  information  from the Obligor as to  relocation.
Similarly,  when an Obligor  sells a titled  Financed Boat showing a lienholder,
unless the  Servicer  surrenders  possession  of the  certificate  of title,  it
generally  will  receive  notice  as a result  of its  lien  noted  thereon  and
accordingly  will have an  opportunity  to require  satisfaction  of the related
Contract before release of the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Servicer is  obligated to take such steps,  at the  Servicer's  expense,  as are
necessary to maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed Boats.

     Priority of Certain  Liens  Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of
many states,  certain  possessory liens for repairs performed on a Financed Boat
and  storage,  as  well  as  certain  rights  in  favor  of  federal  and  state
governmental  authorities  arising  from  the use of a boat in  connection  with
illegal  activities,  may take priority over a security interest perfected under
state  law.  Certain  U.S.  federal  tax liens may also have  priority  over the
security  interest  of a secured  party.  Under the Ship  Mortgage  Statutes,  a
Preferred Mortgage  supersedes a perfected state law security interest,  a state
or federally  created lien or forfeiture rights (so long as the secured party is
innocent  of  wrongdoing)  other  than  preferred  maritime  liens such as those
arising  under federal  statutory or  common-law  for captain's or crew's wages,
tort claims (so-called  "general  average" claims) and salvage claims.  Maritime
liens arising  under  federal law or state laws for repair,  storage or supplies
which are  subordinate to a preferred ship mortgage lien typically have priority
over state security  interests under federal law or under  applicable law of the
state where the Contract was originated or under  applicable law of the state to
which the related  Financed  Boats may have been  relocated.  Preferred  federal
maritime  liens  are,  of  course,  also  prior to all  state  created  security
interests  or  liens.  The  Seller  will  represent  in the Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement  that, as of the Initial  Cut-off Date or Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as
the case may be, it has no  knowledge  of any such  liens  with  respect  to any
Financed Boat related to a Contract. However, such liens could arise at any time
during the term of a Contract.  No notice will be given to the Owner  Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee in the event such a lien arises.

     Continuity  of  Perfection.  Under  the laws of most  states,  a  perfected
security interest in a boat continues for four months after the boat is moved to
a new state (from the state in which a financing  statement  was properly  filed
initially to perfect the security  interest or in which the certificate of title
was issued) and  thereafter  until the owner  re-registers  such boat in the new
state.  A majority of states  require  surrender  of a  certificate  of title to
obtain a new  certificate  of title for the boat.  In those states that call for
return of the certificate of title to the holder of the first security  interest
noted thereon, the secured party would learn of the re-registration  through the
request from the obligor under the related marine  installment  sale contract to
surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of  title.  In  the  case  of  boats
registered in states  providing for perfection of a lien by notation of the lien
on the  certificate of title without  possession of the  certificate of title by
the secured party,  the secured party would receive notice of surrender from the
state of  re-registration if the security interest were noted on the certificate
of title.  Thus, the secured party would have the  opportunity to re-perfect its
security interest in the boat in the state to which the boat is moved.  However,
these procedural safeguards will not protect the secured party if through fraud,
forgery or  administrative  error, the debtor somehow procures a new certificate
of title that does not note the secured  party's lien.  Additionally,  in states
that  do not  require  a  certificate  of  title  for  registration  of a  boat,
re-registration could defeat perfection.

     In the ordinary course of servicing the Contracts, CITSF will take steps to
effect  re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information
from the Obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an Obligor sells a Financed
Boat,  CITSF  must  surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release


                                       69
<PAGE>

of the lien. Under the Trust  Documents,  the Servicer will be obligated to take
appropriate  steps,  at its own expense,  to maintain  perfection  of a security
interest in the Financed Boats.

     In most  states,  CITSF,  as  Servicer,  will  hold  certificates  of title
relating to the Financed  Boats in its  possession  as  custodian  for the Trust
pursuant to the Trust  Documents.  In some states,  the  certificate of title is
held by the  Obligor,  but only after it is endorsed by the state motor  vehicle
department  with a notation of CITSF's lien. In the Trust  Documents,  CITSF, as
Servicer,  will covenant that it will not release its (or  CITCF-NY's)  security
interest in the Financed Boat securing any Contract  except as  contemplated  by
the Trust  Documents.  CITSF,  as Servicer,  will also covenant that it will not
impair the rights of the Trust in the  Contacts or take any action  inconsistent
with the Trust's  ownership of the  Contracts,  except as permitted by the Trust
Documents.  A breach of either  such  covenant  that  materially  and  adversely
affects the Trust's  interest in any  Contract,  would  require the  Servicer to
purchase such Contract  unless such breach is cured within the period  specified
in the Trust Documents.

Enforcement of Security Interests in Financed Boats

     The  Servicer  on behalf of the Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  may take
action to enforce the Trust's  security  interest by repossession  and resale of
the  Financed  Boats  securing the  Contracts.  The actual  repossession  may be
contracted out to third party contractors. Under the Uniform Commercial Code and
laws applicable in most states,  a creditor can repossess a boat securing a loan
by voluntary  surrender,  "self-help"  repossession  that is  "peaceful"  (i.e.,
without breach of the peace) and, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the
ability to repossess  without  breach of the peace,  by judicial  process.  Some
jurisdictions require that the obligor be notified of the default and be given a
time period within which to cure the default prior to  repossession.  Generally,
this right of cure may be exercised on a limited number of occasions  during the
term of the contract.  The Uniform Commercial Code and consumer  protection laws
in most states place  restrictions on repossession  sales,  including  requiring
prior notice to the debtor and  commercial  reasonableness  in effecting  such a
sale. In the event of such repossession and resale of a Financed Boat, the Trust
would be entitled to be paid out of the sale proceeds before such proceeds could
be applied to the payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or the holders of
subsequently  perfected security interests or, thereafter,  to the debtor. Under
federal  law  notice to, the owner of a  Financed  Boat  subject to a  Preferred
Mortgage,  any other  lienholders who have filed notice with the Coast Guard and
the  Coast  Guard is  required  to pass  ownership  of such  Financed  Boat in a
non-judicial sale.

     Under the Uniform  Commercial  Code and laws  applicable in most states,  a
creditor  is  entitled  to obtain a  deficiency  judgment  from a debtor for any
deficiency on  repossession  and resale of the boat securing such debtor's loan.
However, many states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.
In general,  a  defaulting  Obligor may not have  sufficient  assets to make the
pursuit of a deficiency worthwhile.

     Certain other statutory provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy
and  insolvency  laws, and general  equitable  principles may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess  and resell  collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.  Certain other  factors,  including the value of a Financed  Boat, may
limit the amount  realized on the sale of the Financed  Boat as collateral to an
amount less than the amount due on the Contract.

Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency

     CITSF, CITCF-NY and the Company intend that the transfers of Contracts from
CITCF-NY  to CITSF,  from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to the Trust
(and, if and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  from
CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to SPV , from SPV to a Selling Trust and from the
Selling  Trust to the Trust),  constitute  sales,  rather than  pledges,  of the
Contracts to secure  indebtedness.  However,  if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the Company
(or, if and to the extent  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
Selling Trust) were to become a debtor under Title 11 of the United States Code,
11  U.S.C.  ss.101  et seq.  (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is  possible  that a
creditor,  receiver,  other party in interest or trustee in  bankruptcy  of such
debtor,  or such debtor as  debtor-in-possession,  may contend that the sales of
the Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  by CITSF to the Company,  or by the Company
to the Trust (and,  if and to the extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF,  from CITSF to SPV , from SPV to a Selling
Trust and from the


                                       70
<PAGE>

Selling Trust to the Trust),, respectively, were pledges of the Contracts rather
than  sales  and  that,  accordingly,  such  Contracts  should  be  part of such
assigning entity's bankruptcy estate. Such a position,  if presented to a court,
even if  ultimately  unsuccessful,  could  result in a delay in or  reduction of
distributions to the Securityholders.

     The Company  has taken  steps in  structuring  the  transactions  described
herein that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application  for relief by or against CIT under the  Bankruptcy  Code or similar
applicable  state  laws  (collectively,   "Insolvency  Laws")  would  result  in
consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities  of the Company with those of CIT.
These steps  include the  creation  of the  Company as a  wholly-owned,  limited
purpose subsidiary of CIT pursuant to a certificate of incorporation  containing
certain limitations  (including a requirement that the Company have at least one
"independent   director"  and  restrictions  on  the  nature  of  the  Company's
business).  Additionally,  the Company's certificate of incorporation  prohibits
merger,  consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of its assets in
certain  circumstances  or the  commencement  of a voluntary  case or proceeding
under any insolvency law,  without the prior  affirmative  unanimous vote of its
directors including any independent director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event that (i) a court  concluded  that the assets  and  liabilities  of the
Company should be  consolidated  with those of CIT (or one of its affiliates) in
the event of the application of applicable insolvency laws to CIT (or one of its
affiliates)  or following  the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency of CIT (or one of its
affiliates) the security interest in the Contracts granted by the Company to the
Trust should be avoided;  (ii) a filing were made under any insolvency law by or
against  the  Company,  or (iii) an  attempt  were made to  litigate  any of the
foregoing issues,  delays in payments on the Securities and possible  reductions
in the amount of such payments could occur.

     Federal  bankruptcy  laws and related  state laws,  may  interfere  with or
affect the  ability  of a  creditor  to  realize  upon  collateral  or enforce a
deficiency  judgment.  For example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal
bankruptcy law, a court may prevent a creditor from repossessing a boat, and, as
part of the rehabilitation  plan, reduce the amount of the secured  indebtedness
to the market value of the boat at the time of bankruptcy  (as determined by the
court),  leaving the party providing  financing as a general unsecured  creditor
for the remainder of the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the
monthly  payments due under the related  contract or change the rate of interest
and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance.  These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act,  the Military  Reservist  Relief Act,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code, state retail  installment  sales acts and other similar laws. Also,
the laws of certain states impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions
on consumer  transactions and require contract  disclosures in addition to those
required  under  federal  law.  These  requirements  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities upon creditors which fail to comply with their  provisions.  In some
cases,  this liability could affect the ability of an assignee such as the Trust
to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Contracts.

     Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, an Obligor
who enters the military service after the origination of such Obligor's Contract
(including  an Obligor  who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve
status at the time of the  origination  of the  Obligor's  contract and is later
called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest  above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of such  Obligor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise upon application of the lender. In addition,  pursuant to the Military
Reservist Relief Act, under certain  circumstances  California  residents called
into active duty with the reserves can delay payments on marine installment sale
contracts,  including  the  Contracts,  for a period,  not to  exceed  180 days,
beginning with the order to active duty and ending 30 days after release.  It is
possible that the foregoing  could have an effect on the ability of the Servicer
to collect  full amounts of interest on certain of the  Contracts.  In addition,
the Relief  Acts  impose  limitations  which  would  impair  the  ability of the
Servicer to repossess a Financed Boat subject to an affected


                                       71
<PAGE>

Contract during the Obligor's  period of active duty status.  Thus, in the event
that such a Contract goes into default, there may be delays and losses caused by
the inability to realize upon the related Financed Boat in a timely fashion.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule") has the effect of  subjecting  any  assignee of the seller in a
consumer credit  transaction to all claims and defenses which the obligor in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due  thereunder  from the obligor.  The FTC Rule is generally  duplicated by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes or the common law in certain
states.  Most of the Contracts  will be subject to the  requirements  of the FTC
Rule. Accordingly, the Trust, as holder of the Contracts, will be subject to any
claims or defenses  that the  purchaser of the related  Financed Boat may assert
against the seller of the  Financed  Boat.  Such claims are limited to a maximum
liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor under the related Contracts.

     Under  most  state  vehicle  dealer  licensing  laws,  sellers of boats are
required to be licensed to sell boats at retail sale. Numerous other federal and
state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
and assignment of marine  installment sale contracts and marine installment loan
contracts  or notes,  including  the Truth in Lending  Act,  the  Federal  Trade
Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the
Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices Act and the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to
comply with the  provisions of these laws may affect the  enforceability  of the
related Contract.  The Trust and the Company and, if specified in the Prospectus
Supplement, the Selling Trust, may not have obtained all licenses required under
any  federal or state  consumer  laws or  regulations,  and the  absence of such
licenses may impede the  enforcement  of certain  rights or give rise to certain
defenses in enforcement actions.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default and be used as a defense to repayment
of the obligation.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
of America. Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as  reasonable or have found that the  creditor's  repossession
and  resale do not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     CITSF  will  represent  and  warrant  under the Trust  Documents  that each
Contract  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all material  respects.  A
breach of such representation and warranty that materially adversely affects the
interests of the Trust in any  Contract  will create an  obligation  of CITSF to
purchase   such   Contract.   See  "The  Purchase   Agreements   and  the  Trust
Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Set forth below and in the related Prospectus Supplement for each series of
the Securities is a summary of certain  federal income tax  consequences  of the
purchase,  ownership and  disposition of the  Securities,  applicable to initial
purchasers  of the  Securities.  This  summary does not deal with all aspects of
federal  income  taxation  applicable  to  all  categories  of  holders  of  the
Securities,  some of which may be subject to special rules or special  treatment
under the federal income tax laws. For example, it does not discuss the specific
tax treatment of Securityholders that are insurance companies, banks and certain
other  financial  institutions,   regulated  investment  companies,   individual
retirement  accounts,   tax-exempt   organizations  or  dealers  in  securities.
Furthermore,  this  summary is based upon  present  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  and  judicial  or ruling  authority,  all of which are  subject  to
change,  which  change  may be  retroactive.  Moreover,  there  are no  cases or
Internal  Revenue Service ("IRS")  rulings on similar  transactions  involving a
trust that issues debt and equity  interests  with terms similar to those of the
Notes and the


                                       72
<PAGE>

Certificates.  As a  result,  the  IRS  may  disagree  with  all or  part of the
discussion below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Prospective  investors  are advised to consult  their own tax advisors with
regard to the federal  income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities, as well as the tax consequences arising under the
laws of any state,  foreign  country or other  jurisdiction.  Each Trust will be
provided  with an opinion of Schulte  Roth & Zabel LLP,  counsel for the Seller,
regarding  certain of the federal income tax matters  discussed below and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. An opinion of counsel, however, is not binding on
the IRS, and no ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will be sought from
the IRS. For purposes of the following  summary,  references  to the Trust,  the
Notes, the Certificates and related terms,  parties and documents will be deemed
to refer,  unless  otherwise  specified  herein,  to each  Trust and the  Notes,
Certificates and related terms, parties and documents applicable to such Trust.

     The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Certificateholders  will  vary
depending on whether the Trust is intended to be treated as a grantor trust or a
partnership   under  the  Code  or  is  intended  to  be  given  an  alternative
characterization  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  for each series of  Certificates  will specify  whether the Trust is
intended to be treated as a grantor  trust or a partnership  for federal  income
tax purposes or how the Trust is otherwise intended to be treated.

Scope of the Tax Opinions

     If the related Prospectus Supplement states that a Trust will be treated as
a grantor  trust,  it is expected that Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP will deliver its
opinion that,  for federal  income tax purposes,  the Trust will be treated as a
grantor  trust.  In such  event,  each  Certificateholder,  by  acceptance  of a
Certificate,  will be  treated  as the  owner of an  undivided  interest  in the
Contracts included in the Contract Pool and any other assets held by the Trust.

     If the related  Prospectus  Supplement  does not state that a Trust will be
treated as a grantor  trust,  it is expected  that Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP will
deliver its opinion that,  for federal  income tax purposes:  (1) the Notes will
constitute indebtedness; and (2) the Certificates will constitute interests in a
trust  fund that will not be  treated as an  association  (or a publicly  traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note,
will agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness,  and each  Certificateholder,  by
acceptance of a  Certificate,  will agree to treat the Trust as a partnership in
which the Certificateholders are partners for federal income tax purposes.

     In  addition,  Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP will render its opinion that it has
reviewed the statements  herein and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement under
the heading  "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences,"  and is of the opinion
that such statements are correct in all material  respects.  Such statements are
intended  as  an  explanatory   discussion  for  the  possible  effects  of  the
classification  of the  Trust  as a  partnership,  as a  grantor  trust or other
classification, as the case may be, for federal income tax purposes on investors
generally and of related tax matters affecting investors  generally,  but do not
purport to furnish  information  in the level of detail or with the attention to
the  investor's  specific  tax  circumstances  that  would  be  provided  by  an
investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult its
own tax advisers with regard to the tax  consequences  to it of investing in the
Securities.

Other Tax Consequences

     No  advice  has been  received  as to  local  income,  franchise,  personal
property, or other taxation in any state or locality, or as to the tax effect of
ownership  of the  Securities  in any  state or  locality.  Securityholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  with  respect to any state or local
income,  franchise,  personal property, or other tax consequences arising out of
their ownership of the Securities.


                                       73
<PAGE>

Alternative Tax Treatment

     In  the  event  that,  as a  result  of a  change  in  applicable  laws  or
regulations   or  the   interpretation   thereof,   the   federal   income   tax
characteristics  of the Notes or the  Certificates  are not anticipated to be as
described above, the related Prospectus  Supplement will include a discussion of
the anticipated federal income tax treatment of the Notes or Certificates.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

      The  activities  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Servicer  in  servicing  and
collecting  the  Contracts  will take place in  Oklahoma.  The State of Oklahoma
imposes a state income tax on individuals,  nonresident  aliens (with respect to
Oklahoma taxable income), corporations, certain foreign corporations, and trusts
and  estates  with  Oklahoma  taxable  income.  No ruling  on any of the  issues
discussed below will be sought from the Oklahoma Tax Commission.

      Because of the  variation in each state's or  locality's  tax laws,  it is
impossible to predict tax  consequences to  Securityholders  in all of the other
state and local taxing jurisdictions. Securityholders are urged to consult their
own tax advisors with respect to state and local tax consequences arising out of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of Securities.

Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

      Crowe and Dunlevy,  P.C.,  Oklahoma tax counsel to the Sellers  ("Oklahoma
Tax Counsel") will advise the Trust that,  assuming the Notes will be treated as
debt for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  the Notes will be treated as debt for
Oklahoma  income tax purposes,  and the  Noteholders  not  otherwise  subject to
taxation in Oklahoma  should not become  subject to taxation in Oklahoma  solely
because of a holder's ownership of Notes.  However, a Noteholder already subject
to Oklahoma's  income tax could be required to pay additional  Oklahoma tax as a
result of the holder's ownership or disposition of Notes.

Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates Issued by a Trust Treated as a
Partnership

      Oklahoma Tax Counsel will advise the Trust that if the arrangement created
by  the  Trust  Agreement  is  treated  as  a  partnership  (not  taxable  as  a
corporation)  for U.S.  federal income tax purposes,  the same treatment  should
also   apply  for   Oklahoma   income   tax   purposes;   under   current   law,
Certificateholders  that are  nonresidents  of  Oklahoma  and are not  otherwise
subject to Oklahoma  income tax should not be subject to Oklahoma  income tax on
the income from the Trust because it is unlikely that the Trust has  established
a  nonunitary   business  or  commercial  situs  in  Oklahoma.   In  any  event,
classification  of  the  arrangement  as  a  "partnership"  would  not  cause  a
Certificateholder  not otherwise subject to taxation in Oklahoma to pay Oklahoma
income tax on income beyond that derived from the Certificates.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging
in certain  transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons"  under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

The Certificates

     An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be  acquired by (a) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (b) a plan  described in Section  4975(e)(1) of
the


                                       74
<PAGE>

Code, or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of
a plan's  investment in the entity (other than an insurance  company  purchasing
the Certificates for its general  accounts).  By its acceptance of a Certificate
or its acquisition of an interest in a Certificate through a Participant or DTC,
each  Certificateholder  or Certificate Owner will be deemed to have represented
and warranted that it is not subject to the foregoing limitation.

     A plan  fiduciary  considering  the  purchase  of the  Certificates  should
consult its tax and or legal advisors  regarding whether the assets of the Trust
would be considered plan assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the
prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

The Notes

     The acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could
be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust
or any of their  respective  affiliates  is or becomes a party in  interest or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by  bank  collective   investment   funds;   PTCE  95-60  regarding
investments  by  insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE  84-14,  regarding
transactions effected by "qualified professional asset managers"; and PTCE 96-23
regarding transactions effected by certain "in-house" asset managers.

     A plan fiduciary  considering  the purchase of the Notes should consult its
tax and or legal  advisors  regarding  whether  the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     On the terms and  conditions  set forth in an  underwriting  agreement (the
"Underwriting  Agreement") with respect to each Trust, either the Company or the
Trust will agree to sell to each of the underwriters (the "Underwriters")  named
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and each of such Underwriters
will severally  agree to purchase from the Company or the Trust,  as applicable,
the principal amount of each class of Securities of the related series set forth
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     In each  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  several  Underwriters  will  agree,
subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth  therein,  to  purchase  all the
Securities  described  therein  which  are  offered  hereby  and by the  related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Securities are purchased. In the event of a
default by any such underwriter,  each Underwriting Agreement will provide that,
in certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting Underwriters
may be increased, or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.

     Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will  either (i) set forth the price at which
each class of Securities being offered thereby will be offered to the public and
any  concessions  that may be offered to certain  dealers  participating  in the
offering of such  Securities or (ii) specify that the related  Securities are to
be resold by the Underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale.  After the initial  public  offering of any
Securities, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

     Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that CIT, CITSF and/or the Company
will  indemnify  the  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,   including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

     A Trustee may, from time to time, invest the funds of the Trust in Eligible
Investments acquired from the Underwriters.


                                       75
<PAGE>

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company has determined  that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.

     Each Trust will be formed to own the related  Contracts and the other Trust
assets and to issue the related  Securities.  Each Trust will have had no assets
or  obligations  prior to the issuance of the  Securities and will not engage in
any activities other than those described  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to each Trust are
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                     RATINGS

     It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of any  class of  Securities  offered
pursuant  to this  Prospectus  that the  Securities  be rated in one of the four
highest  rating  categories by at least one  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating  organization rating such series of Securities (each, a "Rating Agency").
The foregoing  ratings do not address the likelihood that the Securities will be
retired  following the sale of the Contracts by the Trust. A security  rating is
not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold  securities  and may be  subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.  The security
ratings of the Securities should be evaluated  independently of similar security
ratings assigned to other kinds of securities.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth &
Zabel LLP, New York, New York. The material  federal income tax  consequences of
the Securities  will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP.
Certain legal matters will be passed upon for CITSF, CITCF-NY and the Company by
Norman H. Rosen,  Esq.,  Senior Vice President and General  Counsel of CITSF. If
the  Enhancement  for a class of  Securities  includes a CIT Limited  Guarantee,
certain  legal  matters  will  be  passed  upon  for CIT by its  Executive  Vice
President  and  General  Counsel,  Ernest D.  Stein,  Esq.  If a Trust is formed
pursuant to the laws of the State of  Delaware,  certain  legal  matters will be
passed upon for the Trust by its special  Delaware  counsel named in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

                                     EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements  of CIT as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for
each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December 31, 1997 have been
incorporated  by  reference  herein  in  reliance  upon the  report of KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP,  independent  certified public  accountants,  also  incorporated by
reference  herein,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.


                                       76
<PAGE>

                             Index to Defined Terms

Affiliated Owner...........................................................7, 27
Asset Service Center..........................................................33
Available Amount..........................................................15, 61
Bankruptcy Code...........................................................24, 70
Benefit Plan..................................................................74
Business Day..............................................................14, 39
Capitalized Interest Account..................................................13
Cash Collateral Account.......................................................45
Cede....................................................................2, 7, 38
Cedel...................................................................2, 9, 26
Cedel Participants............................................................48
Certificate Distribution Account..............................................56
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.................................14
Certificate Owner.........................................................26, 38
Certificate Owners.............................................................7
Certificate Pool Factor.......................................................31
Certificateholders............................................................50
Certificates............................................................1, 7, 37
CIT.....................................................................2, 6, 22
CITCF-NY......................................................................11
CITSF......................................................................6, 22
Closing Date..................................................................11
Code......................................................................21, 72
Collection Account............................................................56
Commission.....................................................................3
Company.................................................................1, 6, 22
Contract Files................................................................27
Contract Pool.............................................................10, 28
Contract Rate.................................................................28
Contracts..............................................................1, 11, 28
Controlling Notes.............................................................41
Cooperative...................................................................48
Credit Facility...............................................................46
Credit Facility Provider......................................................46
Dealers.......................................................................11
Definitive Certificates.......................................................50
Definitive Notes..............................................................49
Definitive Securities.........................................................50
Deposit Date..................................................................26
Depositories..................................................................47
Depository....................................................................26
Designated Preferred Mortgage.................................................68
Determination Date............................................................15
Distribution Date.........................................................14, 38
DKB...........................................................................32
DTC.....................................................................2, 7, 26
DTC Rules.....................................................................48
Due Period....................................................................15
Eligible Account..............................................................56
Eligible Institution..........................................................57
Eligible Investments..........................................................57


                                       77
<PAGE>

Enhancement...................................................................44
ERISA.....................................................................21, 74
Euroclear...............................................................2, 9, 48
Euroclear Operator............................................................48
Euroclear Participants........................................................48
Event of Termination..........................................................63
Events of Default.............................................................41
Financed Boats.............................................................1, 11
Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy...........................................45
Financial Guaranty Insurer....................................................45
Force-Placed Insurance........................................................62
FTC Rule......................................................................72
Funding Period.............................................................8, 13
Holder........................................................................47
Holders.......................................................................50
Indenture...............................................................2, 9, 39
Indenture Trustee.......................................................2, 6, 39
Indirect Participants.........................................................47
Initial Contracts..........................................................1, 10
Initial Cut-off Date.......................................................1, 10
Initial Financed Boats.....................................................1, 10
Initial Pool Balance......................................................19, 65
Insolvency Laws...............................................................71
Insurance Advances............................................................63
Insured Payment...............................................................45
Interest Accrual Period.......................................................15
Interest Rate..................................................................9
IRS...........................................................................72
Issuer.........................................................................6
Late Fees.................................................................15, 61
Limited Guarantee.............................................................46
Liquidity Facility............................................................46
Liquidity Facility Provider...................................................46
List of Contracts.............................................................53
Military Reservist Relief Act.................................................54
Monthly Advance...........................................................17, 60
Non-Reimbursable Payment..................................................18, 60
Note Distribution Account.....................................................56
Note Final Scheduled Distribution Date........................................14
Note Owner................................................................26, 39
Note Owners....................................................................9
Note Pool Factor..............................................................31
Noteholders...................................................................50
Notes...................................................................1, 8, 39
Notice........................................................................63
Obligor...................................................................11, 60
Oklahoma Tax Counsel..........................................................74
Original Certificate Balance..................................................27
Owner Trustee...............................................................2, 6
Paid-Ahead Account............................................................56
Paid-Ahead Period.............................................................29
Paid-Ahead Precomputed Contract...............................................30
Paid-Ahead Simple Interest Contract...........................................29
Participants..................................................................47


                                       78
<PAGE>

Pass-Through Rate..........................................................8, 38
Payment Shortfall.........................................................18, 60
Pool Balance..................................................................19
Pooling and Servicing Agreement................................................2
Precomputed Contracts.........................................................29
Pre-Funded Amount.............................................................13
Pre-Funded Percentage.........................................................25
Pre-Funding Account............................................................8
Prospectus Supplement..........................................................1
PTCE..........................................................................75
Purchase Agreement............................................................11
Purchase Agreements...........................................................53
Purchase Price................................................................55
Rating Agency.............................................................20, 76
Rating Agency Condition.......................................................40
Record Date...............................................................14, 39
Registration Statement.........................................................3
Related Documents.............................................................43
Repurchase Event..............................................................11
Repurchased Contract......................................................11, 55
Required Servicer Ratings.....................................................59
Reserve Account...............................................................45
Reserve Fund..................................................................45
Retained Yield................................................................55
Sale and Servicing Agreement...................................................2
Securities..............................................................1, 8, 39
Security Owner................................................................39
Securityholder................................................................47
Securityholders...............................................................50
Seller......................................................................1, 6
Selling Trust..................................................................6
Servicer....................................................................2, 6
Servicer Letter of Credit.....................................................59
Servicer Payment..............................................................15
Servicing Fee.............................................................19, 58
Servicing Fee Rate........................................................19, 58
Simple Interest Contracts.....................................................29
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act.......................................54
Spread Account................................................................45
SPV...........................................................................24
Stripped Certificates..........................................................8
Stripped Notes.................................................................9
Subsequent Contracts.......................................................1, 11
Subsequent Cut-off Date....................................................1, 12
Subsequent Financed Boats..................................................1, 11
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.................................................12
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.................................................12
Subsequent Transfer Date......................................................12
Terms and Conditions..........................................................49
Trust.......................................................................1, 6
Trust Agreement................................................................2
Trust Documents...............................................................53


                                       79
<PAGE>

Trustee........................................................................2
Trustees.......................................................................6
UCC...........................................................................66
Underwriters..................................................................75
Underwriting Agreement........................................................75
Yield Supplement Account......................................................45

                                       80
<PAGE>

================================================================================

You should rely on the  information  contained or  incorporated  by reference in
this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.  We have not authorized anyone to
provide  you with  different  information.  We do not claim the  accuracy of the
information in this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus as of any date after
the  dates  stated  on the  cover  pages of the  Prospectus  and the  Prospectus
Supplement.

We are  not  offering  the  Securities  in any  state  where  the  offer  is not
permitted.

                                   ----------

                            CIT Marine Trust 1999-A

                          The CIT Group Securitization
                                Corporation II,
                                     Seller

                              The CIT Group/Sales
                                Financing, Inc.,
                                    Servicer

                                   ----------

Dealer  Prospectus  Delivery  Obligation.  Until May __, 1999 all  dealers  that
effect  transactions in these  Securities,  whether or not  participating in the
offering,  may be required to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition to the
dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================

================================================================================

                                  $735,162,156

                            CIT Marine Trust 1999-A

                 $325,000,000 Class A-1 ___% Asset-Backed Notes

                 $179,000,000 Class A-2 ___% Asset-Backed Notes

                 $117,000,000 Class A-3 ___% Asset-Backed Notes

                 $103,134,000 Class A-4 ___% Asset-Backed Notes

                   $11,028,156 ___% Asset-Backed Certificates

                               ------------------
                             Prospectus Supplement
                               ------------------

                              Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                            Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

                             Chase Securities Inc.

                          First Union Capital Markets

                              Salomon Smith Barney

================================================================================



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission